SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013 Commission File No. 000-23537

 

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

New Jersey 22-2491488
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Identification No.)
   
500 Hills Drive, Suite 300  
Bedminster, NJ 07921
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

 

Registrant's telephone number (908) 234-0700

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class Name of Exchange on which Registered
Common Stock, No par value NASDAQ Global Select Market

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

NONE

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨    No ý .

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨    No ý .

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý   No ¨ .

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý    No ¨ .

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment of this Form 10-K ¨ .

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer” and “large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer ý  
Non-accelerated filer ¨ Smaller reporting company ¨  

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨    No ý

 

 
 

The aggregate market value of the shares held by unaffiliated stockholders was approximately $148,412,615 on June 30, 2013.

 

As of February 28, 2014, 11,889,916 shares of no par value Common Stock were outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the Corporation’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the Corporation’s 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2014 Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference into Parts II and III. The Corporation will file the 2014 Proxy Statement within 120 days of December 31, 2013.

 

 

2
 

FORM 10-K

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

Table of Contents

PART I    
     
Item 1. Business 4
     
Item 1A. Risk Factors 12
     
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 19
     
Item 2. Properties 20
     
Item 3. Legal Proceedings 20
     
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosure 20
     
PART II    
     
Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 20
   
Item 6. Selected Financial Data 22
     
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 23
     
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk 47
     
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 49
     
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 95
     
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 95
     
Item 9B. Other Information 96
     
PART III    
     
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 96
     
Item 11. Executive Compensation 97
     
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 98
     
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 98
     
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 98
     
PART IV    
     
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 99
     
  Signatures 102

 

3
Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

Item 1. BUSINESS

 

The disclosures set forth in this Form 10-K are qualified by Item 1A-Risk Factors and the section captioned “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements” in Item 7-Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this report and other cautionary statements set forth elsewhere in this report.

 

The Corporation

 

Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation is a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Company was organized under the laws of New Jersey in August 1997 by the Board of Directors of Peapack-Gladstone Bank (the “Bank”), its principal subsidiary, to become a holding company for the Bank. The Bank is a state chartered commercial bank founded in 1921 under the laws of the State of New Jersey. The Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System. The Bank provides innovative private banking services to businesses, non-profits and consumers through its private banking locations in Bedminster, Morristown, Princeton and Teaneck, New Jersey, its wealth management division and its branch network in Somerset, Morris, Hunterdon, Middlesex and Union counties.

 

Our commercial loan customers are business people, including business owners, professionals, retailers, contractors and real estate investors. Most forms of commercial lending are offered, including working capital lines of credit, term loans for fixed asset acquisitions, commercial mortgages, multi-family mortgages and other forms of asset-based financing.

 

In addition to commercial lending activities, we offer a wide range of consumer banking services, including: checking and savings accounts, money market and interest-bearing checking accounts, certificates of deposit, and individual retirement accounts held in certificates of deposit. We also offer residential and construction mortgages, home equity lines of credit and other second mortgage loans. Automated teller machines are available at 23 locations. Internet banking, including an online bill payment option and mobile phone banking, is available to customers.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Corporation employed 326 full-time equivalent persons. Management considers relations with employees to be satisfactory.

 

PGB Trust & Investments

 

PGB Trust & Investments, the wealth management division of the Bank, is one of the largest New Jersey-based trust and investment businesses with $2.69 billion of assets under administration as of December 31, 2013. It is headquartered in Bedminster, with additional offices in Clinton, Morristown and Summit, NJ, as well as at the Bank’s new subsidiary, PGB Trust & Investments of Delaware, in Greenville, DE. Wealth management services are also available at any of our private banking locations. PGB Trust & Investments is known for its integrity, client service and broad range of fiduciary, investment management and tax services, designed specifically to meet the needs of high net-worth individuals, families, foundations and endowments.

 

We believe our wealth management business differentiates us from our competition and adds significant value. We intend to grow this business further both in and around our market areas through our new Delaware Trust subsidiary; through our existing wealth, loan and depository client base; and through our innovative Private Banking service model, which utilizes teams of Private Bankers working together to provide fully integrated client solutions. Throughout the wealth management division and all other business lines, we will continue to provide the unparalleled personalized, high-touch service our valued clients have come to expect.

 

Our Markets

 

Our current market is defined as New York-Northern New Jersey-Long Island, NY-NJ-PA MSA. Our primary markets are located in New Jersey, among one of the most attractive banking markets in the United States with a total population of approximately 8.83 million and a median household income of $66,950 as of 2007-2011, well above the U.S. median household income of $50,517 as of 2007-2011, according to estimates from the United States Census Bureau. Somerset County, where we are headquartered, is among one of the wealthiest in New Jersey, with a 2007-2011 median household income of $98,842 according to estimates from United States Census Bureau. We believe that these markets have economic and competitive dynamics that are consistent with our objectives and favorable to executing our growth strategy.

 

4
Table of Contents

Our Business Strategy

 

The key elements of our business strategy include:

 

  enhanced risk management;
  expansion of our Multi-Family and Commercial Real Estate Lending business;
  expansion of our Commercial and Industrial (C&I) lending business through Private Banking teams, who will lead with deposit gathering and wealth management; and
  establishment of a sales force that supports our branches and will serve as a primary contact for clients.

 

In particular, we intend to focus on the following areas of our business:

 

·          Commercial Lending . We have been helping businesses emerge, expand and evolve for many years. We plan to continue this by moving more aggressively and growing our multi-family and other commercial real estate lending businesses, and introducing a comprehensive C&I lending program designed to service individuals, professional service firms, foundations, and privately owned businesses. This C&I lending program, similar to our wealth management business, will be fully integrated into our Private Banking platform with a C&I Lending Private Banker, a Wealth Advisor Private Banker and a Deposit Private Banker who will work together to provide high-touch “white-glove” client service.

·          Retail Banking – Deposits . We see a lot of opportunity for growth in our core markets. We have recently introduced the concept of high-touch relationship-style banking to support the affluent segment of our branch network. Much like the Private Banking service model, this team is intimately knowledgeable of all Bank products and services and serves as the primary contact for clients seeking wealth, lending and deposit solutions. The structure of this team will enable our existing branch network to maintain its primary objective of providing unique and unparalleled client service. Additionally, it is our expectation that our new Private Banking platform will contribute significantly to our retail deposit growth, not only through stand-alone deposit relationships, but through comprehensive new relationships associated with C&I lending.

·          Wealth Management . We have been in the wealth management business since 1972. The business adds significant value to our Company and differentiates us from many of our competitors. Conversations with all clients and potential clients across all lines of business include a wealth management discussion. The market value of the assets under administration of the wealth management division was $2.69 billion at December 31, 2013.

 

Governmental Policies and Legislation

 

The banking industry is highly regulated. Statutory and regulatory controls increase a bank holding company’s cost of doing business and limit the options of its management to deploy assets and maximize income. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks, bank holding companies and other financial institutions are frequently made in Congress, in state legislatures and before various bank regulatory agencies. The likelihood of any major changes and the impact such changes might have on the Corporation or the Bank is impossible to predict. The following discussion is not intended to be a complete list of all the activities regulated by the banking laws or of the impact of such laws and regulations on the Bank. It is intended only to briefly summarize some material provisions.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly changed the bank regulatory landscape and has impacted and will continue to impact the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies.

Generally, the Act is effective the day after it was signed into law, but different effective dates apply to specific sections of the law. The Act, among other things:

 

· Directed the Federal Reserve to issue rules limiting debit-card interchange fees for banks with more than $10 billion in assets;
5
Table of Contents
· Removed trust preferred securities as a permitted component of Tier 1 capital for bank holding companies with assets of $15 billion or more, however, bank holding companies with assets of less than $15 billion generally will be permitted to include trust preferred securities that were issued before May 19, 2010 as Tier 1 capital;
· Provided for increase in the minimum reserve ratio for the deposit insurance fund from 1.15 percent to 1.35 percent and changes the basis for determining FDIC premiums from deposits to assets;
· Created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) that has rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and has broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws;
· Required public companies to give shareholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and on “golden parachute” payments in connection with approvals of mergers and acquisitions unless previously voted on by shareholders;
· Directed federal banking regulators to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to executives of depository institutions and their holding companies with assets in excess of $1 billion;
· Provided mortgage reform provisions regarding a customer’s ability to repay, requiring the ability to repay for variable-rate loans to be determined by using the maximum rate that will apply during the first five years of the loan term, and making more loans subject to provisions for higher cost loans, new disclosures, and certain other revisions;
· Created a Financial Stability Oversight Council that will recommend to the Federal Reserve increasingly strict rules for capital, leverage, liquidity, risk management and other requirements as companies grow in size and complexity;
· Made permanent the $250 thousand limit for federal deposit insurance.

 

The CFPB took over responsibility over the principal federal consumer protection laws, such as the Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and the Truth in Saving Act, among others, on July 21, 2011. Institutions that have assets of $10 billion or less, such as the Bank, will continue to be supervised in this area by their primary federal regulators (in the case of the Bank, the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”)). The Act also gives the CFPB expanded data collecting powers for fair lending purposes for both small business and mortgage loans, as well as expanded authority to prevent unfair, deceptive and abusive practices.

 

In January 2013, the CFPB issued a series of final rules related to mortgage loan origination and mortgage loan servicing. In particular, the CFPB issued a final rule amending Regulation Z to implement certain amendments to the Truth in Lending Act. The rule implements statutory changes that lengthen the time for which a mandatory escrow account established for a higher-priced mortgage loan must be maintained.  The rule also exempts certain transactions from the statute’s escrow requirement. The CFPB issued a final rule implementing amendments to the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act.  The rule amends Regulation Z by expanding the types of mortgage loans that are subject to the protections of the Home Ownership and Equity Protections Act of 1994 ("HOEPA"), revising and expanding the tests for coverage under HOEPA, and imposing additional restrictions on mortgages that are covered by HOEPA, including a pre-loan counseling requirement.  The rule also amends Regulation Z and Regulation X by imposing other requirements related to homeownership counseling.

 

In addition, the CFPB amended Regulation B to implement changes to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act. The revisions to Regulation B require creditors to provide applicants with free copies of all appraisals and other written valuations developed in connection with an application for a loan to be secured by a first lien on a dwelling, and require creditors to notify applicants in writing that copies of appraisals will be provided to them promptly. The CFPB also amended Regulation Z to implement requirements and restrictions to the Truth in Lending Act concerning loan originator compensation, qualifications of, and registration or licensing of loan originators, compliance procedures for depository institutions, mandatory arbitration, and the financing of single-premium credit insurance.  These amendments revise or provide additional commentary on Regulation Z’s restrictions on loan originator compensation, including application of these restrictions to prohibitions on dual compensation and compensation based on a term of a transaction or a proxy for a term of a transaction, and to recordkeeping requirements.  This rule also establishes tests for when loan originators can be compensated through certain profits-based compensation arrangements. The amendments to § 1026.36(h) and (i) are effective on June 1, 2013, while the other provisions of the rule are effective on January 10, 2014.

 

6
Table of Contents

The final rules also implement the ability-to-repay and qualified mortgage (QM) provisions of the Truth in Lending Act, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act (the “QM Rule”). The ability-to-repay provision requires creditors to make reasonable, good faith determinations that borrowers are able to repay their mortgages before extending the credit based on a number of factors and consideration of financial information about the borrower from reasonably reliable third-party documents. Under the Dodd-Frank Act and the QM Rule, loans meeting the definition of “qualified mortgage” are entitled to a presumption that the lender satisfied the ability-to-repay requirements. The presumption is a conclusive presumption/safe harbor for prime loans meeting the QM requirements, and a rebuttable presumption for higher-priced/subprime loans meeting the QM requirements. The definition of a “qualified mortgage” incorporates the statutory requirements, such as not allowing negative amortization or terms longer than 30 years. The QM Rule also adds an explicit maximum 43 percent debt-to-income ratio for borrowers if the loan is to meet the QM definition, though some mortgages that meet GSE, FHA and VA underwriting guidelines may, for a period not to exceed seven years, meet the QM definition without being subject to the 43 percent debt-to-income limits.

 

The CFPB may issue additional final rules regarding mortgages in the future. We cannot assure you that existing or future regulations will not have a material adverse impact on our residential mortgage loan business.

 

On December 10, 2013, the FRB, the OCC, the FDIC, the CFTC and the SEC issued final rules to implement the Volcker Rule contained in section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, generally to become effective on July 21, 2015. The Volcker Rule prohibits an insured depository institution and its affiliates (referred to as “banking entities”) from: (i) engaging in “proprietary trading” and (ii) investing in or sponsoring certain types of funds (“covered funds”) subject to certain limited exceptions. The rule also effectively prohibits short-term trading strategies by any U.S. banking entity if those strategies involve instruments other than those specifically permitted for trading and prohibits the use of some hedging strategies.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act contains numerous other provisions affecting financial institutions of all types, many of which may have an impact on our operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. Consequently, the Dodd-Frank Act is likely to continue to increase our cost of doing business, it may limit or expand our permissible activities, and it may affect the competitive balance within our industry and market areas. The nature and extent of future legislative and regulatory changes affecting financial institutions, including as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, remains very unpredictable at this time.

 

Capital Requirements

 

Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA), each federal banking agency has promulgated regulations, specifying the levels at which a financial institution would be considered “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” or “critically undercapitalized,” and to take certain mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions based on the capital level of the institution. To qualify to engage in financial activities under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, all depository institutions must be “well capitalized.” The financial holding company of a national bank will be put under directives to raise its capital levels or divest its activities if the depository institution falls from that level.

 

The Federal Reserve Board, or FRB, instituted regulations implementing these provisions of FDICIA provide that an institution will be classified as “well capitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0 percent, (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5.0 percent, and (iv) meets certain other requirements. An institution will be classified as “adequately capitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4.0 percent, (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of (a) at least 4.0 percent or (b) at least 3.0 percent if the institution was rated 1 in its most recent examination, and (iv) does not meet the definition of “well capitalized.” An institution will be classified as “undercapitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0 percent, or (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of (a) less than 4.0 percent or (b) less than 3.0 percent if the institution was rated 1 in its most recent examination. An institution will be classified as “significantly undercapitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0 percent, or (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 3.0 percent. An institution will be classified as “critically undercapitalized” if it has a tangible equity to total assets ratio that is equal to or less than 2.0 percent. An insured depository institution may be deemed to be in a lower capitalization category if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating. Similar categories apply to bank holding companies. The Bank’s capital ratios were all above the minimum levels required for it to be considered a “well capitalized” financial institution at December 31, 2013.

 

7
Table of Contents

In July 2013, the FRB published final rules establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations, referred to herein as the Basel Rules. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, or OCC, have adopted substantially identical rules (in the case of the FDIC, as interim final rules). The Basel Rules implement the Basel Committee’s December 2010 framework, commonly referred to as Basel III, for strengthening international capital standards as well as certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, as discussed below. The Basel Rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and depository institutions, including Corporation and the Bank, compared to the current U.S. risk-based capital rules. The Basel Rules define the components of capital and address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios. The Basel Rules also address risk weights and other issues affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replace the existing risk-weighting approach, which was derived from Basel I capital accords of the Basel Committee, with a more risk-sensitive approach based, in part, on the standardized approach in the Basel Committee’s 2004 Basel II capital accords. The Basel Rules also implement the requirements of Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act to remove references to credit ratings from the federal banking agencies’ rules. The Basel Rules are effective for us on January 1, 2015 (subject to phase-in periods for certain components).

 

The Basel Rules, among other things, (i) introduce a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1,” or CET1, (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consist of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) apply most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures to CET1 and not to the other components of capital, thus potentially requiring higher levels of CET1 in order to meet minimum ratios, and (iv) expand the scope of the reductions/adjustments from capital as compared to existing regulations.

 

Under the Basel Rules, the minimum capital ratios for the Corporation and the Bank as of January 1, 2015 will be as follows:

 

· 4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets.
· 6.0% Tier 1 capital (i.e., CET1 plus Additional Tier 1) to risk-weighted assets.
· 8.0% Total capital (i.e., Tier 1 plus Tier 2) to risk-weighted assets.
· 4.0% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the "leverage ratio").

 

When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the Basel Rules will also require the Corporation and the Bank to maintain a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer”, composed entirely of CET1, on top of the minimum risk-weighted asset ratios, effectively resulting in minimum ratios of (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7.0%, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5%, and (iii) total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5%. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets or (iii) total capital to risk-weighted assets above the respective minimum but below the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers based on the amount of the shortfall. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and increase by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019.

 

The Basel Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in common equity issued by nonconsolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1.

 

Under current capital standards, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income items included in capital are excluded for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios. Under the Basel Rules, the effects of certain accumulated other comprehensive items are not excluded; however, non-advanced approaches banking organizations, including the Corporation and the Bank, may make a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items effective as of January 1, 2015.

 

The deductions and other adjustments to CET1 will be phased in incrementally between January 1, 2015 and January 1, 2018.

With respect to the Bank, the Basel Rules also revise the “prompt corrective action” regulations pursuant to Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, by (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement at each capital quality level (other than critically undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status; (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each category, with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8% (as compared to the current 6%); and (iii) requiring a leverage ratio of 5% to be well-capitalized (as compared to the current required leverage ratio of 3 or 4%). The Basel Rules do not change the total risk-based capital requirement for any “prompt corrective action” category. When the capital conservation buffer is fully phased in, the capital ratios applicable to depository institutions under the Basel Rules will exceed the ratios to be considered well-capitalized under the prompt corrective action regulations.

 

8
Table of Contents

The Basel Rules prescribe a standardized approach for calculating risk-weighted assets that expand the risk-weighting categories from the current four Basel I-derived categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. Government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories. In addition, the Basel Rules also provide more advantageous risk weights for derivatives and repurchase-style transactions cleared through a qualifying central counterparty and increase the scope of eligible guarantors and eligible collateral for purposes of credit risk mitigation.

 

We believe that, as of December 31, 2013, the Corporation and the Bank would meet all capital adequacy requirements under the Basel Rules on a fully phased-in basis if such requirements were currently effective including after giving effect to the deductions described above.

  

FDICIA

 

Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), each federal banking agency has promulgated regulations, specifying the levels at which a financial institution would be considered “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized,” and to take certain mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions based on the capital level of the institution. The regulations implementing these provisions of FDICIA provide that a bank is defined to be “well capitalized” if it maintains a leverage ratio of at least 5%, a risk-adjusted Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6% and a risk-adjusted total capital ratio of at least 10% and is not otherwise in a “troubled condition” as specified by its appropriate federal regulatory agency. A bank is defined to be “adequately capitalized” if it meets other minimum capital requirements. In addition, a depository institution will be considered “undercapitalized” if it fails to meet any minimum required measure, “significantly undercapitalized” if it is significantly below such measure and “critically undercapitalized” if it fails to maintain a level of tangible equity equal to not less than 2% of total assets. A depository institution may be deemed to be in a capitalization category that is lower than is indicated by its actual capital position if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating.

 

Insurance Funds Legislation

 

The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). The Deposit Insurance Fund is the successor to the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which were merged in 2006. Under the FDIC’s risk-based system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors with less risky institutions paying lower assessments on their deposits.

 

In February 2011, as required by the Dodd Frank Act, the FDIC approved a final rule that revised the assessment base to consist of average consolidated total assets during the assessment period minus the average tangible equity during the assessment period. In addition, the final revisions eliminated the adjustment for secured borrowings, including Federal Home Loan Bank advances, and made certain other changes to the impact of unsecured borrowings and brokered deposits on an institution’s deposit insurance assessment. The final rule also revised the assessment rate schedule to provide initial base assessment rates ranging from 5 to 35 basis points and total base assessment rates ranging from 2.5 to 45 basis points after adjustment.

 

As previously noted above, the Dodd-Frank Act makes permanent the $250 thousand limit for federal deposit insurance. 

The FDIC has authority to further increase insurance assessments. A significant increase in insurance premiums may have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of the Bank. Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.

 

Restrictions on the Payment of Dividends

 

The holders of the Corporation’s common stock are entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation out of funds legally available. The only statutory limitation is that such dividends may not be paid when the Corporation is insolvent. Since the principal source of income for the Corporation will be dividends on Bank common stock paid to the Corporation by the Bank, the Corporation’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders will depend on whether the Bank pays dividends to it. As a practical matter, restrictions on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends act as restrictions on the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends by the Corporation. As a New Jersey chartered commercial bank, the Bank is subject to the restrictions on the payment of dividends contained in the New Jersey Banking Act of 1948, as amended (the “Banking Act”). Under the Banking Act, the Bank may pay dividends only out of retained earnings, and out of surplus to the extent that surplus exceeds 50% of stated capital. Under the Financial Institutions Supervisory Act, the FDIC has the authority to prohibit a state-chartered bank from engaging in conduct that, in the FDIC’s opinion, constitutes an unsafe or unsound banking practice. Under certain circumstances, the FDIC could claim that the payment of a dividend or other distribution by the Bank to the Corporation constitutes an unsafe or unsound practice. The Corporation is also subject to FRB policies, which may, in certain circumstances, limit its ability to pay dividends. The FRB policies require, among other things, that a bank holding company maintain a minimum capital base and serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary bank. The FRB by supervisory letters has advised holding corporations that it is has supervisory concerns when the level of dividends is too high and would seek to prevent dividends if the dividends paid by the holding company exceeded its earnings. The FRB would most likely seek to prohibit any dividend payment that would reduce a holding company’s capital below these minimum amounts.

 

9
Table of Contents

Holding Company Supervision

 

The Corporation is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Holding Company Act. As a bank holding company, the Corporation is supervised by the FRB and is required to file reports with the FRB and provide such additional information as the FRB may require.

 

The Holding Company Act prohibits the Corporation, with certain exceptions, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than five percent of the voting shares of any company which is not a bank and from engaging in any business other than that of banking, managing and controlling banks or furnishing services to subsidiary banks, except that it may, upon application, engage in, and may own shares of companies engaged in, certain businesses found by the FRB to be so closely related to banking “as to be a proper incident thereto.” The Holding Company Act requires prior approval by the FRB of the acquisition by the Corporation of more than five percent of the voting stock of any additional bank. Satisfactory capital ratios, Community Reinvestment Act ratings and anti-money laundering policies are generally prerequisites to obtaining federal regulatory approval to make acquisitions. The policy of the FRB provides that a bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support the subsidiary bank in circumstances in which it might not do so absent that policy. Acquisitions through the Bank require the approval of the FRB and the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance (“NJDOBI”).

   

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) added new legal requirements for public companies affecting corporate governance, accounting and corporate reporting.

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act provides for, among other things:

 

· a prohibition on personal loans made or arranged by the issuer to its directors and executive officers (except for loans made by a bank subject to Regulation O);
· independence requirements for audit committee members;
· independence requirements for company auditors;
· certification of financial statements within the Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer;
· the forfeiture by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of bonuses or other incentive-based compensation and profits from the sale of an issuer’s securities by such officers in the twelve month period following initial publication of any financial statements that later require restatement due to corporate misconduct;
· disclosure of off-balance sheet transactions;
· two-business day filing requirements for insiders filing on Form 4;
10
Table of Contents
· disclosure of a code of ethics for financial officers and filing a Current Report on Form 8-K for a change in or waiver of such code;
· the reporting of securities violations “up the ladder” by both in-house and outside attorneys;
· restrictions on the use of non-GAAP financial measures in press releases and SEC filings;
· the formation of a public accounting oversight board;
· various increased criminal penalties for violations of securities laws;
· an assertion by management with respect to the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting; and
· a report by the company’s external auditor on management’s assertion and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

 

Each of the national stock exchanges, including the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations (NASDAQ) Global Select Market where the Corporation’s securities are listed, have implemented corporate governance listing standards, including rules strengthening director independence requirements for boards, and requiring the adoption of charters for the nominating and audit committees. As noted above, in 2012, the SEC adopted rules under the Dodd-Frank Act requiring the stock exchanges to adopt rules addressing the independence of Compensation Committee members and consideration of the independence of compensation advisers, and each of the exchanges, including the NASDAQ Global Select Market, have adopted such rules.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

 

As part of the USA PATRIOT Act, Congress adopted the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “Anti Money Laundering Act”). The Anti Money Laundering Act authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the heads of other government agencies, to adopt special measures applicable to financial institutions such as banks, bank holding companies, broker-dealers and insurance companies. Among its other provisions, the Anti Money Laundering Act requires each financial institution: (i) to establish an anti-money laundering program; (ii) to establish due diligence policies, procedures and controls that are reasonably designed to detect and report instances of money laundering in United States private banking accounts and correspondent accounts maintained for non-United States persons or their representatives; and (iii) to avoid establishing, maintaining, administering, or managing correspondent accounts in the United States for, or on behalf of, a foreign shell bank that does not have a physical presence in any country. In addition, the Anti Money Laundering Act expands the circumstances under which funds in a bank account may be forfeited and requires covered financial institutions to respond under certain circumstances to requests for information from federal banking agencies within 120 hours.

 

Regulations implementing the due diligence requirements, require minimum standards to verify customer identity and maintain accurate records, encourage cooperation among financial institutions, federal banking agencies, and law enforcement authorities regarding possible money laundering or terrorist activities, prohibit the anonymous use of “concentration accounts,” and requires all covered financial institutions to have in place an anti-money laundering compliance program. Federal and state banking agencies have strictly enforced various anti-money laundering and suspicious activity reporting requirements using formal and informal enforcement tools to cause banks to comply with these provisions.

The Anti Money Laundering Act amended the Bank Holding Company Act and the Bank Merger Act to require the federal banking agencies to consider the effectiveness of any financial institution involved in a proposed merger transaction in combating money laundering activities when reviewing an application under these acts.

 

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act

 

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999 (“Modernization Act”) became effective in early 2000. The Modernization Act:

 

· allows bank holding companies meeting management, capital and Community Reinvestment Act standards to engage in a substantially broader range of non-banking activities than was previously permissible, including insurance underwriting;
· allows insurers and other financial services companies to acquire banks;
· removes various restrictions that previously applied to bank holding company ownership of securities firms and mutual fund advisory companies; and
11
Table of Contents
· establishes the overall regulatory structure applicable to bank holding companies that also engage in insurance and securities operations.

 

If a bank holding company elects to become a financial holding company, it files a certification, effective in 30 days, and thereafter may engage in certain financial activities without further approvals. The Corporation has not elected to become a financial holding company.

 

The Modernization Act modified other financial laws, including laws related to financial privacy and community reinvestment.

 

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect the Corporation are described below. These risks and uncertainties are not the only ones affecting the Corporation. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or focused on or that management currently deems immaterial may also impair the Corporation’s business operations. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors. If any one or more of the following risks actually occur, the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock

 

We may not be able to continue to grow our business, which may adversely impact our results of operations.  

 

Our business strategy calls for continued expansion. Our ability to continue to grow depends, in part, upon our ability to successfully attract deposits to existing and identify favorable loan and investment opportunities. We expect to add personnel to assist in this growth. In the event that we do not continue to grow, or the new personnel do not produce sufficient new revenues, our results of operations could be adversely impacted.

 

We may not be able to manage our growth, which may adversely impact our financial results.  

 

As part of our expansion strategy, we plan to broaden and expand our multi-family, commercial real estate lending, commercial and industrial lending and residential mortgage businesses in both our existing and new geographic markets. In addition, as part of our expansion strategy, we may add new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. We may invest significant time and resources to develop and market new lines of business and/or products and services. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting customer preferences may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Additionally, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our ability to implement our expansion strategy will depend upon a variety of factors, including our ability to attract and retain experienced personnel, the continued availability of desirable business opportunities and locations, the competitive responses from other financial institutions in the new market areas and our ability to manage growth. In order to implement our expansion strategy, we plan to hire new personnel in our existing and target markets. However, we may be unable to hire qualified management. In addition, the organizational and overhead costs may be greater than we anticipated. Moreover, we may not be able to obtain the regulatory approvals necessary. New business expansion efforts may take longer than expected to reach profitability, and we cannot assure that they will become profitable. The additional costs of adding new personnel may adversely impact our financial results.

 

Our ability to manage growth successfully will depend on whether we can continue to fund this growth while maintaining cost controls and asset quality, as well as on factors beyond our control, such as national and regional economic conditions and interest rate trends. If we are not able to control costs and maintain asset quality, such growth could adversely impact our earnings and financial condition.

 

12
Table of Contents

The Corporation is required by Federal regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support its operations. The Corporation may at some point need to raise additional capital to support continued growth. The Corporation’s ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside the Corporation’s control, and on its financial performance. Accordingly, the Corporation cannot assure you of its ability to raise additional capital if needed or on terms acceptable to the Corporation. If the Corporation cannot raise additional capital when needed, the ability to further expand its operations could be materially impaired.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act may adversely affect our business activities, financial position and profitability by increasing our regulatory compliance burden and associated costs, placing restrictions on certain products and services, and limiting our future capital raising strategies.  

 

On July 21, 2010, the President signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Act”), which implements significant changes in the financial regulatory landscape and will impact all financial institutions, including the Company and the Bank.  The Act has and is likely to continue to increase our regulatory compliance burden.  

 

Among the Act’s significant regulatory changes, it created the CFPB that is empowered to promulgate new consumer protection regulations and revise existing regulations in many areas of consumer protection.   The CFPB has exclusive authority to issue regulations, orders and guidance to administer and implement the objectives of federal consumer protection laws.  Moreover, the Act permits states to adopt stricter consumer protection laws and state attorney generals may enforce consumer protection rules issued by the CFPB.  The Act also changes the scope of federal deposit insurance coverage, and increases the FDIC assessment payable by the Bank.  The CFPB and these other changes have increased, and will continue to increase, our regulatory compliance burden and costs and may restrict the financial products and services we offer to our customers.

 

The Act also imposed more stringent capital requirements on bank holding companies by, among other things, imposing leverage ratios on bank holding companies and prohibiting new trust preferred issuances from counting as Tier I capital.  These restrictions may limit our future capital strategies.  The Act also increases regulation of derivatives and hedging transactions, which could limit our ability to enter into, or increase the costs associated with, interest rate and other hedging transactions.

 

Although certain provisions of the Act, such as required direct supervision by the CFPB, will not apply to banking organizations with less than $10 billion of assets, such as the Company and the Bank, the changes resulting from the legislation will impact our business.  New consumer protection rules issued by the CFPB will apply to us. These changes will require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes.

 

Negative developments in the financial services industry and U.S. and global credit markets may adversely impact our operations and results.

 

Our businesses and operations, which primarily consist of lending money to customers in the form of loans, borrowing money from customers in the form of deposits and investing in securities, are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the United States. If the U.S. economy weakens, our growth and profitability from our lending, deposit and investment operations could be constrained. Uncertainty about the federal fiscal policymaking process, the medium and long-term fiscal outlook of the federal government and future tax rates is a concern for businesses, consumers and investors in the United States. In addition, economic conditions in foreign countries could affect the stability of global financial markets, which could hinder U.S. economic growth. Weak economic conditions are often characterized by deflation, fluctuations in debt and equity capital markets, a lack of liquidity and/or depressed prices in the secondary market for mortgage loans, increased delinquencies on mortgage, consumer and commercial loans, residential and commercial real estate price declines and lower home sales and commercial activity.

 

The current economic environment is also characterized by interest rates at historically low levels, which impacts our ability to attract deposits and to generate attractive earnings through our investment portfolio. All of these factors are detrimental to our business, and the interplay between these factors can be complex and unpredictable. Our business is also significantly affected by monetary and related policies of the U.S. federal government and its agencies. Changes in any of these policies are influenced by macroeconomic conditions and other factors that are beyond our control. Adverse economic conditions and government policy responses to such conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

13
Table of Contents

Uncertainty in the financial markets in general with the expectation of the general economic downturn continued in 2012 and through much of 2013. Loan portfolio performances have deteriorated at many institutions resulting from, amongst other factors, a weak economy and a decline in the value of the collateral supporting their loans. The competition for our deposits has increased significantly due to liquidity concerns at many of these same institutions. Stock prices of bank holding companies, like ours, have been negatively affected by the current condition of the financial markets, as has our ability, if needed, to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets compared to recent years. As a result, there is potential for new federal or state laws and regulations regarding lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, and financial institution regulatory agencies are expected to be very aggressive in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the expected issuance of many formal enforcement actions. Negative developments in the financial services industry and the impact of new legislation in response to those developments could negatively impact our operations by restricting our business operations, including our ability to originate or sell loans, and adversely impact our financial performance.

 

We are more sensitive than our more geographically diversified competitors to adverse changes in the local economy.

 

Much of our business is with customers located within Central and Northern New Jersey, as well as New York City. Our business loans are generally made to small to mid-sized businesses, most of whose success depends on the regional economy. These businesses generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities. Adverse economic and business conditions in our market area could reduce our growth rate, affect our borrowers' ability to repay their loans and, consequently, adversely affect our financial condition and performance. Further, we place substantial reliance on real estate as collateral for our loan portfolio. A sharp downturn in real estate values in our market area could leave many of our loans under-secured, which could adversely affect our earnings.

 

If our allowance for loan losses were not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings would decrease.

 

We maintain an allowance for loan losses based on, among other things, the level of non-performing loans, loan growth, national and regional economic conditions, historical loss experience, delinquency trends among loan types and various qualitative factors. However, we cannot predict loan losses with certainty and we cannot assure you that charge-offs in future periods will not exceed the allowance for loan losses. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, review our allowance for loan losses and may require additions to the allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examination. Factors that require an increase in our allowance for loan losses could reduce our earnings.

 

Changes in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings and financial condition.

 

Our net income depends primarily upon our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on loans, investments and other interest-earning assets and the interest expense incurred on deposits and borrowed funds.

 

Different types of assets and liabilities may react differently, and at different times, to changes in market interest rates. We expect that we will periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities. That means either our interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-earning assets, or vice versa. When interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than interest-earning assets, an increase in market rates of interest could reduce our net interest income. Likewise, when interest-earning assets mature or reprice more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce our net interest income. We are unable to predict changes in market interest rates, which are affected by many factors beyond our control, including inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply, domestic and international events and changes in the United States and other financial markets.

 

Our exposure to credit risk could adversely affect our earnings and financial condition.

 

There are certain risks inherent in making loans, including risks that the principal of or interest on the loan will not be repaid timely or at all or that the value of any collateral supporting the loan will be insufficient to cover our outstanding exposure. These risks may be affected by the strength of the borrower’s business sector and local, regional and national market and economic conditions. Our risk management practices, such as monitoring the concentration of our loans within specific industries and our credit approval practices, may not adequately reduce credit risk, and our credit administration personnel, policies and procedures may not adequately adapt to changes in economic or any other conditions affecting customers and the quality of the loan portfolio. Finally, many of our loans are made to small and medium-sized businesses that are less able to withstand competitive, economic and financial pressures than larger borrowers. A failure to effectively measure and limit the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

14
Table of Contents

Competition from other financial institutions in originating loans and attracting deposits may adversely affect our profitability.

 

We face substantial competition in originating loans. This competition comes principally from other banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking companies and other lenders. Many of our competitors enjoy advantages, including greater financial resources and higher lending limits, a wider geographic presence, and more accessible branch office locations.

 

In attracting deposits, we face substantial competition from other insured depository institutions such as banks, savings institutions and credit unions, as well as institutions offering uninsured investment alternatives, including money market funds. Many of our competitors enjoy advantages, including greater financial resources, more aggressive marketing campaigns, better brand recognition and more branch locations. These competitors may offer higher interest rates than we do, which could decrease the deposits that we attract or require us to increase our rates to retain existing deposits or attract new deposits. Increased deposit competition could adversely affect our ability to generate the funds necessary for lending operations and increase our cost of funds.

 

We also compete with non-bank providers of financial services, such as brokerage firms, consumer finance companies, insurance companies and governmental organizations, which may offer more favorable terms. Some of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations that govern our operations. As a result, such non-bank competitors may have advantages over us in providing certain products and services. This competition may reduce or limit our margins on banking services, reduce our market share and adversely affect our earnings and financial condition.

 

Our commercial real estate loan portfolio exposes us to risks that may be greater than the risks related to our other mortgage loans.

 

Our loan portfolio includes non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans for individuals and businesses for various purposes, which are secured by commercial properties, as well as real estate construction and development loans. These loans typically involve repayment dependent upon income generated, or expected to be generated, by the property securing the loan in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service. This may be adversely affected by changes in the economy or local market conditions. These loans expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by residential real estate because the collateral securing these loans typically cannot be liquidated as easily as residential real estate. If we foreclose on these loans, our holding period for the collateral typically is longer than for a single or multi-family residential property because there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral. Additionally, non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans generally involve relatively large balances to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers. Accordingly, charge-offs on non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans may be larger on a per loan basis than those incurred with our residential or consumer loan portfolios. Unexpected deterioration in the credit quality of our commercial real estate loan portfolio would require us to increase our provision for loan losses, which would reduce our profitability and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with our lending activities.

 

In the course of our business, we may purchase real estate, or we may foreclose on and take title to real estate. As a result, we could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. Any significant environmental liabilities could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

15
Table of Contents

Lack of seasoning of our loan portfolio could increase risk of credit defaults in the future.

 

A large portion of loans in our loan portfolio and of our lending relationships are of relatively recent origin. In general, loans do not begin to show signs of credit deterioration or default until they have been outstanding for some period of time, a process referred to as “seasoning.” As a result, a portfolio of older loans will usually behave more predictably than a newer portfolio. Because a large portion of our portfolio is relatively new, the current level of delinquencies and defaults may not represent the level that may prevail as the portfolio becomes more seasoned. If delinquencies and defaults increase, we may be required to increase our provision for loan losses, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

Deterioration in the fiscal position of the U.S. federal government could adversely affect us and our banking operations.

 

The long-term outlook for the fiscal position of the U.S. federal government is uncertain, as illustrated by the recent budget negotiations and partial shutdown of the U.S. government in October 2013. In addition to causing economic and financial market disruptions, any future failure to raise the U.S. statutory debt limit, or deterioration in the fiscal outlook of the U.S. federal government, could, among other things, materially adversely affect the market value of the U.S. and other government and governmental agency securities that we hold, the availability of those securities as collateral for borrowing, and our ability to access capital markets on favorable terms. In particular, it could increase interest rates and disrupt payment systems, money markets, and long-term or short-term fixed income markets, adversely affecting the cost and availability of funding, which could negatively affect our profitability. Any of these developments could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

Government regulation significantly affects our business.

 

The banking industry is extensively regulated. Banking regulations are intended primarily to protect depositors, and the FDIC deposit insurance funds, not the shareholders of the Company. We are subject to regulation and supervision by the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance and the Federal Reserve Bank. Regulatory requirements affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth. The bank regulatory agencies possess broad authority to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of law. We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements, which involve both quantitative measures of our assets and liabilities and qualitative judgments by regulators regarding risks and other factors. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements or comply with other regulations could result in actions by regulators that could adversely affect our ability to pay dividends or otherwise adversely impact operations. In addition, changes in laws, regulations and regulatory practices affecting the banking industry may limit the manner in which we conduct our business. Such changes may adversely affect us, including our ability to offer new products and services, obtain financing, attract deposits, make loans and achieve satisfactory spreads and may impose additional costs on us.

 

The Bank is also subject to a number of Federal laws, which, among other things, require it to lend to various sectors of the economy and population, and establish and maintain comprehensive programs relating to anti-money laundering and customer identification. The Bank's compliance with these laws will be considered by the Federal banking regulators when reviewing bank merger and bank holding company acquisitions or commencing new activities or making new investments in reliance on the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. As a public company, we are also subject to the corporate governance standards set forth in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC or the NASDAQ Stock Market.

 

The short-term and long-term impact of the newly proposed regulatory capital rules is uncertain.

 

In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board, or Federal Reserve, published final rules establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations, referred to herein as the Rules. For a detailed description of the Rules, please refer to “ Governmental Policies and Legislation – Capital Requirements ” beginning on page 8. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, or OCC, have adopted substantially identical rules (in the case of the FDIC, as interim final rules). The Rules implement the Basel Committee’s December 2010 framework, commonly referred to as Basel III, for strengthening international capital standards as well as certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or Dodd-Frank Act. Basel III creates a new regulatory capital standard based on Tier 1 common equity and increases the minimum leverage and risk-based capital ratios applicable to all banking organizations. Basel III also changes how a number of the regulatory capital components are calculated. A significant increase in our capital requirement could reduce our growth and profitability and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

16
Table of Contents

Higher FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments could adversely affect our financial condition.

 

FDIC insurance premiums increased substantially in 2009 and we may have to pay significantly higher FDIC premiums in the future. Market developments have significantly depleted the insurance fund of the FDIC and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits. The FDIC adopted a revised risk-based deposit insurance assessment schedule on February 27, 2009, which raised regular deposit insurance premiums. On May 22, 2009, the FDIC also implemented a five basis point special assessment of each insured depository institution’s total assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, but no more than 10 basis points times the institution’s assessment base for the second quarter of 2009, collected by the FDIC on September 30, 2009. The amount of this special assessment for the Bank was $672 thousand. Additional special assessments may be imposed by the FDIC for future quarters at the same or higher levels.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act revised the assessment rate schedule to provide initial base assessment rates ranging from five to 35 basis points and total base assessment rates ranging from 2.5 to 45 basis points. These changes, along with the use of all of our remaining FDIC insurance assessment credits in early 2009, may cause the premiums charged by the FDIC to increase. These actions could significantly increase our noninterest expense in 2013, 2014 and in future periods.

 

We are subject to liquidity risk.

 

Liquidity risk is the potential that we will be unable to meet our obligations as they become due, capitalize on growth opportunities as they arise, or pay regular dividends because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding in a timely basis, at a reasonable cost and within acceptable risk tolerances.

 

Liquidity is required to fund various obligations, including credit commitments to borrowers, mortgage and other loan originations, withdrawals by depositors, repayment of borrowings, dividends to shareholders, operating expenses and capital expenditures.

 

Liquidity is derived primarily from retail deposit growth and retention; principal and interest payments on loans; principal and interest payments; sale, maturity and prepayment of investment securities; net cash provided from operations and access to other funding sources.

 

Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity due to a market downturn or adverse regulatory action against us. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a severe disruption of the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole as banking organizations face turmoil and domestic and worldwide credit markets deteriorate.

 

Our information systems may experience a security breach, computer virus, or disruption of service.

 

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business, and provide customers with various products and services, including the ability to bank online. Despite positioning our communications and information systems environment to be capable of controlling, monitoring and proactively preventing security breaches, our network could become vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes and other security problems. We may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches or viruses. To the extent that our activities or the activities of our customers involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, security breaches and viruses could expose us to claims, litigation and other possible liabilities. Any failure, interruption, or breach in security or operational integrity of our systems could also result in failures or disruptions in our general ledger, deposit, loan, and other systems, and could subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny. Any inability to prevent security breaches or computer viruses could also cause existing customers to lose confidence in our systems and could adversely affect our reputation.

 

17
Table of Contents

The price of our common stock may fluctuate.

 

The price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market constantly changes and recently, given the uncertainty in the financial markets, has fluctuated widely. We expect that the market price of our common stock will continue to fluctuate. Holders of our common stock will be subject to the risk of volatility and changes in prices.

 

Our common stock price can fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

 

  quarterly fluctuations in our operating and financial results;
  operating results that vary from the expectations of management, securities analysts and investors;
  changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates by securities analysts and investors;
  events negatively impacting the financial services industry which result in a general decline in the market valuation of our common stock;
  announcements of material developments affecting our operations or our dividend policy;
  future sales of our equity securities;
  new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;
  changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles; and
  general domestic economic and market conditions.

 

In addition, recently the stock market generally has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations, and industry factors and general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes or credit loss trends, could also cause our stock price to decrease regardless of our operating results.

 

Our ability to pay dividends to our common shareholders is limited.

 

Since the principal source of income for the Company is dividends paid to the Company by the Bank, the Company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders will depend on whether the Bank pays dividends to it. As a practical matter, restrictions on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends act as restrictions on the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends by the Company. As a New Jersey-chartered commercial bank, the Bank is subject to the restrictions on the payment of dividends contained in the New Jersey Banking Act of 1948, as amended. Under the Banking Act, the Bank may pay dividends only out of retained earnings, and out of surplus to the extent that surplus exceeds 50% of stated capital. The Company is also subject to FRB policies, which may, in certain circumstances, limit its ability to pay dividends. The FRB policies require, among other things, that a bank holding company maintain a minimum capital base and the FRB in supervisory guidance has cautioned bank holding companies about paying out too much of their earnings in dividends and has stated that banks should not pay out more in dividends than they earn. The FRB would most likely seek to prohibit any dividend payment that would reduce a holding company's capital below these minimum amounts.

 

We may lose lower-cost funding sources.

 

Checking, savings, and money market deposit account balances and other forms of customer deposits can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market, as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. If customers move money out of bank deposits and into other investments, we could lose a relatively low cost source of funds, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income.

 

There may be changes in accounting policies or accounting standards.

 

Our accounting policies are fundamental to understanding our financial results and condition. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. We identified our accounting policies regarding the allowance for loan losses, goodwill and other intangible assets, and income taxes to be critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. Under each of these policies, it is possible that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions, using different assumptions, or as new information becomes available.

 

18
Table of Contents

From time to time the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and the SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the form and content of our external financial statements. In addition, accounting standard setters and those who interpret the accounting standards (such as the FASB, SEC, banking regulators and our independent auditors) may change or even reverse their previous interpretations or positions on how these standards should be applied. Changes in financial accounting and reporting standards and changes in current interpretations may be beyond our control, can be hard to predict and could materially impact how we report our financial results and condition. In certain cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively or apply an existing standard differently (also retroactively) which may result in our restating prior period financial statements in material amounts.

 

We encounter continuous technological change.

 

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.  

 

We are subject to operational risk.

 

We face the risk that the design of our controls and procedures, including those to mitigate the risk of fraud by employees or outsiders, may prove to be inadequate or are circumvented, thereby causing delays in detection of errors or inaccuracies in data and information. Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We may also be subject to disruptions of our systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control (including, for example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages), which may give rise to losses in service to customers and to financial loss or liability. We are further exposed to the risk that our external vendors may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their respective employees as we are) and to the risk that our (or our vendors’) business continuity and data security systems prove to be inadequate.

 

Our performance is largely dependent on the talents and efforts of highly skilled individuals. There is intense competition in the financial services industry for qualified employees. In addition, we face increasing competition with businesses outside the financial services industry for the most highly skilled individuals. Our business operations could be adversely affected if we were unable to attract new employees and retain and motivate our existing employees.

 

There may be claims and litigation pertaining to fiduciary responsibility.

 

From time to time as part of the Company’s normal course of business, customers make claims and take legal action against the Company based on its actions or inactions. If such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to the Company, they may result in financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of the Company and its products and services. This may also impact customer demand for the Company’s products and services. Any financial liability or reputation damage could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.

 

Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

19
Table of Contents

Item 2. PROPERTIES

 

The Corporation owns 10 branches and leases 12 branches. The Corporation leases an administrative and operations office building in Bedminster, New Jersey, two private banking offices in Princeton and Teaneck, New Jersey and a trust office in Greenville, Delaware.

 

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

In the normal course of its business, lawsuits and claims may be brought against the Corporation and its subsidiaries. There is no currently pending or threatened litigation or proceedings against the Corporation or its subsidiaries, which assert claims that if adversely decided, we believe would have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

PART II

 

Item 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

The Common Stock of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol of PGC. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low sale prices on known trades and cash dividends declared per share by the Corporation.

 

                DIVIDEND  
2013   HIGH     LOW     PER SHARE  
1 st QUARTER   $ 15.55     $ 10.61     $ 0.05  
2 nd QUARTER     17.50       13.87       0.05  
3 rd QUARTER     20.04       15.93       0.05  
4 th QUARTER     20.73       17.26       0.05  

 

                DIVIDEND  
2012   HIGH     LOW     PER SHARE  
1 st QUARTER   $ 13.55     $ 10.52     $ 0.05  
2 nd QUARTER     15.95       13.51       0.05  
3 rd QUARTER     16.83       13.18       0.05  
4 th QUARTER     16.49       13.45       0.05  

 

Future dividends payable by the Corporation will be determined by the Board of Directors after consideration of earnings and financial condition of the Corporation, need for capital and such other matters as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. The payment of dividends is subject to certain restrictions, see Part I, Item 1, “Business - Restrictions on the Payment of Dividends.”

 

20
Table of Contents

Performance

 

The following graph compares the cumulative total return on a hypothetical $100 investment made on December 31, 2008 in (a) the Corporation’s common stock; (b) the Russell 3000 Stock Index, and (c) the Keefe, Bruyette & Woods KBW 50 Index (top 50 U.S. banks). The graph is calculated assuming that all dividends are reinvested during the relevant periods. The graph shows how a $100 investment would increase or decrease in value over time, based on dividends (stock or cash) and increases or decreases in the market price of the stock.

 

 

Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation

 

 

 

          Period Ending
Index   12/31/08     12/31/09     12/31/10     12/31/11     12/31/12     12/31/13  
Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation     100.00       51.07       53.40       44.73       59.42       81.59  
Russell 3000     100.00       128.34       150.07       151.61       176.49       235.71  
KBW Bank     100.00       98.22       121.17       93.08       123.83       170.58  

 

On December 31, 2013, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock was $19.10. Also, on February 28, 2014, there were approximately 752 registered shareholders of record.

 

21
Table of Contents

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

None.

 

Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

None.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The information set forth in Item 12 of Part III of this Annual Report regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following is selected consolidated financial data for the Corporation and its subsidiaries for the years indicated. This information is derived from the historical consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes.

    Years Ended December 31,  
(In thousands, except per share data)   2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
Summary earnings:                                        
  Interest income   $ 57,053     $ 56,090     $ 56,051     $ 60,922     $ 66,007  
  Interest expense     4,277       4,687       7,136       11,032       17,659  
    Net interest income     52,776       51,403       48,915       49,890       48,348  
  Provision for loan losses     3,425       8,275       7,250       10,000       9,700  
    Net interest income after provision                                        
     for loan losses     49,351       43,128       41,665       39,890       38,648  
  Other income, exclusive of securities gains, net     19,755       17,493       15,679       14,932       13,729  
Securities gains, net     840       3,810       1,037       124       69  
Impairment charges on securities                       (941 )      
Other expenses     55,183       48,330       44,399       43,110       42,266  
    Income/(loss) before income tax expense     14,763       16,101       13,982       10,895       10,180  
  Income tax expense/(benefit)     5,502       6,405       1,814       3,231       3,054  
Net income/(loss)     9,261       9,696       12,168       7,664       7,126  
Dividends on preferred stock and accretion           474       1,228       1,686       1,493  
Net income/(loss) available to common shareholders   $ 9,261     $ 9,222     $ 10,940     $ 5,978     $ 5,633  

 

Per share data: (reflects a 5% stock dividend in 2009 except for cash dividends per share)
  Earnings/(loss) per share-basic   $ 1.02     $ 1.05     $ 1.25     $ 0.68     $ 0.64  
  Earnings/(loss) per share-diluted     1.01       1.05       1.25       0.68       0.64  
  Cash dividends declared     0.20       0.20       0.20       0.20       0.26  
  Book value end-of-period     14.79       13.87       12.47       11.03       10.57  
                                         
  Basic weighted average shares outstanding     9,094,111       8,780,973       8,741,209       8,784,655       8,715,419  
  Common stock equivalents (dilutive)     82,688       47,501       1,061       366       50,838  

 

Balance sheet data (at period end):                                        
  Total assets   $ 1,966,948     $ 1,667,836     $ 1,600,335     $ 1,505,425     $ 1,512,353  
  Investment securities held to maturity                 100,719       140,277       89,459  
  Securities available to sale     268,447       304,479       319,520       275,076       272,484  
  FHLB and FRB stock, at cost     10,032       4,639       4,569       4,624       5,315  
  Total loans     1,574,201       1,132,584       1,038,345       932,497       983,537  
  Allowance for loan losses     15,373       12,735       13,223       14,282       13,192  
  Total deposits     1,647,250       1,516,427       1,443,892       1,351,546       1,349,669  
  Total shareholders’ equity     170,657       122,057       122,971       117,716       119,509  
  Trust assets under administration (market value)     2,690,601       2,303,612       1,957,146       1,940,404       1,856,229  
  Cash dividends:                                        
    Common     1,802       1,774       1,765       1,757       2,199  
    Preferred           112       824       1,126       1,218  

 

22
Table of Contents

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
(In thousands, except per share data)   2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
Selected performance ratios:                                        
  Return on average total assets     0.54 %     0.61 %     0.79 %     0.52 %     0.49 %
  Return on average common shareholders’  equity     7.37       8.03       10.74       6.26       6.26  
  Dividend payout ratio     19.46       19.24       16.13       29.39       39.05  
  Average equity to average assets ratio     7.26       7.25       7.64       7.83       7.99  
                                         
  Net interest margin     3.26       3.50       3.47       3.64       3.58  
  Non-interest expenses to average assets     3.19       3.04       2.90       2.91       2.90  
  Non-interest income to average assets     1.19       1.34       1.09       0.95       0.95  
 
Asset quality ratios (at period end):
                                       
  Nonperforming loans to total loans     0.42 %     1.04 %     1.85 %     2.01 %     1.19 %
  Nonperforming assets to total assets     0.44       0.91       1.65       1.51       0.80  
  Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans     231.87       108.55       68.83       76.05       112.25  
  Allowance for loan losses to total loans     0.98       1.12       1.27       1.53       1.34  
  Net charge-offs to average loans     0.06       0.80       0.86       0.93       0.61  
       Plus other real estate owned                                        

 

Liquidity and capital ratios:                                        
  Average loans to average deposits     83.05 %     76.39 %     70.15 %     72.22 %     78.74 %
  Total shareholders’ equity to total assets     8.68       7.32       7.68       7.82       7.90  
  Average common shareholders’ equity to average assets     7.26       7.22       6.66       6.43       6.17  
  Total capital to risk-weighted assets     15.33       13.08       13.76       14.16       13.71  
  Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets     14.07       11.83       12.51       12.91       12.45  
  Tier 1 leverage ratio     9.00       7.27       7.73       7.96       7.93  

 

Item 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

OVERVIEW: The following discussion and analysis is intended to provide information about the financial condition and results of operations of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes and supplemental financial information appearing elsewhere in this report.

 

Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation (the “Corporation” or the “Company”), formed in 1997, is the parent holding company for Peapack-Gladstone Bank (the “Bank”), formed in 1921, a commercial bank providing innovative private banking services to businesses, non-profits and consumers which help them to establish, maintain and expand their legacy. Through its private banking locations in Bedminster, Morristown, Princeton and Teaneck, its wealth management division, and its branch network in Somerset, Hunterdon, Morris, Middlesex and Union counties, the Bank offers an unparalleled commitment to client service.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation recorded net income of $9.3 million, and diluted earnings per share of $1.01. During 2013, Management developed and presented to the Company’s Board of Directors a comprehensive plan for the future. The Strategic Plan – known as “Expanding Our Reach” – focuses on the client experience and organic growth across all lines of business. The Plan calls for expansion of existing lines of business, and establishment of a new commercial and industrial (C&I) lending platform, through the use of private banking teams, who lead with deposit gathering and wealth management discussions. The Plan further calls for establishment of a sales force that supports our branches and serves as a primary point of contact for clients. The Plan was accepted and approved by the Board in March 2013 and implementation began immediately.

 

Added to Overview:

 

In addition to implementing and following through on the strategic plan in 2013, the following are additional highlights:

 

· In support of the growth associated with the Plan, the Corporation successfully raised $42 million (gross) of common equity in a rights offering and sale to standby investors, that closed on December 12, 2013. Over 52 percent of the offering was subscribed by existing shareholders. The remainder was purchased by nine pre-arranged standby investors, the majority of which are new institutional shareholders in the Corporation.
· Total end of year loan balances reached another record level for the Corporation, $1.57 billion. This level reflected an increase of $442 million or 39 percent from the balance at December 31, 2012.
23
Table of Contents
· Total deposits also reached a record level. The end of year 2013 balance of $1.65 billion reflected an increase of $131 million or nearly nine percent from the balance at December 31, 2012 and included an increase of $75 million in the fourth quarter of 2013.
· At December 31, 2013, the market value of assets under administration at the Bank’s Wealth Management Division of $2.69 billion was also another record for the Corporation. This level reflected an increase of 17 percent from the balance at December 31, 2012.
· All of the Corporation’s operations support staff were consolidated from the Operation Center into the Administration building and core operating system equipment was relocated to an off-premises third-party location. These moves created operating efficiencies; reduced risk from a disaster preparedness perspective; and created a savings relative to ongoing premises and equipment expenses.
· Trends in asset quality continue to demonstrate strong improvement when compared to prior periods. Nonperforming assets declined in both dollars and as a percentage of assets to 0.44 percent of total assets as of December 31, 2013, compared to 0.91 percent of total assets as of December 31, 2012.
· The book value per share at December 31, 2013 of $14.79 reflected improvement when compared to $13.87 at December 31, 2012.
· Capital ratios were benefitted by the December 2013 capital raise and were improved and very strong as of December 31, 2013, even with nearly $300 million growth in assets for the year, as well as migration of lower-risk weighted investment security cash flows into loans.

 
Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation’s common stock trades on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations (NASDAQ) Global Select Market under the symbol “PGC.”

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is based upon the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires the Corporation to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Note 1 to the Corporation’s Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2013, contains a summary of the Corporation’s significant accounting policies.

 

Management believes that the Corporation’s policy with respect to the methodology for the determination of the allowance for loan losses involves a higher degree of complexity and requires Management to make difficult and subjective judgments, which often require assumptions or estimates about highly uncertain matters. Changes in these judgments, assumption or estimates could materially impact results of operations. This critical policy and its application are periodically reviewed with the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors.

 

The provision for loan losses is based upon Management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance, including an assessment of known and inherent risks in the portfolio, giving consideration to the size and composition of the loan portfolio, actual loan loss experience, level of delinquencies, detailed analysis of individual loans for which full collectability may not be assured, the existence and estimated fair value of any underlying collateral and guarantees securing the loans, and current economic and market conditions. Although Management uses the best information available, the level of the allowance for loan losses remains an estimate, which is subject to significant judgment and short-term change. Various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Corporation’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Corporation to make additional provisions for loan losses based upon information available to them at the time of their examination. Furthermore, the majority of the Corporation’s loans are secured by real estate in the State of New Jersey and to a lesser extent New York City. Accordingly, the collectability of a substantial portion of the carrying value of the Corporation’s loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in local market conditions and may experience continuing adverse economic conditions. Future adjustments to the provision for loan losses and allowance for loan losses may be necessary due to economic, operating, regulatory and other conditions beyond the Corporation’s control.

 

The Corporation accounts for its securities in accordance with “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” which was codified into Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 320. Debt securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when Management has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Debt securities are classified as available for sale when they might be sold before maturity due to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk, liquidity or other factors. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax.

 

Securities are evaluated on at least a quarterly basis to determine whether a decline in value is other-than-temporary. To determine whether a decline in value is other-than-temporary, Management considers the reasons underlying the decline, the near-term prospects of the issuer, the extent and duration of the decline and whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. “Other-than-temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, the amount of the impairment is split into two components – other-than-temporary impairment related to credit loss, which must be recognized through earnings. No impairment charges were recognized in 2013, 2012 or 2011. For equity securities, the entire amount of impairment is recognized through earnings.

 

24
Table of Contents

 

EARNINGS SUMMARY :

 

The following table presents certain key aspects of our performance for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Change  
(In thousands, except per share data)   2013     2012     2011     2013 v 2012     2012 v 2011  
Results of Operations:                              
Interest income   $ 57,053     $ 56,090     $ 56,051     $ 963     $ 39  
Interest expense     4,277       4,687       7,136       (410 )     (2,449 )
   Net interest income     52,776       51,403       48,915       1,373       2,488  
Provision for loan losses     3,425       8,275       7,250       (4,850 )     1,025  
Net interest income after provision                                        
   for loan losses     49,351       43,128       41,665       6,223       1,463  
Other income     20,595       21,303       16,716       (708 )     4,587  
Other operating expense     55,183       48,330       44,399       6,853       3,931  
Income before income tax expense     14,763       16,101       13,982       (1,338 )     2,119  
Income tax expense     5,502       6,405       1,814       (903 )     4,591  
Net income   $ 9,261     $ 9,696     $ 12,168     $ (435 )   $ (2,472 )
Dividends on Preferred Stock and                                        
   accretion           474       1,228       474       754  
Net income available to common                                        
   shareholders   $ 9,261     $ 9,222     $ 10,940     $ 39     $ (1,718 )
                                         
Per Share Data:                                        
Basic earnings per common share   $ 1.02     $ 1.05     $ 1.25     $ 0.03     $ (0.20 )
Diluted earnings per common share     1.01       1.05       1.25       0.04       (0.20 )
                                         
Average common shares outstanding     9,094,111       8,780,973       8,741,209       313,138       39,764  
Diluted average common shares                                        
   outstanding     9,176,799       8,828,474       8,742,270       348,325       86,204  
                                         
Average common equity to                                        
   average assets     7.26 %     7.22 %     6.66 %     0.04     0.56 %
Return on average assets     0.54       0.61       0.79       (0.07 )     (0.18 )
Return on average common equity     7.37       8.03       10.74       (0.66 )     (2.71 )

 

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Percent Change  
    2013     2012     2011     2013 v 2012     2012 v 2011  
Selected Balance Sheet Ratios:                                        
Total capital to risk-weighted assets     15.33 %     13.08 %     13.76 %     2.25 %     (0.68 )%
Leverage ratio     9.00       7.27       7.73       1.73       (0.46 )
Average loans to average deposits     83.05       76.39       70.15       6.66       6.24  
Allowance for loan losses to total                                        
   loans     0.98       1.12       1.27       (0.14 )     (0.15 )
Allowance for loan losses to                                        
   nonperforming loans     231.87       108.55       68.83       123.32       39.72  
Nonperforming loans to total loans     0.42       1.04       1.85       (0.62 )     (0.81 )
Noninterest bearing deposits to                                        
   total deposits     21.62       19.66       20.60       1.96       (0.94 )
Time deposits to total deposits     9.52       11.78       13.64       (2.26 )     (1.86 )

 

25
Table of Contents

 

2013 compared to 2012

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Corporation recorded net income available to common shareholders of $9.3 million and diluted earnings per share of $1.01 as compared to net income available to common shareholders of $9.2 million and diluted earnings per share of $1.05 for the year ended December 31, 2012. These results produced a return on average assets of 0.54 percent and 0.61 percent in 2013 and 2012, respectively, and a return on average common shareholders’ equity of 7.37 percent and 8.03 percent in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Earnings for the 2013 year were benefitted by higher net interest income and a lower provision for loan losses, offset by higher other operating expenses when compared to 2012. Higher operating expenses were principally due to costs associated with the Strategic Plan, described in the Overview section above.

 

2012 compared to 2011

 

The Corporation recorded net income available to common shareholders of $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and diluted earnings per share of $1.05 compared to net income available to common shareholders of $10.9 million and diluted earnings per share of $1.25 for the year ended December 31, 2011. These results produced a return on average assets of 0.61 percent and 0.79 percent in 2012 and 2011, respectively, and a return on average common shareholders’ equity of 8.03 percent in 2012 and 10.74 percent in 2011.

 

Earnings for the year ended December 31, 2012 were reduced by the effects of several strategic initiatives begun in the fourth quarter of 2012, resulting in higher professional and legal fees, severance accruals and an additional provision for loan losses related to the transfer of classified loans to held for sale on December 31, 2012. In addition, the sale of the Company’s Pooled Trust Preferred Securities portfolio resulted in a $2.9 million gain and resulted in a significant reduction in risk-weighted assets for regulatory capital purposes and the realization of a large portion of deferred tax assets.

Earnings for the 2011 year were benefitted by a state income tax benefit of $2.99 million related to the reversal of a valuation allowance previously recorded in 2008. Circumstances and projections indicated that the deferred tax asset would be realized in future periods and it was, in fact, realized upon the sale of the Pooled Trust Preferred Securities portfolio in the fourth quarter of 2012.

 

NET INTEREST INCOME AND NET INTEREST MARGIN

 

The primary source of the Corporation’s operating income is net interest income, which is the difference between interest and dividends earned on earning assets and fees earned on loans, and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Earning assets include loans to individuals and businesses, investment securities, interest-earning deposits and federal funds sold. Interest-bearing liabilities include interest-bearing checking, savings and time deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings. Net interest income is determined by the difference between the yields earned on earning assets and the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities (“Net Interest Spread”) and the relative amounts of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The Corporation’s net interest spread is affected by regulatory, economic and competitive factors that influence interest rates, loan demand and deposit flows and general levels of nonperforming assets.

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s net interest income and related spread and margin for the periods indicated:

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)   2013     2012     2011  
Net interest income   $ 52,776     $ 51,403     $ 48,915  
Interest rate spread     3.18 %     3.41 %     3.35 %
Net interest margin     3.26       3.50       3.47  

 

26
Table of Contents

The following table compares the average balance sheets, net interest spreads and net interest margins for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (on a fully tax-equivalent basis-“FTE”):

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

          Income/        
    Average     Expense     Yield  
(In thousands except yield information)   Balance     (FTE )     (FTE)  
Assets:                        
Interest-earnings assets:                        
  Investments:                        
     Taxable (1)   $ 230,158       4,606       2.00 %
Tax-exempt(1)(2)     53,038       1,307       2.46  
  Loans held for sale     5,498       285       5.18  
  Loans (2)(3)     1,290,247       51,311       3.98  
  Federal funds sold     101             0.10  
  Interest-earning deposits     60,685       152       0.25  
     Total interest-earning assets     1,639,727       57,661       3.52 %
Noninterest-earning assets:                        
  Cash and due from banks     5,970                  
  Allowance for loan losses     (13,653 )                
  Premises and equipment     29,312                  
  Other assets     69,197                  
     Total noninterest-earning assets     90,826                  
     Total assets   $ 1,730,553                  
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:                        
Interest-bearing deposits:                        
  Checking   $ 366,703       323       0.09 %
  Money markets     578,819       1,048       0.18  
  Savings     113,914       59       0.05  
  Certificates of deposit     167,921       1,823       1.09  
     Total interest-bearing deposits     1,227,357       3,253       0.27  
  Borrowed funds     32,894       603       1.83  
  Capital lease obligation     8,855       421       4.75  
     Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,269,106       4,277       0.34 %
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                        
  Demand deposits     326,286                  
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities     9,460                  
     Total noninterest-bearing liabilities     335,746                  
Shareholders’ equity     125,701                  
     Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 1,730,553                  
        Net interest income           $ 53,384          
        Net interest spread                     3.18 %
        Net interest margin (4)                     3.26 %

 

1. Average balances for available for sale securities are based on amortized cost.
2. Interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a 35 percent federal tax rate.
3. Loans are stated net of unearned income and include nonaccrual loans.
4. Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis as a percentage of total average interest-earning assets.

 

 

27
Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

          Income/        
    Average     Expense     Yield  
(In thousands except yield information)   Balance     (FTE )     (FTE)  
Assets:                        
Interest-earnings assets:                        
  Investments:                        
     Taxable (1)   $ 303,599     $ 7,033       2.32 %
Tax-exempt(1)(2)     46,780       1,363       2.91  
  Loans held for sale     2,487       123       4.94  
  Loans (2)(3)     1,094,696       48,112       4.40  
  Federal funds sold     100             0.10  
  Interest-earning deposits     41,303       98       0.24  
     Total interest-earning assets     1,488,965     $ 56,729       3.81 %
Noninterest-earning assets:                        
  Cash and due from banks     6,506                  
  Allowance for loan losses     (13,942 )                
  Premises and equipment     31,049                  
  Other assets     77,048                  
     Total noninterest-earning assets     100,661                  
     Total assets   $ 1,589,626                  
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:                        
Interest-bearing deposits:                        
  Checking   $ 336,228     $ 379       0.11 %
  Money markets     510,633       1,022       0.20  
  Savings     101,068       70       0.07  
  Certificates of deposit     188,918       2,237       1.18  
     Total interest-bearing deposits     1,136,847       3,708       0.33  
  Borrowed funds     25,277       548       2.17  
  Capital lease obligation     9,067       431       4.75  
     Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,171,191       4,687       0.40 %
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                        
  Demand deposits     296,250                  
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities     6,977                  
     Total noninterest-bearing liabilities     303,227                  
Shareholders’ equity     115,208                  
     Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 1,589,626                  
        Net interest income           $ 52,042          
        Net interest spread                     3.41 %
        Net interest margin (4)                     3.50 %

 

1. Average balances for available for sale securities are based on amortized cost.
2. Interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a 35 percent federal tax rate.
3. Loans are stated net of unearned income and include nonaccrual loans.
4. Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis as a percentage of total average interest-earning assets.

 

28
Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

          Income/        
    Average     Expense     Yield  
(In thousands except yield information)   Balance     (FTE )     (FTE)  
Assets:                        
Interest-earnings assets:                        
  Investments:                        
     Taxable (1)   $ 369,905     $ 8,351       2.26 %
Tax-exempt(1)(2)     39,338       1,439       3.66  
  Loans held for sale     880       56       6.41  
  Loans (2)(3)     965,716       46,716       4.84  
  Federal funds sold     100             0.23  
  Interest-earning deposits     54,664       144       0.26  
     Total interest-earning assets     1,430,603     $ 56,706       3.96 %
Noninterest-earning assets:                        
  Cash and due from banks     8,260                  
  Allowance for loan losses     (14,561 )                
  Premises and equipment     33,015                  
  Other assets     73,263                  
     Total noninterest-earning assets     99,977                  
     Total assets   $ 1,530,580                  
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:                        
Interest-bearing deposits:                        
  Checking   $ 318,446     $ 1,045       0.33 %
  Money markets     519,702       2,010       0.39  
  Savings     86,818       205       0.24  
  Certificates of deposit     207,892       2,815       1.35  
     Total interest-bearing deposits     1,132,858       6,075       0.54  
  Borrowed funds     22,622       742       3.28  
  Capital lease obligation     6,397       319       4.99  
     Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,161,877       7,136       0.61 %
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                        
  Demand deposits     243,850                  
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities     7,954                  
     Total noninterest-bearing liabilities     251,804                  
Shareholders’ equity     116,899                  
     Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 1,530,580                  
        Net interest income           $ 49,570          
        Net interest spread                     3.35 %
        Net interest margin (4)                     3.47 %

 

1. Average balances for available for sale securities are based on amortized cost.
2. Interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a 35 percent federal tax rate.
3. Loans are stated net of unearned income and include nonaccrual loans.
4. Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis as a percentage of total average interest-earning assets.

 

29
Table of Contents

The effect of volume and rate changes on net interest income (on a tax-equivalent basis) for the periods indicated are shown below:

 

    Year Ended 2013 Compared with 2012     Year Ended 2012 Compared with 2011  
          Net           Net  
    Difference due to     Change In     Change In     Change In  
    Change In:     Income/     Income/     Income/  
(In Thousands):   Volume     Rate     Expense     Volume     Rate     Expense  
ASSETS:                                                
Investments   $ (1,370 )   $ (1,113 )   $ (2,483 )   $ (1,050 )   $ (344 )   $ (1,394 )
Loans     8,679       (5,480 )     3,199       5,801       (4,405 )     1,396  
Loans held for sale     156       6       162       80       (13 )     67  
Federal funds sold                                    
Interest-earning deposits     50       4       54       (35 )     (11 )     (46 )
Total interest income   $ 7,515     $ (6,583 )   $ 932     $ 4,796     $ (4,773 )   $ 23  
LIABILITIES:                                                
Checking   $ 29     $ (85 )   $ (56 )   $ 5     $ (671 )   $ (666 )
Money market     122       (96 )     26       (35 )     (953 )     (988 )
Savings     9       (20 )     (11 )     30       (165 )     (135 )
Certificates of deposit     (247 )     (167 )     (414 )     (244 )     (334 )     (578 )
Borrowed funds     259       (204 )     55       (185 )     (9 )     (194 )
Capital lease obligation     (10 )           (10 )     127       (15 )     112  
Total interest expense   $ 162     $ (572 )   $ (410 )   $ (302 )   $ (2,147 )   $ (2,449 )
Net interest income   $ 7,353     $ (6,011 )   $ 1,342     $ 5,098     $ (2,626 )   $ 2,472  

 

2013 compared to 2012

 

On a fully tax-equivalent basis, net interest income was $53.4 million in 2013, an increase of $1.3 million or three percent over net interest income of $52.0 million in 2012. For 2013 and 2012, the Corporation’s net interest margin was 3.26 percent and 3.50 percent, respectively, a decrease of 24 basis points. Net interest income increased from 2012 to 2013 due to an increase in loan volumes, especially multifamily mortgages, offset by the effect of lower market rates on loans and investments and declines in the average investment portfolios.

 

Interest income on earning assets, on a fully tax-equivalent basis, increased $932 thousand or 2 percent to $57.7 million in 2013 from $56.7 million in 2012. Average earning assets for 2013 and 2012 totaled $1.64 billion and $1.49 billion, respectively, an increase of $151 million or 10 percent over 2012 average. The average rate earned on earning assets was 3.52 percent in 2013, compared to 3.81 percent in 2012, a decrease of 29 basis points and due to continued decreases in market rates for all loan and investment types.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, average interest-bearing liabilities totaled $1.27 billion, an increase of $100 million or eight percent over the average interest-bearing liabilities for 2012 of $1.17 billion. The average rate paid declined to 0.34 percent for 2013 from 0.40 percent for 2012. The decline in the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities was due to the sustained low in market rates coupled with targeted growth of lower-costing core deposits and continued run-off of higher-paying certificates of deposit.

 

The average balance of borrowings was $32.9 million for 2013 compared to $25.3 million during 2012, an increase of $7.6 million or 30 percent. Average Federal Home Loan Bank advances increased during 2013 to $25.2 million as the Corporation utilized medium term, fixed rate FHLB advances, from time to time, as an interest rate risk management tool. Average overnight borrowings decreased $4.8 million during 2013 to $5.4 million. The average rates paid on total borrowings was 1.83 percent during 2013 compared to 2.17 percent during 2012, a decrease of 34 basis points. The average rates paid on the Corporation’s overnight borrowings during 2013 was 0.35 percent compared to 0.38 percent during 2012, while the average rates paid on Federal Home Loan Bank advances was 2.28 percent and 3.37 percent in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

The average balance on capital lease obligations was $8.9 million and $9.1 million during 2013 and 2012, respectively, while the average rate on capital lease obligations during both 2013 and 2012 was 4.75 percent.

 

30
Table of Contents

2012 compared to 2011

 

Net interest income, on a fully tax-equivalent basis, was $52.0 million in 2012, an increase of $2.5 million, or 5 percent, from 2011’s levels. The Corporation’s net interest margin for 2012 and 2011 was 3.50 percent and 3.47 percent, respectively, reflecting an increase of three basis points. Net interest income and net interest margin reflected increases for 2012 when compared to 2011, as the positive effect of increased loans, funded by reduced lower yielding investment securities and increased lower cost core deposits, was partially offset by the effect of lower market yields, which compressed asset yields more than deposit costs.

 

In 2012, interest income on earning assets, on a fully tax-equivalent basis, increased $23 thousand at $56.7 million compared to 2011. Interest income remained relatively constant due to the increase in loan volumes which counteracted the decreases in rates earned on loans and investments and the decrease in investment volumes. Average earning assets for 2012 totaled $1.49 billion compared to $1.43 billion for 2011, an increase of $58.4 million or 4 percent. The average rate earned on earning assets was 3.81 percent in 2012, compared to 3.96 percent in 2011, a decline of 15 basis points. The decline in the average rates on earning assets was due to continued decreases to already very low market rates for all loan types in 2012.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, average interest-bearing liabilities totaled $1.17 billion and $1.16 billion, respectively, reflecting an increase of $9.3 million or 1 percent from the average balance in 2011, while the average rate paid declined to 0.40 percent for 2012 from 0.61 percent for 2011. The decline in the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities was due to the sustained low in-market rates in 2012 coupled with targeted growth of lower-costing core deposits and continued run-off of higher-paying certificates of deposit.

 

During 2012, the average balance of borrowings was $25.3 million compared to $22.6 million during 2011, an increase of $2.7 million or 12 percent, due to the increase in overnight borrowings in 2012 to $10.2 million. As the result of regular principal repayments and maturities on Federal Home Loan Bank advances during 2012, the average of these borrowings declined to $15.1 million from $21.7 million in 2011. The average rates paid on total borrowings was 2.17 percent during 2012 compared to 3.28 percent during 2011, a decrease of 111 basis points. The average rates paid on the Corporation’s overnight borrowings during 2012 was 0.38 percent compared to 0.35 percent during 2011, while the average rates paid on Federal Home Loan Bank advances was 3.37 percent and 3.41 percent in 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

The average balance on capital lease obligations rose $2.7 million from 2011, as the Corporation added a capital lease obligation on its Gladstone property at the end of 2011. The average rate on capital lease obligations during 2012 was 4.75 percent compared to 4.99 percent in 2011, declining 24 basis points from 2011.

 

INVESTMENT SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE: Investment securities available for sale are purchased, sold and/or maintained as a part of the Corporation’s liquidity and interest rate risk management strategies, and in response to changes in interest rates, liquidity needs, prepayment speeds and/or other factors. These securities are carried at estimated fair value, and unrealized changes in fair value are recognized as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of income taxes. Realized gains and losses are recognized in income at the time the securities are sold.

 

At December 31, 2013, the Corporation had investment securities available for sale with a fair value of $268.4 million, compared with $304.5 million at December 31, 2012. Net unrealized gains (net of income tax) of $23 thousand and $4.3 million were included in shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

31
Table of Contents

 

The carrying value of investment securities available for sale for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are shown below:

 

(In Thousands)   2013     2012     2011  
U.S. treasury and U.S. government-                        
  sponsored entity bonds   $ 14,770     $ 26,845     $ 46,878  
Mortgage-backed securities-residential                        
  (principally U.S. government-sponsored                        
  entities)     189,080       221,440       236,984  
State and political subdivision     59,343       50,632       29,851  
Single-issuer trust preferred security     2,370       2,289       2,167  
CRA investment fund     2,884       3,062       3,040  
Marketable equity securities           211       600  
  Total   $ 268,447     $ 304,479     $ 319,520  

 

The following table presents the contractual maturities and yields of debt securities available for sale, stated at fair value, as of December 31, 2013:

 

          After 1     After 5              
          But     But     After        
    Within     Within     Within     10        
(In Thousands)   1 Year     5 Years     10 Years     Years     Total  
U.S. treasury and U.S. government-   $     $     $ 2,835     $ 11,935     $ 14,770  
  sponsored entity bonds     %     %     1.02 %     1.58 %     1.48 %
Mortgage-backed securities-   $ 266     $ 6,553     $ 95,080     $ 87,181     $ 189,080  
  residential (1)     1.40 %     3.80 %     2.09 %     1.87 %     2.04 %
State and political subdivisions (2)   $ 29,043     $ 16,602     $ 11,731     $ 1,967     $ 59,343  
      0.97 %     2.30 %     3.96 %     4.51 %     2.04 %
Single-issuer trust preferred security (1)   $     $     $     $ 2,370     $ 2,370  
      %     %     %     1.05 %     1.05 %
  Total   $ 29,309     $ 23,155     $ 109,646     $ 103,453     $ 265,563  
      0.97 %     2.72 %     2.26 %     1.86 %     2.00 %

 

(1) Shown using stated final maturity
(2) Yields presented on a fully tax-equivalent basis.

 

Federal funds sold and interest-earning deposits are an additional part of the Corporation’s liquidity and interest rate risk management strategies. The combined average balance of these investments during 2013 was $60.8 million compared to $41.4 million in 2012.

 

LOANS: The loan portfolio represents the largest portion of the Corporation’s earning assets and is the primary source of interest and fee income. Loans are primarily originated in the State of New Jersey and, to a lesser extent, the New York City area.

 

Total loans were $1.57 billion and $1.13 billion at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, an increase of $441.6 million or 39 percent over the previous year. The Corporation has been successful in originating what management believes to be high-quality loans due to its customer service levels, turnaround time and competitive pricing. During 2013, commercial mortgages nearly doubled, increasing to $832.0 million due a company-wide focus on this type of business in both the New Jersey and New York City markets as well as continued demand from borrowers looking to refinance multifamily and other commercial mortgages held by other institutions. Commercial loans totaled $131.8 million at December 31, 2013, increasing $16.4 million or 14 percent in 2013, as the Corporation introduced a comprehensive commercial and industrial (C&I) lending program in 2013. Residential mortgage loans totaled $532.9 million at December 31, 2013, an increase of $17.9 million, or 3 percent, from 2012. During the second half of 2013, refinance activity slowed, reducing residential loan origination levels but also principal repayments on loans. Certain longer-duration loan production continued to be sold in 2013 as part of the interest rate risk management strategy.

 

32
Table of Contents

In December 2012, the Corporation transferred $19 million of classified loans to loans held for sale as these loans were being marketed for sale. Upon transfer, the Corporation recorded a charge-off on these loans totaling $5.4 million. These loans are disclosed as loans held for sale, at lower of cost or fair value, on the consolidated statements of condition as of December 31, 2012 with a balance of $13.7 million. In March 2013, the loans were sold for a gain of $522 thousand.

 

The following table presents an analysis of outstanding loans by loan type, net of unamortized discounts and deferred loan origination costs, as of December 31,

 

(In Thousands)   2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
Residential mortgage   $ 532,911     $ 515,014     $ 498,482     $ 419,653     $ 452,641  
Commercial mortgage     831,997       420,086       330,559       288,183       279,595  
Commercial loans     131,795       115,372       123,845       131,408       120,554  
Commercial-construction     5,893       9,328       13,713       25,367       64,816  
Home equity lines of credit     47,905       49,635       50,291       45,775       38,728  
Consumer and other loans     23,700       23,149       21,455       22,111       27,203  
  Total loans   $ 1,574,201     $ 1,132,584     $ 1,038,345     $ 932,497     $ 983,537  

 

The following table presents the contractual repayments of the loan portfolio, by loan type, at December 31, 2013:

 

    Within     After 1 But     After        
(In Thousands)   One Year     Within 5 Years     5 Years     Total  
Residential mortgage   $ 165,092     $ 228,850     $ 138,969     $ 532,911  
Commercial mortgage     107,346       462,856       261,795       831,997  
Commercial loans     79,901       45,158       6,736       131,795  
Commercial-construction     5,893                   5,893  
Home equity lines of credit     47,905                   47,905  
Consumer and other loans     9,501       9,966       4,233       23,700  
  Total loans   $ 415,638     $ 746,830     $ 411,733     $ 1,574,201  

 

The following table presents the loans, by loan type, that have a predetermined interest rate and an adjustable interest rate due after one year at December 31, 2013:

 

    Predetermined     Adjustable  
(In Thousands)   Interest Rate     Interest Rate  
Residential mortgage   $ 313,150     $ 127,597  
Commercial mortgage     125,311       720,081  
Commercial loans     15,223       2,576  
Commercial construction           4,156  
Consumer loans     18,652        
  Total loans   $ 472,336     $ 854,410  

 

The Corporation has not made nor invested in subprime loans or “Alt-A” type mortgages. At December 31, 2013, there were no commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers whose loans are classified as nonperforming.

 

33
Table of Contents

 

DEPOSITS: At December 31, 2013, the Corporation reported total deposits of $1.65 billion, an increase of $130.8 million, or 8.6 percent, from the balance reported at December 31, 2012. The Corporation’s strategy is to fund a majority of loan growth with core deposits, which is an important factor in the generation of net interest income. Average deposits for 2013 increased $120.5 million, or 8.4 percent, over 2012 average levels. Over that period, the Company saw growth in average noninterest-bearing checking balances, growth in average interest-bearing checking, growth in money market account balances and growth in savings. The Company has successfully focused on:

 

· Business and personal core deposit generation, particularly checking;
· Municipal relationships within its market territory; and
· Growth in deposits associated with its commercial mortgage and commercial loan growth.

 

Average certificates of deposit (CDs) declined in 2013 from 2012’s levels. These higher-cost CDs were replaced with lower-cost, more stable core deposits.

 

The following table sets forth information concerning the composition of the Corporation’s average deposit base and average interest rates paid for the following years:

 

(In Thousands)   2013     2012     2011  
Noninterest-bearing demand   $ 326,286       %   $ 296,250       %   $ 243,850       %
Checking     366,703       0.09       336,228       0.11       318,446       0.33  
Savings     113,914       0.05       101,068       0.07       86,818       0.24  
Money markets     578,819       0.18       510,633       0.20       519,702       0.39  
Certificates of deposit     167,921       1.09       188,918       1.18       207,892       1.35  
  Total deposits   $ 1,553,643       0.21 %   $ 1,433,097       0.26 %   $ 1,376,708       0.44 %

 

Certificates of deposit $100,000 and over are generally purchased by local municipal governments or individuals for periods of one year or less. The following table shows the remaining maturity for certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

Three months or less   $ 10,024  
Over three months through six months     27,209  
Over six months through twelve months     14,244  
Over twelve months     9,651  
  Total   $ 61,128  

 

Included in certificates of deposits are brokered CDs of $5 million for 2013, which mature in over twelve months.

 

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES AND OTHER BORROWINGS: At December 31, 2013 and 2012, Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances totaled $74.7 million and $12.2 million, respectively, with a weighted average interest rate of 1.80 percent and 3.03 percent, respectively. The Corporation considers FHLB advances an added source of funding, and accordingly, may execute transactions from time to time as an additional part of Corporation’s liquidity and interest rate risk management strategies. The FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2013 have varying maturities, call dates and interest rates, as well as prepayment penalties. At December 31, 2013 overnight borrowings totaled $54.9 million with a weighted average rate of 0.40%. There were no overnight borrowings at December 31, 2012.

 

34
Table of Contents

 

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES AND RELATED PROVISION : The allowance for loan losses was $15.4 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $12.7 million at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans outstanding was 0.98 percent compared to 1.12 percent at December 31, 2012. The provision for loan losses was $3.4 million for 2013, $8.3 million for 2012 and $7.3 million for 2011.

 

In determining an appropriate amount for the allowance, the Bank segments and evaluates the loan portfolio based on Federal call report codes, which are based on collateral. The following portfolio classes have been identified:

 

a) Primary Residential Mortgages . The Bank originates one to four family residential mortgage loans within or near its primary geographic market area. When reviewing residential mortgage loan applications, the Bank obtains detailed verifiable information regarding income, assets and indebtedness, a credit report, and an independent appraisal of the property to be mortgaged. The Bank makes residential mortgage loans up to 80% of the appraised value and up to 97% with private mortgage insurance. The Bank uses lower loan to value ratios for large loans and loans on either second (vacation) homes or investment property. The Bank’s underwriting guidelines include (i) minimum credit report scores of 680 and (ii) a maximum debt to income ratio of 45%. The Bank may consider an exception to any guideline if the remaining characteristics of the application are sufficiently strong to compensate. Generally, the Bank retains in its portfolio residential mortgage loans with maturities of up to 15 years except for community development loans granted under the Bank’s Affordable loan Programs, while loans with longer maturities are sold to third party financial institutions. The Bank does not originate, purchase or carry any sub-prime mortgage loans.

 

Primary risk characteristics associated with residential mortgage loans typically involve major living or lifestyle changes to the borrower, including unemployment or other loss of income; unexpected significant expenses, such as for major medical issues or catastrophic events; divorce or death. In addition, residential mortgage loans that have adjustable rates could expose the borrower to higher debt service requirements in a rising interest rate environment. Further, real estate value could drop significantly and cause the value of the property to fall below the loan amount, creating additional potential exposure for the Bank.

 

Bank management believes that the underwriting guidelines previously described address the primary risk characteristics. Further, the Bank has dedicated staff and system resources to monitor and collect on any potentially problematic residential mortgage loans.

 

b) Home Equity Lines of Credit . The Bank provides revolving lines of credit against one to four family residences within or near its primary geographic market. When reviewing residential mortgage loan applications, the Bank obtains detailed verifiable information regarding income, assets and indebtedness, a credit report, and an independent appraisal of the property to be mortgaged. For home equity lines of credit, the Bank utilizes the same underwriting standards as for primary residential mortgages. Primary risk characteristics associated with home equity lines of credit typically involve major living or lifestyle changes to the borrower, including unemployment or other loss of income; unexpected significant expenses, such as for major medical issues or catastrophic events; divorce or death. In addition, home equity lines of credit typically are made with variable or floating interest rates, such as the Prime Rate, which could expose the borrower to higher debt service requirements in a rising interest rate environment. Further, real estate value could drop significantly and cause the value of the property to fall below the loan amount, creating additional potential exposure for the Bank.

 

Bank management believes that the underwriting guidelines previously described address the primary risk characteristics. Further, the Bank has dedicated staff and system resources to monitor and collect on any potentially problematic home equity lines of credit.

 

c) Junior Lien Loan on Residence . The Bank provides junior lien loans (“JLL”) against one to four family properties within or near its primary geographic market area. Junior liens loans can be either in the form of an amortizing home equity loan or a revolving home equity line of credit. These loans are subordinate to a first mortgage which may be from another lending institution. The Bank will require that the mortgage securing the JLL be no more junior than a second lien position. The Bank will evaluate these applications in the same manner as it underwrites primary residential mortgages. The combined first mortgage and junior lien loan must be no more than 80% of the appraised value of the property when the combined debt is less than or equal to $800,000. For JLL amounts where the combined debt exceeds $800,000, the maximum loan-to-value ratio is 65%. Primary risk characteristics associated with junior lien loans typically involve major living or lifestyle changes to the borrower, including unemployment or other loss of income; unexpected significant expenses, such as for major medical issues or catastrophic events; divorce or death. Further, real estate value could drop significantly and cause the value of the property to fall below the loan amount, creating additional potential exposure for the Bank.

35
Table of Contents

Bank management believes that the underwriting guidelines previously described address the primary risk characteristics. Further, the Bank has dedicated staff and system resources to monitor and collect on any potentially problematic junior lien loans.

 

d) Multifamily Loans . Multifamily loans are commercial mortgages on residential apartment buildings. Within the multifamily sector, the Bank’s primary focus is to lend against larger non-luxury apartment buildings with at least 30 units and which are owned and managed by experienced sponsors. As of December 31, 2013, the average property size in the portfolio was 48 units and, of the total portfolio balance, 61 percent was on properties in New Jersey, 36 percent in New York and 3 percent in Pennsylvania.

 

Multifamily loans are expected to be repaid from the cash flow of the underlying property so the collective amount of rents must be sufficient to cover all operating expense, maintenance, taxes and debt service. The Bank includes debt service coverage covenants in these loans and the average ratio at original underwriting was about 1.76x. Increases in vacancy rates, interest rates or other changes in general economic conditions can all have an impact on the borrower and their ability to repay the loan. Certain markets, such as New York City, are rent regulated, and as such, feature rents that are considered to be below market rates. Generally, rent regulated properties are characterized by relatively stable occupancy levels and longer term tenants. As a loan asset class for many banks, multifamily loans have experienced much lower historical loss rates compared to other types of commercial lending.

 

The Bank’s Loan Policy allows loan to appraised value ratios of up to 80 percent, however, almost all loans are originated at a maximum loan to value of 75 percent and the overall portfolio average loan to value ratio was under 60 percent at year end 2013. Most multifamily loans are made on a fixed rate basis with interest rate resets every five or seven years over an underlying market index, however, the Bank periodically will provide fixed rate periods as short as three years or up to ten years. Multifamily loan terms include prepayment penalties for early payoffs and generally require that the Bank escrow for real estate taxes. Multifamily loans will typically have a minimum debt service coverage ratio that provides for an adequate cushion for unexpected or uncertain events and changes in market conditions. In the loan underwriting process, the Bank requires an independent appraisal and review, appropriate environmental due diligence and an assessment of the property’s condition. A high majority of multifamily borrowers also maintain some form of deposit relationship with the Bank.

 

e) Commercial Real Estate Loans . The Bank provides mortgage loans for commercial real estate that is either owner occupied or managed as an investment property (non-owner occupied). Principal types of investment commercial real estate properties include retail (31 percent of the investment CRE portfolio), office buildings (22 percent), mixed use (21 percent), medical facilities (10 percent), industrial (seven percent) and other (9 percent). The terms and conditions of all commercial mortgage loans are tailored to the specific attributes of the borrower and any guarantors as well as the nature of the property and loan purpose. In the case of investment commercial real estate properties, the Bank reviews, among other things, the composition and diversity of the underlying tenants, terms and conditions of the underlying tenant lease agreements, the resources and experience of the sponsor, and the condition and location of the subject property.

 

Commercial real estate loans are generally considered to have a higher degree of credit risk than multifamily loans as they may be dependent on the ongoing success and operating viability of a fewer number of tenants who are occupying the property and who may have a greater degree of exposure to various industry or economic conditions. To mitigate this risk, the Bank will generally require an assignment of leases, direct recourse to the owners, and a risk appropriate interest rate and loan structure. In underwriting an investment commercial real estate loan, the Bank evaluates the property’s historical operating income as well as its projected sustainable cash flow and generally requires a minimum debt service coverage ratio that provides for an adequate cushion for unexpected or uncertain events and changes in market conditions.

36
Table of Contents

With an owner occupied property, a detailed credit assessment is made of the operating business since its ongoing success and profitability will be the primary source of repayment. While owner occupied properties include the real estate as collateral, the risk assessment of the operating business is more similar to the underwriting of commercial and industrial loans (described below). The Bank will evaluate factors such as, but not limited to, the expected sustainability of profits and cash flow, the depth and experience of management and ownership, the nature of competition, and the impact of forces like regulatory change and evolving technology.

 

While the Bank’s policy allows loan to value ratios of up to 80 percent of an appraised value, the maximum is typically 75 percent, and about half are at 65 percent or lower at origination. Commercial mortgage loans are generally made on a fixed rate basis with periodic rate resets every five or seven years over an underlying market index. Commercial real estate loan terms include prepayment penalties for early payoffs and generally require that the Bank escrow for real estate taxes. The Bank requires an independent appraisal, an assessment of the property’s condition, and appropriate environmental due diligence. With all commercial real estate loans, the Bank’s standard practice is to require a depository relationship.

 

f) Commercial and Industrial Loans . The Bank provides lines of credit and term loans to operating companies for business purposes. The loans are generally secured by business assets such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. When underwriting business loans, among other things, the bank evaluates the historical profitability and debt servicing capacity of the borrowing entity and the financial resources and character of the principal owners and guarantors.

 

Commercial and industrial loans are typically repaid first by the cash flow generated by the borrower’s business operation. The primary risk characteristics are specific to the underlying business and its ability to generate sustainable profitability and resulting positive cash flow. Factors that may influence a business’s profitability include, but are not limited to, demand for its products or services, quality and depth of management, degree of competition, regulatory changes, and general economic conditions. Commercial and industrial loans are generally secured by business assets; however, the ability of the Bank to foreclose and realize sufficient value from the assets is often highly uncertain. To mitigate the risk characteristics of commercial and industrial loans, the Bank will often require more frequent reporting requirements from the borrower in order to better monitor its business performance.

 

g) Agricultural Production . These are loans to finance agricultural production and other loans to farmers.

 

h) Commercial Construction . The Bank has substantially wound down its commercial construction lending activity given the current economic environment. New construction loans would be considered only to experienced and reputable local builders and developers that have the capital and liquidity to carry a project to completion and stabilization and for projects that are supported by either a permanent take-out or acceptable executed leases or sales contracts. When evaluating a construction loan request, the Bank will also review the construction plans and drawings, costs estimates from architects, and an independent appraisal. Construction loans typically have a 12-24 month period of interest only and at a maximum 70% loan-to-value ratio. Construction loans are considered riskier than commercial financing on improved and established commercial real estate. The risk of potential loss increases if the original cost estimates or time to complete are significantly off.

 

i) Consumer and Other . These are loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures as well as obligations of states and political subdivisions in the U.S. This also represents all other loans that cannot be categorized in any of the previous mentioned loan segments.

 

The provision was based upon Management’s review and evaluation of the size and composition of the loan portfolio, actual loan loss experience, level of delinquencies, general market and economic conditions, detailed analysis of individual loans for which full collectability may not be assured, and the existence and fair value of the collateral and guarantees securing the loans. Although Management used the best information available, the level of the allowance for loan losses remains an estimate, which is subject to significant judgment and short-term change. Various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Corporation’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Corporation to make additional provisions for loan losses based upon information available to them at the time of their examination. Furthermore, the majority of the Corporation’s loans are secured by real estate in the State of New Jersey and, to a lesser extent, the New York City area. Accordingly, the collectability of a substantial portion of the carrying value of the Corporation’s loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in market conditions in the state and may be adversely affected should real estate values decline further or New Jersey or New York City experience continuing adverse economic conditions. Future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary due to economic, operating, regulatory and other conditions beyond the Corporation’s control.

37
Table of Contents

The following table presents the loan loss experience, by loan type, during the periods ended December 31, of the years indicated:

 

(In Thousands)   2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
Allowance for loan losses at                                        
  Beginning of year   $ 12,735     $ 13,223     $ 14,282     $ 13,192     $ 9,688  
Loans charged-off during the period:                                        
  Residential mortgage     611       1,676       763       450       861  
  Commercial mortgage     56       6,987       6,767       198       1,393  
  Commercial and construction     16       305       879       8,330       3,957  
  Home equity lines of credit           91       89             15  
  Consumer and other     357       100       41       188       51  
  Total loans charged-off     1,040       9,159       8,539       9,166       6,277  
Recoveries during the period:                                        
  Residential mortgage     48       3                    
  Commercial mortgage     114       316       96       15        
  Commercial and construction     65       60       119       239       73  
  Home equity lines of credit                              
  Consumer and other     26       17       15       2       8  
  Total recoveries     253       396       230       256       81  
Net charge-offs     787       8,763       8,309       8,910       6,196  
Provision charge to expense     3,425       8,275       7,250       10,000       9,700  
Allowance for loan losses at end of year   $ 15,373     $ 12,735     $ 13,223     $ 14,282     $ 13,192  
                                         
Ratios:                                        
Allowance for loan losses/total loans     0.98 %     1.12 %     1.27 %     1.53 %     1.34 %
Allowance for loan losses/                                        
   Total nonperforming loans     231.87       108.55       68.83       76.05       112.25  

 

The following table shows the allocation of the allowance for loan losses and the percentage of each loan category, by collateral type, to total loans as of December 31, of years indicated:

 

          % of           % of           % of           % of           % of  
          Loan           Loan           Loan           Loan           Loan  
          Category           Category           Category           Category           Category  
          To Total           To Total           To Total           To Total           To Total  
(In thousands)   2013     Loans     2012     Loans     2011     Loans     2010     Loans     2009     Loans  
Residential   $ 2,698       38.7     $ 3,388       52.2     $ 2,682       55.0     $ 1,890       52.5     $ 2,023       46.0  
Commercial                                                                                
  and other     12,597       60.3       9,255       46.4       9,955       43.8       11,804       46.3       10,889       47.3  
Consumer     78       1.0       92       1.4       78       1.2       66       1.2       280       6.7  
Unallocated                       N/A       508       N/A       522       N/A             N/A  
  Total   $ 15,373       100.0     $ 12,735       100.0     $ 13,223       100.0     $ 14,282       100.0     $ 13,192       100.0  

 

The allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2013 totaled $15.4 million compared to $12.7 million at December 31, 2012. The increase in the allowance for loan losses was primarily due to the provision for loan losses made during 2013 for loan growth. In spite of the increase, the allowance for loan loss as a percentage of loans declined to 0.98% at December 31, 2013 compared to 1.07% at December 31, 2012. The provision for loan losses made during 2013 totaled $3.4 million for 2013 compared with $8.3 million for 2012. The provision for loan losses made was primarily influenced by net charge offs taken during the year of $787 thousand, an increase in specific reserve, and loan growth experienced during 2013. The Corporation believes that the allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2013 represents a reasonable estimate for probable incurred losses in the portfolio.

38
Table of Contents

The portion of the allowance for loan losses allocated to loans collectively evaluated for impairment, commonly referred to as general reserves, was $13.7 million at December 31, 2013 and $11.9 million at December 31, 2012. General reserves at December 31, 2013 represent 0.88 percent of loans collectively evaluated for impairment as of the end of the year. At December 31, 2012, general reserves were 1.07 percent of loans collectively evaluated for impairment. The Corporation experienced growth in the loan portfolio of approximately $441 million of which $379 million was in the multifamily portfolio and another $19 million was in the residential portfolio. As a result of the growth experienced, multifamily and residential loan classes make up 68% of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2013 compared to approximately 60% at December 31, 2012. This continued change in loan composition has resulted in the overall decline of the general reserve allowance as a percentage of loans collectively evaluated for impairment at December 31, 2013 when compared to December 31, 2012 as the multifamily and residential loan classes carry a lower general reserve allocation compared to the other non-homogeneous lending portfolios.

 

The specific reserve component of the allowance for loan losses increased to $1.7 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $813 thousand as of December 31, 2012.

 

The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans increased, as the level of nonperforming loans also decreased during the year. Nonperforming loans are specifically evaluated for impairment. Also, Management commonly records partial charge-offs of the excess of the principal balance over the net realizable value of collateral for collateral dependent impaired loans; as a result, the allowance for loan losses does not always change proportionately with changes in nonperforming loans. Management charged off $973 thousand on loans identified as collateral-dependent impaired loans during 2013 and charged off $3.5 million on loans identified as collateral-dependent impaired loans during 2012.

 

ASSET QUALITY :

 

The following table presents various asset quality data for the years indicated. These tables do not include loans held for sale.

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)   2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
                               
Loans past due 30-89 days   $ 2,953     $ 3,786     $ 11,632     $ 5,475     $ 6,015  
                                         
Troubled debt restructured loans   $ 13,966     $ 9,316     $ 11,104     $ 7,157     $ 11,123  
                                         
Loans past due 90 days or                                        
  more and still accruing interest   $     $     $ 345     $ 666     $ 496  
Nonaccrual loans     6,630       11,732       18,865       18,114       11,256  
  Total nonperforming loans     6,630       11,732       19,210       18,780       11,752  
Other real estate owned     1,941       3,496       7,137       4,000       360  
  Total nonperforming assets   $ 8,571     $ 15,228     $ 26,347     $ 22,780     $ 12,112  
                                         
Ratios:                                        
Total nonperforming loans/total loans     0.42 %     1.04 %     1.85 %     2.01 %     1.19 %
Total nonperforming loans/total assets     0.34       0.70       1.20       1.25       0.78  
Total nonperforming assets/total assets     0.44       0.91       1.65       1.51       0.80  

39
Table of Contents

Due to the continued weakness in the housing markets and economic environment during 2013, some borrowers have found it difficult to make their loan payments under contractual terms. In certain of these cases, the Corporation has chosen to grant concessions and modify certain loan terms for a limited period of time.

 

The following table presents the troubled debt restructured loans, by collateral, at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

    December 31,     Number of     December 31,     Number of  
(Dollars in thousands)   2013     Relationships     2012     Relationships  
Primary residential mortgage   $ 1,589       9     $ 1,159       6  
Junior lien loan on residence                 240       1  
Owner-occupied commercial real estate     2,057       1       2,544       2  
Investment commercial real estate     9,949       2       4,949       1  
Commercial and industrial     371       3       424       3  
  Total   $ 13,966       15     $ 9,316       13  

 

At both December 31, 2013 and 2012, there are $2.9 million of troubled debt restructured loans included in nonaccrual loans above. All troubled debt restructured loans are considered and included in impaired loans at December 31, 2013 and had specific reserves of $1.7 million. At December 31, 2012, all troubled debt restructured loans were considered and included in impaired loans and had specific reserves of $723 thousand.

 

Except as disclosed, the Corporation does not have any potential problem loans that causes Management to have serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms and which may result in disclosure of such loans.

 

Impaired loans totaled $17.7 million and $18.1 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Impaired loans include nonaccrual loans of $6.6 million and $11.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Impaired loans also include accruing troubled debt restructuring loans of $11.1 million at December 31, 2013 and $6.4 million at December 31, 2012.

 

The following table presents impaired loans, by collateral type, at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

    December 31,     Number of     December 31,     Number of  
(Dollars in thousands)   2013     Relationships     2012     Relationships  
Primary residential mortgage   $ 3,691       23     $ 7,155       28  
Home equity lines of credit     111       2       110       2  
Junior lien loan on residence     260       6       562       5  
Owner-occupied commercial real estate     3,250       6       4,724       9  
Investment commercial real estate     9,949       2       5,173       2  
Commercial and industrial     470       5       423       3  
Consumer and other     13       1              
  Total   $ 17,744       45     $ 18,147       49  
Specific reserves, included in the                                
  allowance for loan losses   $ 1,653             $ 813          

 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS : The following table shows the significant contractual obligations of the Corporation by expected payment period, as of December 31, 2013:

 

    Less Than                 More Than        
(In thousands)   One Year     1-3 Years     3-5 Years     5 Years     Total  
Loan commitments   $ 159,162     $     $     $     $ 159,162  
Long-term debt obligations           21,897       52,795             74,692  
Operating lease obligations     2,454       4,535       3,208       6,874       17,071  
Capital lease obligations     719       1,520       1,699       8,192       12,130  
  Total contractual obligations   $ 162,335     $ 27,952     $ 57,702     $ 15,066     $ 263,055  

40
Table of Contents

Long-term debt obligations include borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank with defined terms. The table reflects scheduled repayments of principal.

 

Leases represent obligations entered into by the Corporation for the use of land and premises. The leases generally have escalation terms based upon certain defined indexes. Common area maintenance charges may also apply and are adjusted annually based on the terms of the lease agreements.

 

Purchase obligations represent legally binding and enforceable agreements to purchase goods and services from third parties and consist of contractual obligations under data processing service agreements. The Corporation also enters into various routine rental and maintenance contracts for facilities and equipment. These contracts are generally for one year.

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS : The following table shows the amounts and expected maturities of significant commitments, consisting primarily of letters of credit, as of December 31, 2013.

 

    Less Than                 More Than        
(In thousands)   One Year     1-3 Years     3-5 Years     5 Years     Total  
Financial letters of credit   $ 747     $ 61     $     $     $ 808  
Performance letters of credit     1,550                         1,550  
Commercial letters of credit     450       275                   725  
  Total letters of credit   $ 2,747     $ 336     $     $     $ 3,083  

 

Commitments under standby letters of credit, both financial and performance, do not necessarily represent future cash requirements, in that these commitments often expire without being drawn upon.

 

OTHER INCOME : The following table presents the major components of other income:

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Change  
(In thousands)   2013     2012     2011     2013 v 2012     2012 v 2011  
Service charges and fees   $ 2,798     $ 2,756     $ 2,908     $ 42     $ (152 )
Gain on sale of loans (mortgage banking)     1,330       1,195       502       135       693  
Gain on sale of classified loans     522                   522        
Bank owned life insurance     1,098       1,064       1,427       34       (363 )
Securities gains     840       3,810       1,037       (2,970 )     2,773  
Late fees on loans     65       174       142       (109 )     32  
Gain/loss on ORE     85       (89 )     (203 )     174       114  
(Loss)/gain on sale of fixed assets     (49 )     (19 )           (30 )     (19 )
Other income     68       130       217       (62 )     (87 )
Total other income   $ 6,757     $ 9,021     $ 6,030     $ (2,264 )   $ 2,991  

 

2013 compared to 2012

 

The Corporation recorded total other income, excluding income from Peapack-Gladstone Bank Trust & Investments, of $6.8 million in 2013, reflecting a decrease of $2.3 million or 25 percent over 2012 levels. The decrease in 2013 was attributable to decreases in mortgage late fees and net securities gains, offset in part by an increase in gains on sales of loans and net gains on sales of OREO properties.

 

The Gain on the sale of classified loans totaled $522 thousand for 2013, which, was due to the sale of classified loans held for sale as of December 31, 2012. The decrease in securities gains was due to the sale of the Corporation’s entire pooled trust preferred security portfolio in December 2012 for a net gain of $2.9 million. The Corporation continues to strategically sell investments to reduce prepayment risk and/or interest rate risk and/or to benefit future yield or current capital.

 

41
Table of Contents

2012 compared to 2011

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Corporation recorded total other income, excluding trust fees, of $9.0 million and $6.0 million, respectively, reflecting an increase of $3.0 million or 50 percent over 2011 levels. The increase in 2012 was attributable to increases in gain on loans sold and net securities gains, offset in part by a decrease in bank owned life insurance income and service charges and fees.

 

Gain on loans sold, on residential first mortgage loans sold at origination, totaled $1.2 million for 2012, compared to $502 thousand for 2011. The increase was principally due to higher residential mortgage loan origination volumes in 2012, as well as a balance sheet management decision to retain less loans in portfolio.

 

In 2012 and 2011, net gains on sales of securities totaled $3.8 million and $1.0 million, respectively. As noted previously, in 2012, the Corporation sold the entire pooled trust preferred security portfolio for a net gain of $2.9 million, resulting in the realization of a large portion of the Company’s deferred tax assets and the reduction of risk-weighted assets for regulatory capital purposes. The Corporation also strategically sold investments during 2012 to reduce prepayment risk and/or interest rate risk and/or to benefit future yield or current capital.

 

In 2012, the Corporation recorded income of $1.1 million related to Bank Owned Life Insurance (BOLI) policies, compared to $1.4 million in 2011, a decrease of $364 thousand or 25 percent, primarily due to proceeds on a life insurance policy received during 2011 due to the passing of a former officer. Income from service charges and fees of $2.8 million were recorded in 2012, a decrease of $152 thousand or 5 percent, from the levels in 2011, which is attributable to a decrease in account service charges, such as overdraft charges, as customers have been managing their accounts more diligently.

 

OPERATING EXPENSES : The following table presents the major components of operating expenses:

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Change  
(In thousands)   2013     2012     2011     2013 v 2012     2012 v 2011  
Salaries and employee benefits   $ 32,249     $ 27,595     $ 23,230     $ 4,654     $ 4,365  
Premises and equipment     9,914       9,467       9,371       447       96  
Trust & Investments other expense     1,702       1,462       1,542       240       (80 )
Professional and legal fees     2,085       1,301       987       784       314  
FDIC assessment     1,121       1,208       1,532       (87 )     (324 )
Loan expense     676       877       1,029       (201 )     (152 )
Telephone     696       647       765       49       (118 )
Advertising     519       512       697       7       (185 )
Stationery and supplies     391       381       416       10       (35 )
Postage     409       370       373       39       (3 )
Provision for ORE losses     1,010       145       865       865       (720 )
Other operating expenses     4,411       4,365       3,592       46       773  
Total operating expense   $ 55,183     $ 48,330     $ 44,399     $ 6,853     $ 3,931  

 

2013 compared to 2012

 

Operating expenses totaled $55.2 million in 2013, compared to $48.3 million in 2012, resulting in an increase of $6.9 million, or 14 percent. Salaries and benefits expense, which accounts for the largest portion of operating expenses, totaled $32.2 million in 2013, reflecting an increase of $4.7 million or 17 percent, when compared to 2012. This is largely due to strategic hiring in line with the Company’s Strategic Plan. In addition, the Corporation recorded a $933 thousand compensation expense accrual related to certain staff restructurings during the third quarter of 2013. In 2013, in addition to the normal salary increases and the additional compensation associated with additions to staff, the Corporation saw increases in bonus, incentive and profit sharing accruals.

42
Table of Contents

In 2013, premises and equipment expense totaled $9.9 million compared to $9.5 million in 2012, an increase of $447 thousand, or 5 percent. This was due to accelerated depreciation expense related to the consolidation of the operations center staff and equipment, as previously described.

 

Trust & Investments other expense totaled $1.7 million in 2013, increasing $240 thousand, or 16 percent, from 2012 due to increased system expenses related to increased volume. Professional and legal fees increased $784 thousand, or 60 percent, from $1.3 million in 2012 to $2.1 million in 2013, due primarily to fees associated with the search for a new head of Wealth Management and various training and consulting expenses, much of which was associated with the Strategic Plan.

 

Loan expense totaled $676 thousand in 2013, decreasing $201 thousand, or 23 percent, when compared to 2012 expense due to lower expenses associated with problem loans. Provision for REO expense was $1.0 million in 2013 compared to $145 thousand in 2012, as one large ORE property required a $1.0 million provision for ORE based on its appraisal in 2013.

 

The Corporation strives to operate in an efficient manner and control costs; however, given its plans to grow its core businesses, it expects higher operating expenses in 2014 compared to prior periods. The Corporation anticipates that revenue and related profitability associated with these plans will begin to improve after lagging expenses by several quarters.

 

2012 compared to 2011

 

Operating expenses totaled $48.3 million and $44.4 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively, resulting in an increase of $3.9 million, or 9 percent.

 

Salaries and benefits expense, which accounts for the largest portion of operating expenses, totaled $27.6 million in 2012, reflecting an increase of $4.4 million or 19 percent, when compared to 2011. Commissions on residential loan originations for 2012 were $300 thousand higher than 2011’s level, due to greater loan origination volume in 2012. In the fourth quarter of 2012, as noted above, the Corporation recorded a $965 thousand severance accrual associated with organizational and staff restructuring. The valuation of post-retirement benefits for non-employee directors contributed an additional $473 thousand of expense in 2012 due to an increase in the estimated future benefit amounts and lower market rates used in discounting such benefits. The Company’s medical insurance expense increased nearly $150 thousand in 2012 from 2011’s level, due principally to higher rates. The valuation of post retirement life insurance benefits for officers contributed an additional $200 thousand of expense in 2012 due to additional individuals covered during the year when $3 million of Bank Owned Life Insurance was purchased, coupled with lower market rates used in discounting such benefits. In 2012, in addition to the normal salary increases and the additional compensation associated with additions to staff including the new CEO, the Corporation saw increases in bonus and profit sharing accruals.

 

Trust department expense totaled $1.5 million in 2012, decreasing $80 thousand, or 5 percent, from 2011 as the result of cost savings provided by a new research provider. Professional and legal fees increased $314 thousand, or 32 percent, from $987 thousand in 2011 to $1.3 million in 2012, due primarily to fees associated with the CEO search and fees associated with the set-up of PGB Trust & Investments of Delaware. The FDIC assessment expense decreased $324 thousand, or 21 percent, to $1.2 million in 2012 from $1.5 million in 2011. The Corporation’s assessments declined due to a regulatory change in the calculation of assessments in effect for all of 2012 vs. nine months for 2011.

 

Loan expense totaled $858 thousand in 2012, decreasing $171 thousand, or 17 percent, when compared to 2011 expense due to lower expenses associated with problem loans. Advertising expense declined in 2012 as less focus was placed on print advertising and more focus on less expensive online methods. Provision for REO expense was $145 thousand in 2012 compared to $865 thousand in 2011, as one large ORE property required an $865 thousand write-down based on its appraisal near the end of 2011.

 

Other operating expenses increased $792 thousand in 2012 to $4.4 million from $3.6 million in 2011. Additional expenses related to a new, more robust on-line banking system; greater expenses related to Other Real Estate Owned properties; increased director fees due to the CEO Search, as well as general fee increases; greater debit card expense due to greater usage; and increased insurance expenses, all contributed to the net increase.

 

43
Table of Contents

 

INCOME TAXES : For the year ended December 31, 2013, income tax expense was $5.5 million compared to income tax expense of $6.4 million for the same period of 2012. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2013 was 37.27 percent compared to 39.78 percent for the year ended December 31, 2012. The effective tax rate for 2013 was reduced by an increase in tax-exempt income along with lower income before income taxes compared to prior year. In addition, 2012 included approximately $260 thousand of additional tax expense related to the realization of the deferred tax assets to be carried-back to the prior two years at a slightly lower tax rate compared to the tax rate as recorded.

 

CAPITAL RESOURCES: A solid capital base provides the Corporation with the ability to support future growth and financial strength, and is essential to executing the Corporation’s Strategic Plan – “Expanding Our Reach.” The Corporation’s capital strategy is intended to provide stability to expand its businesses, even in stressed environments. The Corporation strives to maintain capital levels in excess of those considered to be well capitalized under regulatory guidelines applicable to banks. Maintaining an adequate capital position supports the Corporation’s goal of providing shareholders an attractive and stable long-term return on investment.

 

At December 31, 2013, the Corporation’s common equity to total assets ratio was 8.68 percent, up from 7.32 percent at December 31, 2012. Also at December 31, 2013, the Corporation’s Tier 1 and total capital ratios were 14.07 percent and 15.33 percent, respectively, and its capital leverage ratio was 9.00 percent at December 31, 2013, all above the levels necessary to be considered well capitalized under regulatory guidelines applicable to banks.

 

The Corporation successfully completed the sale of 2,470,588 common shares in its rights offering and sale to standby investors in December 2013. The common shares in the offering were all sold at a price of $17.00 per share, representing proceeds to the Corporation of $41.1 million, net of offering costs of $900 thousand. On December 19, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized the Corporation to contribute $40.5 million of the proceeds received from the rights offering to the Bank as equity. At December 31, 2013, the Corporation entered into a note agreement with the Bank, which resulted in a capital contribution of $40.5 million to the Bank. The cash was transferred from the Corporation to the Bank on January 2, 2014 to satisfy the note agreement.

 

On January 9, 2009, under the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”), the Corporation sold 28,685 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, and a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 150,296 shares of the Corporation’s common stock at an exercise price of $28.63 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $28.7 million. Cumulative dividends on the Preferred Shares accrued on the liquidation preference at a rate of 5 percent per annum for the first five years, and at a rate of 9 percent per annum thereafter. Subject to the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Preferred Shares are redeemable at the option of the Corporation at 100 percent of their liquidation preference.

 

On January 6, 2010 and March 2, 2011, the Corporation redeemed 25 percent of the preferred shares issued under the Treasury’s CPP, each time repaying approximately $7.2 million to the Treasury. As a result of the repurchases, the accretion related to the preferred stock was accelerated and approximately $330 thousand and $246 thousand was recorded as a reduction to retained earnings in the first quarters of 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

On January 11, 2012, the Corporation redeemed the remaining 50 percent of the preferred shares, repaying approximately $14.5 million to the Treasury. Accretion related to the preferred stock was accelerated and approximately $362 thousand was recorded as a reduction to retained earnings in the first quarter of 2012.

 

The 150,296 common share warrant remained outstanding after the January 11, 2012 redemption; however, the Corporation paid $109 thousand to the U.S. Treasury on April 5, 2012 to repurchase the warrant.

 

As noted under Capital Requirements of Part I, Item 1, Basel III rules are effective for the Corporation on January 1, 2015, subject to phase-in periods for certain components. As also noted in that section, the Corporation believes the Corporation and the Bank would meet all capital adequacy requirements under Basel III if such requirements were currently effective.

 

In addition, the Dividend Reinvestment Plan of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation, or the Plan, allows shareholders of the Corporation to purchase additional shares of common stock using cash dividends without payment of any brokerage commissions or other charges. Shareholders may also make voluntary cash payments of up to $50,000 per quarter to purchase additional shares of common stock. The Plan is a continuing source of future capital.

44
Table of Contents

Management believes the Corporation’s capital position and capital ratios are adequate.

 

LIQUIDITY: Liquidity refers to an institution’s ability to meet short-term requirements including loan fundings, deposit withdrawals and maturing obligations, as well as long-term obligations, including potential capital expenditures. The Corporation’s liquidity risk management is intended to ensure the Corporation has adequate funding and liquidity to support its assets across a range of market environments and conditions, including stressed conditions. Principal sources of liquidity include cash, temporary investments, securities available for sale, deposit inflows, loan repayments and secured borrowings.

 

Management actively monitors and manages the Corporation’s liquidity position and believes it is sufficient to meet future needs. Cash and cash equivalents, including federal funds sold and interest-earning deposits, totaled $35.1 million at December 31, 2013. In addition, the Corporation had $268.4 million in securities designated as available for sale at December 31, 2013. These securities can be sold in response to liquidity concerns. In addition, the Corporation generates significant liquidity from scheduled and unscheduled principal repayments of loans and mortgage-backed securities.

 

A further source of liquidity is borrowing capacity. At December 31, 2013, unused short-term or overnight borrowing commitments totaled $472.5 million from the FHLB and $29.2 million from correspondent banks.

 

The Corporation has a Board-approved Contingency Funding Plan in place. This document provides a framework for managing adverse liquidity stress and contingent sources of liquidity. The Corporation conducts liquidity stress testing on a regular basis to ensure sufficient liquidity in a stressed environment.

 

Management believes the Corporation’s liquidity position and sources are adequate.

 

EFFECTS OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES: The financial statements and related financial data presented herein have been prepared in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than do general levels of inflation.

 

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE BANK TRUST AND INVESTMENTS : Peapack-Gladstone Bank Trust & Investments, a division of the Bank, has served in the roles of executor and trustee while providing investment management, custodial, tax, retirement and financial services to its growing client base. Officers from Peapack-Gladstone Bank Trust & Investments are available to provide trust and investment services at the Bank’s corporate headquarters in Bedminster, at private banking locations in Morristown, Princeton and Teaneck, New Jersey and at the Bank’s new subsidiary, PGB Trust & Investments of Delaware in Greenville, Delaware.

 

The following table presents certain key aspects of Peapack-Gladstone Bank Trust and Investments’ performance for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Change  
(In thousands, except per share data)   2013     2012     2011     2013 v 2012     2012 v 2011  
                               
Total fee income   $ 13,838     $ 12,282     $ 10,686     $ 1,556     $ 1,596  
                                         
Salaries and benefits     5,745       5,565       5,036       180       529  
                                         
Other operating expense (included in                                        
  Operating Expenses section above)     5,039       4,605       4,615       434       (10 )
                                         
Trust assets under administration                                        
  (market value)   $ 2,690,601     $ 2,303,612     $ 1,957,146     $ 386,989     $ 346,466  
                                         

 

45
Table of Contents

 

2013 compared to 2012

 

The market value of assets under administration at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $2.69 billion and $2.30 billion, respectively, an increase of $387 million or 17 percent over the prior year as the result of improving values in the markets as well as new business activity.

 

The Corporation realized trust fees totaling $13.8 million in 2013, an increase of $1.6 million or 13 percent, over the levels in 2012. The increase reflects increased relationships, a greater mix of higher margin business and an improvement in the market value of assets under management.

 

While the “Operating Expenses” section above offers an overall discussion of the Corporation’s expenses including Peapack-Gladstone Bank Trust & Investments, other expenses for the division totaled $10.8 million compared to $10.2 million for the same period in 2012, an increase of $614 thousand, or 6 percent. For the 2013 year, salaries and benefits expense increased $180 thousand, or 3 percent to $5.7 million when compared to the same period in 2012. Other operating expenses totaled $5.0 million and $4.6 million for the years ended 2013 and 2012, respectively, increasing $434 thousand, or 9 percent when compared to 2012. Operating expenses increased due to growth in the business.

 

Peapack-Gladstone Bank Trust & Investments currently generates adequate revenue to support the salaries, benefits and other expenses of the Division; however, Management believes that the Bank generates adequate liquidity to support the expenses of the Division should it be necessary.

 

2012 compared to 2011

 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the market value of assets under administration was $2.30 billion and $1.96 billion, an increase of $346 million or 18 percent and can be attributed to improving values in the markets and new business activity. Fee income generated by PGB Trust Investments was $12.3 million and $10.7 million in 2012 and 2011 respectively, an increase of 1.6 million or 15 percent.

 

As explained previously, the “Operating Expenses” section above offers an overall discussion of the Corporation’s expenses. Other expenses for the wealth division totaled $10.2 million and $9.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, an increase of $519 thousand or 5 percent, when compared to the 2011 year. Salaries and benefits expense accounted for the entire increase, due to the growth in the business.

 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS : The foregoing contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are not historical facts and include expressions about management’s confidence and strategies and management’s expectations about new and existing programs and products, investments, relationships, opportunities and market conditions. These statements may be identified by such forward-looking terminology as “expect”, “look”, “believe”, “anticipate”, “may”, or similar statements or variations of such terms. Actual results may differ materially from such forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause results to differ materially from such forward-looking statements include, but not limited to

 

  · inability to successfully grow our business and implement our strategic plan, including an inability to generate revenues to offset the increased personnel and other costs related to the strategic plan;

  · inability to manage our growth;

  · a continued or unexpected decline in the economy, in particular in our New Jersey and New York market areas;

  · declines in our net interest margin caused by the low interest rate and highly competitive market;

  · declines in value in our investment portfolio;

  · higher than expected increases in our allowance for loan losses;

  · higher than expected increases in loan losses or in the level of nonperforming loans;

  · unexpected changes in interest rates;

  · a continued or unexpected decline in real estate values within our market areas;

  · legislative and regulatory actions (including the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Basel III and related regulations) subject us to additional regulatory oversight which may result in increased compliance costs;

  · successful cyber-attacks against our IT infrastructure and that of our IT providers;

 

46
Table of Contents

  · higher than expected FDIC insurance premiums;

  · lack of liquidity to fund our various cash obligations;

  · reduction in our lower-cost funding sources;

  · our inability to adapt to technological changes;

  · claims and litigation pertaining to fiduciary responsibility, environmental laws and other matters; and

  · other unexpected material adverse changes in our operations or earnings.

 

The Corporation undertakes no duty to update any forward-looking statement to conform the statement to actual results or changes in the Corporation’s expectations. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, the Corporation cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

 

Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT : The Corporation’s Asset/Liability Committee (ALCO) is responsible for developing, implementing and monitoring asset/liability management strategies and reports and advising the Board of Directors on such, as well as the related level of interest rate risk. In this regard, interest rate risk simulation models are prepared on a quarterly basis. These models have the ability to demonstrate balance sheet gaps, and predict changes to net interest income and economic/market value of portfolio equity under various interest rate scenarios. In addition, these models, as well as ALCO processes and reporting, are subject to annual independent third-party review.

 

ALCO is generally authorized to manage interest rate risk through management of capital and management of cash flows and duration of assets and liabilities, including sales and purchases of assets, as well as additions of wholesale borrowings. ALCO has also recently been authorized to engage in interest rate swaps as a means of extending duration of shorter term liabilities.

 

The following strategies are among those used to manage interest rate risk:

 

· Actively market commercial mortgage loans, which tend to have shorter terms and higher interest rates than residential mortgage loans, and which generate customer relationships that can result in higher core deposit accounts;
· Actively market commercial & industrial loans, which tend to have adjustable rate features, and which generate customer relationships that can result in higher core deposit accounts;
· Actively market adjustable-rate and/or shorter-term residential mortgage loans;
· Actively sell longer duration residential mortgage loans originated in the current low rate environment;
· Actively market core deposit relationships, which are generally longer duration liabilities;
· Utilize medium to longer term wholesale borrowings and/or brokered deposits to extend liability duration;
· Utilize medium to longer term interest rate swaps as a means of extending duration of shorter term liabilities;
· Closely monitor and actively manage the investment portfolio, including management of duration, prepayment and interest rate risk; and
· Maintain adequate levels of capital.

 

At this time, the Corporation is not engaged in hedging through the use of interest rate swaps, nor does it use interest rate caps and floors. However, as noted above, ALCO has been authorized to engage in interest rate swaps as a means of extending the duration of shorter term liabilities.

 

As noted above, ALCO uses simulation modeling to analyze the Corporation’s net interest income sensitivity, as well as the Corporation’s economic value of portfolio equity under various interest rate scenarios. The model is based on the actual maturity and repricing characteristics of rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The model incorporates certain prepayment and interest rate assumptions, which management believes to be reasonable as of December 31, 2013. The model assumes changes in interest rates without any proactive change in the balance sheet by management. In the model, the forecasted shape of the yield curve remains static as of December 31, 2013.

 

In an immediate and sustained 200 basis point increase in market rates at December 31, 2013, net interest income for 2014 would decline approximately six percent while net interest income for 2015 would improve approximately one percent, compared to a flat interest rate scenario.

 

47
Table of Contents

In an immediate and sustained 100 basis point decrease in market rates at December 31, 2013, net interest income would decline approximately four percent for 2014 and seven percent for 2015, compared to a flat interest rate scenario.

 

The table below shows the estimated changes in the Corporation’s economic value of portfolio equity (“EVPE”) that would result from an immediate parallel change in the market interest rates at December 31, 2013.

 

                EVPE as a Percentage of  
(Dollars in thousands)   Decrease Estimated Increase/ in EVPE           Present Value of Assets (2)  
Change In                              
Interest                              
Rates   Estimated                 EVPE     Increase/(Decrease)  
(Basis Points)   EVPE (1)     Amount     Percent     Ratio (3)     (basis points)  
+200   $ 199,337     $ (41,840 )     (17.35 )%     11.10 %     (140.6 )
+100     225,629       (15,548 )     (6.45 )     12.09       (40.7 )
Flat interest rates     241,178                   12.50        
-100     249,862       8,685       3.60       12.62       12.0  

 

(1) EVPE is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets and liabilities.
(2) Present value of assets represents the discounted present value of incoming cash flows on interest-earning assets.
(3) EVPE ratio represents EVPE divided by the present value of assets.

 

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodologies used in determining interest rate risk. Simulation modeling requires making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the modeling assumes that the composition of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and assume that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although the information provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income and will differ from actual results.

 

Management believes the Corporation’s interest rate risk position is reasonable.

 

48
Table of Contents

Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. We also have audited Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in 1992 Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting located in Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in 1992 Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

  /s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

 

Livingston, New Jersey

March 14, 2014

49
Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION

 

         December 31,  
(In thousands, except share data)   2013     2012  
ASSETS                
Cash and due from banks   $ 6,534     $ 6,733  
Federal funds sold     101       100  
Interest-earning deposits     28,512       112,395  
  Total cash and cash equivalents     35,147       119,228  
Securities available for sale     268,447       304,479  
FHLB and FRB stock, at cost     10,032       4,639  
Loans held for sale, at fair value     2,001       6,461  
Loans held for sale, at lower of cost or fair value           13,749  
Loans     1,574,201       1,132,584  
  Less:  allowance for loan losses     15,373       12,735  
  Net loans     1,558,828       1,119,849  
Premises and equipment     28,990       30,030  
Other real estate owned     1,941       3,496  
Accrued interest receivable     4,086       3,864  
Bank owned life insurance     31,882       31,088  
Deferred tax assets, net     9,762       9,478  
Other assets     15,832       21,475  
   Total assets   $ 1,966,948     $ 1,667,836  
LIABILITIES                
Deposits:                
  Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   $ 356,119     $ 298,095  
  Interest-bearing deposits:                
    Checking     388,340       346,877  
    Savings     115,785       109,686  
    Money market accounts     630,173       583,197  
    Certificates of deposit $100,000 and over     61,128       68,741  
    Certificates of deposit less than $100,000     95,705       109,831  
      Total deposits     1,647,250       1,516,427  
Overnight borrowings     54,900        
Federal home loan bank advances     74,692       12,218  
Capital lease obligation     8,754       8,971  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities     10,695       8,163  
  Total liabilities     1,796,291       1,545,779  
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Common stock (no par value; stated value $0.83 per share;                
  authorized 21,000,000 shares; issued shares, 12,196,695 at                
  December 31, 2013 and 9,325,977 at December 31, 2012;                
  outstanding shares, 11,788,517 at December 31, 2013 and                
  8,917,799 at December 31, 2012)     10,148       7,755  
Surplus     140,699       97,675  
Treasury stock at cost (408,178 shares at December 31, 2013 and 2012)     (8,988 )     (8,988 )
Retained earnings     28,775       21,316  
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net     23       4,299  
    Total shareholders’ equity     170,657       122,057  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 1,966,948     $ 1,667,836  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

50
Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

         Years Ended December 31,  
(In thousands, except per share data)   2013     2012     2011  
INTEREST INCOME                        
Loans, including fees   $ 51,218     $ 48,010     $ 46,628  
Loans held for sale     284       123       56  
Securities held to maturity:                        
  Taxable           1,648       2,066  
  Tax-exempt           187       354  
Securities available for sale:                        
  Taxable     4,606       5,385       6,285  
  Tax-exempt     793       639       518  
Interest-earning deposits     152       98       144  
   Total interest income     57,053       56,090       56,051  
INTEREST EXPENSE                        
Checking accounts     323       379       1,045  
Savings and money market accounts     1,107       1,092       2,215  
Certificates of deposit over $100,000     791       900       1,060  
Other certificates of deposit     1,032       1,337       1,755  
Overnight and short-term borrowings     19       39       3  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     584       509       739  
Capital lease obligation     421       431       319  
  Total interest expense     4,277       4,687       7,136  
   Net interest income before provision for loan losses     52,776       51,403       48,915  
Provision for loan losses     3,425       8,275       7,250  
   Net interest income after provision for loan losses     49,351       43,128       41,665  
OTHER INCOME                        
Trust fees     13,838       12,282       10,686  
Service charges and fees     2,798       2,756       2,908  
Bank owned life insurance     1,098       1,064       1,427  
Gain on loans held for sale at fair value     1,330       1,195       502  
Gain on loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value     522              
Other income     169       196       156  
Securities gains, net     840       3,810       1,037  
  Total other income     20,595       21,303       16,716  
OPERATING EXPENSES                        
Salaries and employee benefits     32,249       27,595       23,230  
Premises and equipment     9,914       9,467       9,371  
Other operating expenses     13,020       11,268       11,798  
  Total operating expenses     55,183       48,330       44,399  
Income before income tax expense     14,763       16,101       13,982  
Income tax expense     5,502       6,405       1,814  
  Net income     9,261       9,696       12,168  
Dividends on preferred stock and accretion           474       1,228  
  Net income available to common shareholders   $ 9,261     $ 9,222     $ 10,940  
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE                        
  Basic   $ 1.02     $ 1.05     $ 1.25  
  Diluted     1.01       1.05       1.25  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements  

51
Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
(Dollars in thousands)                  
Net income   $ 9,261     $ 9,696     $ 12,168  
Other comprehensive income (loss):                        
   Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities:                        
      Unrealized holding gains arising during the period     (6,390 )     1,020       4,003  
Adjustment for held to maturity transferred                        
  to available for sale           1,685        
     Less:  Reclassification adjustment for net gains                        
       included in net income     840       856       1,037  
      (7,230 )     1,849       2,966  
  Tax effect     2,954       (756 )     (1,250 )
Net of tax     (4,276 )     1,093       1,716  
                         
Unrealized losses on the noncredit, other-than                        
   temporarily impaired held to maturity securities                        
   and on securities transferred from available for                        
   sale to held to maturity, including accretion           8,204       146  
   Less:  Reclassification adjustment for gains                        
     included in net income           2,954        
            5,250       146  
  Tax effect           (2,148 )     213  
Net of tax           3,102       359  
                         
Total other comprehensive (loss)/income     (4,276 )     4,195       2,075  
                         
Total comprehensive income   $ 4,985     $ 13,891     $ 14,243  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

52
Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                                  Accumulated        
                                  Other        
    Preferred     Common           Treasury     Retained     Comprehensive        
(In thousands, except per share data)   Stock     Stock     Surplus     Stock     Earnings     Income/(Loss)     Total  
Balance at January 1, 2011                                                        
 8,790,860 common shares outstanding   $ 20,746     $ 7,650     $ 95,586     $ (8,988 )   $ 4,693     $ (1,971 )   $ 117,716  
Net income 2011                                     12,168               12,168  
Net change in accumulated                                                        
  other comprehensive income                                             2,075       2,075  
Issuance of restricted stock, 28,732 shares             24       (24 )                              
Amortization of restricted stock                     258                               258  
Redemption of preferred stock,                                                        
  7,172 shares     (7,172 )                                             (7,172 )
Accretion of discount on preferred stock     405                               (405 )              
Cash dividends declared on                                                        
  common stock                                                        
  ($0.20 per share)                                     (1,765 )             (1,765 )
Cash dividends declared on                                                        
  preferred stock                                     (823 )             (823 )
Common stock option expense                     362                               362  
Sales of shares (dividend                                                        
  reinvestment program), 13,119 shares             11       141                               152  
Balance at December 31, 2011                                                        
  8,832,711 common shares outstanding     13,979       7,685       96,323       (8,988 )     13,868       104       122,971  
Net income 2012                                     9,696               9,696  
Net change in accumulated                                                        
  other comprehensive income                                             4,195       4,195  
Issuance of restricted stock, 36,263 shares             30       (30 )                              
Amortization of restricted stock                     549                               549  
Redemption of preferred stock,                                                        
  14,341 shares     (14,341 )                                             (14,341 )
Warrant repurchase 150,296 shares                     (109 )                             (109 )
Accretion of discount on                                                        
  preferred stock     362                               (362 )              
Cash dividends declared on                                                        
  common stock                                                        
  ($0.20 per Share)                                     (1,774 )             (1,774 )
Cash dividends declared on                                                        
  preferred stock                                     (112 )             (112 )
Common stock option expense                     336                               336  
Common stock options                                                        
   exercised and related tax                                                        
   benefits, 2,022 shares             1       20                               21  
Sales of shares (dividend                                                        
  reinvestment program), 46,803 shares             39       586                               625  
Balance at December 31, 2012                                                        
8,917,799 common shares outstanding           7,755       97,675       (8,988 )     21,316       4,299       122,057  
Net income 2013                                     9,261               9,261  
Net change in accumulated                                                        
  other comprehensive income                                             (4,276 )     (4,276 )
Issuance of restricted stock, 189,858 shares             158       (158 )                              
Amortization of restricted stock                     590                               590  
Cash dividends declared on                                                        
  common stock                                                        
  ($0.20 per share)                                     (1,802 )             (1,802 )
Common stock option expense                     319                               319  
Common stock options                                                        
   exercised and related tax                                                        
   benefits, 2,982 shares             3       27                               30  
Sales of shares (dividend reinvestment                                                        
  program), 200,265 shares             167       3,081                               3,248  
Issuance of shares for Profit Sharing Plan,                                                        
   7,025 shares             6       124                               130  
Issuance of rights offering, 2,470,588 shares             2,059       39,041                               41,100  
Balance at December 31, 2013                                                        
  11,788,517 common shares outstanding   $     $ 10,148     $ 140,699     $ (8,988 )   $ 28,775     $ 23     $ 170,657  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

53
Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)   2013     2012     2011  
Operating activities:                        
Net income   $ 9,261     $ 9,696     $ 12,168  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash                        
  provided by operating activities:                        
Depreciation     3,536       2,946       2,870  
Amortization of premium and accretion of discount on                        
  securities, net     1,887       2,261       3,017  
Amortization of restricted stock     590       549       258  
Provision for loan losses     3,425       8,275       7,250  
Valuation allowance on other real estate owned     1,010       145       865  
Stock-based compensation expense     319       336       362  
Deferred tax expense/(benefit)     2,670       14,349       933  
Reversal of valuation allowance – deferred tax assets                 (2,976 )
Gains on sale of securities, available for sale, net     (840 )     (856 )     (1,037 )
Gains on securities, held to maturity, net           (2,954 )      
Proceeds from sales of loans     85,081       83,773       34,488  
Loans originated for sale     (79,291 )     (86,198 )     (36,827 )
Gain on loans sold held for sale at fair value     (1,330 )     (1,195 )     (502 )
Gain on loans sold held for sale at lower of cost or fair value     (522 )            
(Gain)/loss on OREO sold     (85 )     89       203  
Loss on disposal of premises and equipment     49       19        
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance     (794 )     (796 )     (907 )
Gain on life insurance proceeds                 (403 )
(Increase)/decrease  in accrued interest receivable     (222 )     214       153  
Decrease/(increase)  in other assets     5,643       (14,147 )     2,368  
Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities     2,315       1,342       178  
  Net cash provided by operating activities     32,702       17,848       22,461  
Investing activities:                        
Maturities of investment securities                        
  held to maturity           45,461       39,094  
Maturities of securities available for sale     92,817       77,829       70,464  
Calls of investment securities held to maturity           136       62,500  
Calls of securities available for sale     18,115       26,598       45,360  
Sales of investment securities held to maturity           15,989        
Sales of securities available for sale     54,881       35,087       64,908  
Purchase of investment securities held to maturity           (17,373 )     (62,587 )
Purchase of securities available for sale, including FHLB                        
  and FRB stock     (143,451 )     (59,389 )     (229,392 )
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair                        
  value     14,271                  
Purchase of loans                 (10,893 )
Net increase in loans     (445,523 )     (116,242 )     (106,391 )
Sales of other real estate     3,749       2,898       7,576  
Purchases of premises and equipment     (2,545 )     (1,054 )     (975 )
Disposal of premises and equipment                 861  
Purchase of life insurance           (2,996 )      
Life insurance proceeds                 1,088  
  Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities     (407,686 )     6,944       (118,387 )

 

54
Table of Contents

 

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
                   
Financing activities:                        
Net increase in deposits     130,823       72,535       92,346  
Net increase in overnight borrowings     54,900              
Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances     62,692              
Repayments of FHLB advances     (218 )     (5,462 )     (6,446 )
Redemption of preferred stock           (14,341 )     (7,172 )
Repurchase of warrants           (109 )      
Dividends paid on preferred stock           (112 )     (823 )
Dividends paid on common stock     (1,802 )     (1,774 )     (1,765 )
Exercise of stock options     30       21        
Net proceeds, rights offering     41,100              
Sale of common shares (Dividend Reinvestment Program)     3,248       625       152  
Purchase of shares of profit sharing plan     130              
  Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities     290,903       51,383       76,292  
  Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents     (84,081 )     76,175       (19,634 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     119,228       43,053       62,687  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $ 35,147     $ 119,228     $ 43,053  
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information                        
 
Cash paid during the year for:
                       
  Interest   $ 3,822     $ 4,410     $ 7,072  
  Income taxes     1,223       7,410       2,919  
Transfer of securities to available for sale from                        
   held to maturity           64,211        
Transfer of loans to loans held for sale           13,749        
Transfer of loans to other real estate owned     3,119       2,466       13,445  
Internally financed sale of other real estate owned           2,975       832  
Acquisition of leased premises                 2,813  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

55
Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Principles of Consolidation and Organization: The consolidated financial statements of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”) are prepared on the accrual basis and include the accounts of the Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Peapack-Gladstone Bank (the “Bank”). The consolidated statements also include the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, PGB Trust & Investments of Delaware and Peapack-Gladstone Mortgage Group, Inc. Peapack-Gladstone Mortgage Group was merged into the Bank on December 31, 2010. While the following footnotes include the collective results of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation and Peapack-Gladstone Bank, these footnotes primarily reflect the Bank’s and its subsidiaries’ activities. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated from the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Business: Peapack-Gladstone Bank, the subsidiary of the Corporation, is a commercial bank that provides innovative private banking services to businesses, non-profits and consumers which help them to establish, maintain and expand their legacy. Trust services are also provided through its subsidiary, PGB Trust & Investments of Delaware. The Bank is subject to competition from other financial institutions, is regulated by certain federal and state agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation : The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In preparing the financial statements, Management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the statement of condition and revenues and expenses for that period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The significant estimates that are particularly subject to change include the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, fair value of investment securities and other-than-temporary impairment on investment securities.

Segment Information : The Corporation’s business is conducted through its banking subsidiary and involves the delivery of loan and deposit products and trust services to customers. Management uses certain methodologies to allocate income and expense to the business segments.

The Banking segment includes commercial, commercial real estate, residential and consumer lending activities; deposit generation; operation of ATMs; telephone and internet banking services; merchant credit card services and customer support sales.

Peapack-Gladstone Bank Trust & Investments includes asset management services provided for individuals and institutions; personal trust services, including services as executor, trustee, administrator, custodian and guardian; corporate trust services including services as trustee for pension and profit sharing plans; and other financial planning and advisory services. This segment also includes the activity from the Delaware subsidiary.

Cash and Cash Equivalents: For purposes of the statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, interest-earning deposits and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are sold for one-day periods. Cash equivalents are of original maturities of 90 days or less. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions and overnight borrowings.

Interest-Earning Deposits in Other Financial Institutions : Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions mature within one year and are carried at cost.

Securities : Debt securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when Management has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Debt securities are classified as available for sale when they might be sold before maturity. Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are classified as available for sale. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax.

Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium of discount. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage-backed securities where prepayments are anticipated. Gains and losses on sales are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific identification method.

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. For securities in an unrealized loss position, Management considers the extent and duration of the unrealized loss and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. Management also assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) other-than-temporary impairment related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and 2) other-than-temporary impairment related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. For equity securities, the entire amount of impairment is recognized through earnings.

56
Table of Contents

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) and Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) Stock: The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock, based on the level of borrowings and other factors. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Cash dividends are reported as income.

The Bank is also a member of the Federal Reserve Bank and required to own a certain amount of stock. FRB stock is carried at cost and classified as a restricted security. Cash dividends are reported as income.

Loans Held for Sale: Mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell in the secondary market are carried at fair value, as determined by outstanding commitments from investors. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recorded as a valuation allowance and charged in earnings.

Mortgage loans held for sale are generally sold with servicing rights released; therefore, no servicing rights are recorded. Gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans are based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related loan sold.

Loans originated with the intent to hold and subsequently transferred to loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. These are loans that the Corporation no longer has the intent to hold for the foreseeable future.

Loans: Loans that Management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity are stated at the principal amount outstanding. Interest on loans is recognized based upon the principal amount outstanding. Loans are stated at face value, less purchased premium and discounts and net deferred fees. Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized over the life of the loan as an adjustment, on a level-yield method, to the loan’s yield. The definition of recorded investment in loans includes accrued interest receivable, however, for the Corporation’s loan disclosures, accrued interest was excluded as the impact was not material.

Loans are considered past due when they are not paid in accordance with contractual terms. The accrual of income on loans, including impaired loans, is discontinued if, in the opinion of Management, principal or interest is not likely to be paid in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement, or when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more and collateral, if any, is insufficient to cover principal and interest. All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on nonaccrual is reversed against interest income. Payments received on nonaccrual loans are recorded as principal payments. A nonaccrual loan is returned to accrual status only when interest and principal payments are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured, generally when the Bank receives contractual payments for a minimum of six months. Commercial loans are generally charged off after an analysis is completed which indicates that collectability of the full principal balance is in doubt. Consumer loans are generally charged off after they become 120 days past due. Subsequent payments are credited to income only if collection of principal is not in doubt. If principal and interest payments are brought contractually current and future collectability is reasonably assured, loans are returned to accrual status. Nonaccrual mortgage loans are generally charged off when the value of the underlying collateral does not cover the outstanding principal balance. The majority of the Corporation’s loans are secured by real estate in the State of New Jersey.

Allowance for Loan Losses: The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when Management believes the uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in Management’s judgment, should be charged off.

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component of the allowance relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired.

57
Table of Contents

A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by Management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

All loans are individually evaluated for impairment when loans are classified as substandard by Management. If a loan is considered impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral less estimated disposition costs if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as consumer and residential real estate loans are collectively evaluated for impairment while they are performing assets. If and when a residential mortgage is placed on nonaccrual status and in the process of collection, such as through a foreclosure action, then they are evaluated for impairment on an individual basis and the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral less estimated disposition costs.

A troubled debt restructuring is a renegotiated loan with concessions made by the lender to a borrower who is experiencing financial difficulty. Troubled debt restructurings are impaired and are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception. If a troubled debt restructuring is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral, less estimated disposition costs. For troubled debt restructurings that subsequently default, the Corporation determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses.

The general component of the allowance covers non-impaired loans and is based primarily on the Bank’s historical loss experience adjusted for current factors. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experience by the Corporation on a weighted average basis over the previous three years. This actual loss experience is adjusted by other qualitative factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These economic factors include consideration of the following: levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures and practices; experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations.

Significant changes to the allowance for loan losses methodology are evaluated by the Corporation at each reporting period. For the period ended December 31, 2013, the Corporation enhanced its methodology utilized to determine the historical loss experience. In previous periods, the Corporation utilized a three-year look back period for actual loss experience with the most recent year being allocated a higher weighting than the previous years. For the period ended December 31, 2013, the Corporation determined that applying equal weighting to each of the three years represented a more appropriate reflection of its historical loss experience.

 

In addition, the Corporation also enhanced its methodology utilized to compute the escalation multiple used for loans that are graded as special mention and substandard (non impaired). The methodology utilized was based on a migration analysis. Similar to the historical loss experience computation, in previous periods, the Corporation utilized a disproportionate weighting approach in computing its escalation multiple for loans graded as special mention and substandard (non-impaired), while as of December 31, 2013, the Corporation moved to an equal weighting approach. Management concluded that equal weighting provided a more representative estimate of the losses in the criticized and classified portions of the portfolio than disproportionate weighting.

 

The impact of these changes to the methodology resulted in approximately a $1 million increase to the allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2013.

 

In determining an appropriate amount for the allowance, the Bank segments and evaluates the loan portfolio based on Federal call report codes, which are based on collateral. The following portfolio classes have been identified:

Primary Residential Mortgages . The Bank originates one to four family residential mortgage loans within or near its primary geographic market area. Loans are secured by first liens on the primary residence or investment property. Primary risk characteristics associated with residential mortgage loans typically involve major living or lifestyle changes to the borrower, including unemployment or other loss of income; unexpected significant expenses, such as for major medical issues or catastrophic events; divorce or death. In addition, residential mortgage loans that have adjustable rates could expose the borrower to higher debt service requirements in a rising interest rate environment. Further, real estate value could drop significantly and cause the value of the property to fall below the loan amount, creating additional potential exposure for the Bank.

 

58
Table of Contents

Home Equity Lines of Credit . The Bank provides revolving lines of credit against one to four family residences within or near its primary geographic market. Primary risk characteristics associated with home equity lines of credit typically involve major living or lifestyle changes to the borrower, including unemployment or other loss of income; unexpected significant expenses, such as for major medical issues or catastrophic events; divorce or death. In addition, home equity lines of credit typically are made with variable or floating interest rates, such as the Prime Rate, which could expose the borrower to higher debt service requirements in a rising interest rate environment. Further, real estate value could drop significantly and cause the value of the property to fall below the loan amount, creating additional potential exposure for the Bank.

 

Junior Lien Loan on Residence . The Bank provides junior lien loans (“JLL”) against one to four family properties within or near its primary geographic market area. Junior liens loans can be either in the form of an amortizing home equity loan or a revolving home equity line of credit. These loans are subordinate to a first mortgage which may be from another lending institution. Primary risk characteristics associated with junior lien loans typically involve major living or lifestyle changes to the borrower, including unemployment or other loss of income; unexpected significant expenses, such as for major medical issues or catastrophic events; divorce or death. Further, real estate value could drop significantly and cause the value of the property to fall below the loan amount, creating additional potential exposure for the Bank.

 

Multifamily and Commercial Real Estate Loans . The Bank provides mortgage loans for multifamily properties (i.e. buildings which have five or more residential units) and other commercial real estate that is either owner occupied or managed as an investment property within or near its market area, including New York City. Commercial real estate properties primarily include office and medical buildings, retail space, and warehouse or flex space. Some properties are considered “mixed use” as they are a combination of building types, such as an apartment building that may also have retail space. Multifamily loans are expected to be repaid from the cash flow of the underlying property so the collective amount of rents must be sufficient to cover all operating expenses, property management and maintenance, taxes and debt service. Increases in vacancy rates, interest rates or other changes in general economic conditions can all have an impact on the borrower and their ability to repay the loan. Commercial real estate loans are generally considered to have a higher degree of credit risk than multifamily loans as they may be dependent on the ongoing success and operating viability of a fewer number of tenants who are occupying the property and who may have a greater degree of exposure to economic conditions.

 

Commercial and Industrial Loans . The Bank provides lines of credit and term loans to operating companies for business purposes. The loans are generally secured by business assets such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. Commercial and industrial loans are typically repaid first by the cash flow generated by the borrower’s business operation. The primary risk characteristics are specific to the underlying business and its ability to generate sustainable profitability and resulting positive cash flow. Factors that may influence a business’s profitability include, but are not limited to, demand for its products or services, quality and depth of management, degree of competition, regulatory changes, and general economic conditions. Commercial and industrial loans are generally secured by business assets; however, the ability of the Bank to foreclose and realize sufficient value from the assets is often highly uncertain.

 

Commercial Construction . The Bank has substantially wound down its commercial construction lending activity given the current economic environment. New construction loans would be considered only to experienced and reputable local builders and developers that have the capital and liquidity to carry a project to completion and stabilization. Construction loans are considered riskier than commercial financing on improved and established commercial real estate. The risk of potential loss increases if the original cost estimates or time to complete are significantly off.

 

Consumer and Other . These are loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures as well as obligations of states and political subdivisions in the U.S. This also represents all other loans that cannot be categorized in any of the previous mentioned loan segments.

59
Table of Contents

Premises and Equipment: Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are states at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation charges are computed using the straight-line method. Equipment and other fixed assets are depreciated over the estimated useful lives, which range from three to ten years. Premises are depreciated over the estimated useful life of 40 years, while leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the term of the lease. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. The cost of major renewals and improvements are capitalized. Gains or losses realized on routine dispositions are recorded as other income or other expense.

Other Real Estate Owned (OREO): Other real estate owned is initially recorded at fair value, less costs to sell. When a property is acquired, the excess of the loan balance over the estimated fair value is charged to the allowance for loan losses. A valuation allowance is recorded through earnings for any subsequent decline in fair value and any gains or losses on the sale of properties are recorded through earnings. Operating costs after acquisition are expensed.

Bank Owned Life Insurance (BOLI): The Bank has purchased life insurance policies on certain key executives. BOLI is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments: Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Income Taxes: The Corporation files a consolidated Federal income tax return. Separate state income tax returns are filed for each subsidiary based on current laws and regulations.

The Corporation recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in its financial statements or tax returns. The measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities is based on the enacted tax rates. Such tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effect of a change in tax rates in the period of enactment.

The Corporation recognizes a tax position as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded.

 

The Corporation is no longer subject to examination by the U.S. Federal tax authorities for years prior to 2010 or by New Jersey tax authorities for years prior to 2009.

 

The Corporation recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

Benefit Plans: The Corporation has a 401(K) profit-sharing and investment plan, which covers substantially all salaried employees over the age of 21 with at least 12 months of service.

Stock-Based Compensation: Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees and non-employee directors, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the fair value of the Corporation’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. Compensation expense is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. The stock options granted under these plans are exercisable at a price equal to the fair value of common stock on the date of grant and expire not more than ten years after the date of grant.

Earnings Per Share (“EPS”): In calculating earnings per share, there are no adjustments to net income available to common shareholders, which is the numerator of both the Basic and Diluted EPS. The weighted average number of shares outstanding used in the denominator for Diluted EPS is increased over the denominator used for Basic EPS by the effect of potentially dilutive common stock equivalents utilizing the treasury stock method. Common stock options outstanding are common stock equivalents, as are restricted stock until vested. Earnings and dividends per share are restated for all stock splits and stock dividends through the date of issuance of the financial statements.

60
Table of Contents

 

The following table shows the calculation of both basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

(In thousands, except per share data)   2013     2012     2011  
Net income available to common shareholders   $ 9,261     $ 9,222     $ 10,940  
Basic weighted average shares outstanding     9,094,111       8,780,973       8,741,209  
Plus:  common stock equivalents     82,688       47,501       1,061  
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding     9,176,799       8,828,474       8,742,270  
Earnings per share:                        
Basic   $ 1.02     $ 1.05     $ 1.25  
Diluted     1.01       1.05       1.25  

 

Stock options and restricted stock totaling 478,389, 546,950 and 657,121 shares were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, because they were considered antidilutive. These anti-dilutive shares include stock options, unvested restricted stock awards and, in 2011, the warrant issued to the U.S. Treasury for 150,296 common shares.

Loss Contingencies: Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonable estimated. Management does not believe there are any such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements.

Restrictions on Cash: Cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank was required to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements.

Comprehensive Income: Comprehensive income consists of net income and the change during the period in the Corporation’s net unrealized gains or losses on securities available for sale, net of tax, less adjustments for realized gains and losses, net amortization of the unrealized loss on securities transferred to held to maturity from available for sale and accretion of the non-credit component on certain held to maturity securities with other-than-temporary impairment charges in previous periods.

Equity: Stock dividends in excess of 20 percent are reported by transferring the par value of the stock issued from retained earnings to common stock. Stock dividends for 20 percent or less are reported by transferring the fair value, as of the ex-dividend date, of the stock issued from retained earnings to common stock and additional paid-in capital. Fractional share amounts are paid in cash with a reduction in retained earnings. Treasury stock is carried at cost.

Reclassification: Certain reclassifications have been made in the prior periods’ financial statements in order to conform to the 2012 presentation and had no effect on the consolidated income statements or shareholders’ equity.

New Accounting Policies:  Effective January 2012, the Corporation adopted ASU No. 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income (ASU 2011-05). ASU 2011-05 is intended to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income and to facilitate convergence of accounting guidance in this area with that of the IASB. The amendments require that all nonowner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05 (ASU 2011-12). ASU 2011-12 defers the provisions of ASU 2011-05 that require the presentation of reclassification adjustments on the face of both the statement of income and statement of other comprehensive income. Amendments under ASU 2011-05 that were not deferred under ASU 2011-12 will be applied retrospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this update did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

2. INVESTMENT SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY

 

On November 30, 2012, the Corporation sold its pooled trust preferred securities portfolio for total proceeds of $16.0 million, which resulted in a net gain of $2.9 million with related tax expense of $1.2 million. The sale was approved by the Corporation’s board of directors on November 16, 2012, following a strategic meeting focused on improving the Bank’s capital ratios. In previous years, the Corporation had recorded $51.0 million of credit other-than-temporary impairment on these securities. The sale of these securities resulted in a significant reduction in risk-weighted assets for regulatory capital purposes. In addition, the Corporation had a deferred tax asset totaling $20.9 million, due to the previous other-than-temporary impairment recorded on these securities, which was realized.

61
Table of Contents

The Corporation evaluated and concluded that, as a result of the sale of the pooled trust preferred securities portfolio, it no longer had the intent to hold the remaining held to maturity securities to maturity and, therefore, transferred the remaining held to maturity securities to available for sale in December, 2012. The amortized cost and fair value of the securities on the date of transfer was $64.2 million and $65.9 million, respectively.

In addition, during 2012, the Corporation received approximately $84 thousand of proceeds on pooled trust preferred securities that were previously written off. The $84 thousand was recorded as a gain on securities transactions.

The table below presents a rollforward for the periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 of the credit losses recognized in earnings:

       
(In thousands)   2012     2011  
Beginning balance, January 1,   $ 51,073     $ 51,073  
Additions to credit losses on securities for                
  which no previous other-than-temporary                
   impairment was recognized            
Increases to credit losses on securities for                
  which other-than-temporary impairment                
  was previously recognized            
Reductions for previous credit losses realized                
  on securities sold during the period     (51,073 )      
Reductions for previous credit losses related                
  to securities the company now intends to sell                
  or will be more likely than not required to sell            
Reductions for previous credit losses due to an                
  increase in cash flows expected to be collected            
Ending balance, December 31,   $     $ 51,073  

 

3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

 

A summary of amortized cost and approximate fair value of investment securities available for sale included in the consolidated statements of condition as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 follows:

 

    2013  
          Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrecognized     Unrecognized     Fair  
(In thousands)   Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
U.S. government-sponsored entities   $ 15,986     $     $ (1,216 )   $ 14,770  
Mortgage-backed securities-residential     187,574       2,651       (1,145 )     189,080  
State and political subdivisions     58,849       565       (71 )     59,343  
Single-issuer trust preferred security     2,999             (629 )     2,370  
CRA investment fund     3,000             (116 )     2,884  
  Total   $ 268,408     $ 3,216     $ (3,177 )   $ 268,447  

 

    2012  
          Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrecognized     Unrecognized     Fair  
(In thousands)   Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
U.S. government-sponsored entities   $ 26,647     $ 200     $ (2 )   $ 26,845  
Mortgage-backed securities-residential     215,092       6,366       (18 )     221,440  
State and political subdivisions     49,262       1,372       (2 )     50,632  
Single-issuer trust preferred security     2,999             (710 )     2,289  
CRA investment fund     3,000       62             3,062  
Marketable equity securities     210       1             211  
  Total   $ 297,210     $ 8,001     $ (732 )   $ 304,479  

62
Table of Contents

The amortized cost and approximate fair value of investment securities available for sale as of December 31, 2013, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or repay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Securities not due at a single maturity, such as mortgage-backed securities, marketable equity securities and the CRA Investment Fund, are shown separately.

 

Maturing in:            
(In thousands)   Amortized Cost     Fair Value  
One year or less   $ 29,043     $ 29,043  
After one year through five years     16,297       16,602  
After five years through ten years     14,543       14,566  
After ten years     17,951       16,272  
      77,834       76,483  
Mortgage-backed securities-residential     187,574       189,080  
CRA investment fund     3,000       2,884  
  Total   $ 268,408     $ 268,447  

 

Securities available for sale with fair value of $65.3 million and $63.8 million as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, were pledged to secure public funds and for other purposes required or permitted by law.

The following is a summary of the gross gains, gross losses and net tax expense related to proceeds on sales of securities available for sale for the years ended December 31,

 

(In thousands)   2013     2012     2011  
Proceeds on sales   $ 54,881     $ 35,087     $ 64,908  
Gross gains     1,010       864       1,154  
Gross losses     170       8       117  
Net tax expense     294       351       363  

 

The following table presents the Corporation’s available for sale securities with continuous unrealized losses and the approximate fair value of these investments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

    2013  
    Duration of Unrecognized Loss  
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  
    Approximate           Approximate           Approximate        
    Fair     Unrecognized     Fair     Unrecognized     Fair     Unrecognized  
(In thousands)   Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses  
U.S. government                                                
  sponsored entities   $ 14,770     $ (1,216 )   $     $     $ 14,770     $ (1,216 )
Mortgage-backed                                                
  securities-residential     71,154       (1,142 )     84       (3 )     71,238       (1,145 )
State and political                                                
  subdivisions     5,589       (71 )                 5,589       (71 )
Single-issuer trust                                                
  Preferred security                 2,370       (629 )     2,370       (629 )
CRA investment fund     2,884       (116 )                 2,884       (116 )
    Total   $ 94,397     $ (2,545 )   $ 2,454     $ (632 )   $ 96,851     $ (3,177 )

63
Table of Contents

    2012  
    Duration of Unrecognized Loss  
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  
    Approximate           Approximate           Approximate        
    Fair     Unrecognized     Fair     Unrecognized     Fair     Unrecognized  
(In thousands)   Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses  
U.S. government                                                
  sponsored entities   $ 4,998     $ (2 )   $     $     $ 4,998     $ (2 )
Mortgage-backed                                                
  securities-residential     8,433       (17 )     95       (1 )     8,528       (18 )
State and political                                                
  subdivisions     1,290       (2 )                 1,290       (2 )
Single-issuer trust                                                
  Preferred security                 2,289       (710 )     2,289       (710 )
    Total   $ 14,721     $ (21 )   $ 2,384     $ (711 )   $ 17,105     $ (732 )

 

Management believes that the unrealized losses on investment securities available for sale are temporary and due to interest rate fluctuations and/or volatile market conditions rather than the credit worthiness of the issuers. The Corporation does not intend to sell these securities nor is it likely that it will be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery.

At December 31, 2013, the unrealized loss of $629 thousand is related to a single-issuer trust preferred security issued by a large bank holding company that has experienced declines in fair value on all its securities due to the turmoil in the financial markets and a merger. The investment continues to be rated below investment grade and was rated in November 2013 at Ba1 by Moody’s compared to Ba2 at December 31, 2012. Management monitors the performance of the issuer on a quarterly basis to determine if there are any credit events that could result in deferral or default of the security. The fair value of this security at December 31, 2013, is higher than the fair value at December 31, 2012. Management believes the depressed valuation is a result of the nature of the bond, a trust preferred security, and the bond’s very low yield. At December 31 2013, Management does not intend to sell the security nor is it likely that it will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery.

No other-than-temporary impairment charges were recognized in 2013, 2012 or 2011.

 

4. LOANS

 

The following table presents loans outstanding, by type of loan, as of December 31:

 

          % of Total           % of Total  
(In thousands)   2013     Loans     2012     Loans  
Residential mortgage   $ 532,911       33.85 %   $ 515,014       45.47 %
Commercial mortgage     831,997       52.85       420,086       37.09  
Commercial loans     131,795       8.37       115,372       10.19  
Construction loans     5,893       0.38       9,328       0.83  
Home equity lines of credit     47,905       3.04       49,635       4.38  
Consumer loans, including                                
  fixed rate home equity loans     21,852       1.39       21,188       1.87  
Other loans     1,848       0.12       1,961       0.17  
    Total loans   $ 1,574,201       100.00 %   $ 1,132,584       100.00 %

 

Not included above were $19 million of classified loans that were transferred to loans held for sale in December 2012. Upon transfer, the Corporation recorded a charge-off on these loans totaling $5.4 million. These loans were disclosed as loans held for sale, at lower of cost or fair value, on the consolidated statements of condition as of December 31, 2012 with a balance of $13.7 million. In March 2013, the Corporation sold these loans resulting in a gain of $522 thousand.

64
Table of Contents

In determining an appropriate amount for the allowance, the Bank segments and evaluates the loan portfolio based on Federal call report codes. The following portfolio classes have been identified as of December 31:

 

          % of Total           %  of Total  
(In thousands)   2013     Loans     2012     Loans  
Primary residential mortgage   $ 546,827       34.82 %   $ 527,803       46.74 %
Home equity lines of credit     47,905       3.05       49,635       4.40  
Junior lien loan on residence     13,114       0.84       11,893       1.05  
Multifamily property     541,503       34.48       161,705       14.32  
Owner-occupied commercial                                
  real estate     79,735       5.08       84,720       7.50  
Investment commercial real estate     267,406       17.03       242,586       21.48  
Commercial and industrial     51,638       3.29       25,820       2.29  
Farmland     197       0.01       207       0.02  
Agricultural production loans           N/A       14       N/A  
Commercial construction     5,893       0.37       9,323       0.83  
Consumer and other     16,212       1.03       15,480       1.37  
   Total loans   $ 1,570,430       100.00 %   $ 1,129,186       100.00 %
Net deferred fees     3,771               3,398          
   Total loans including                                
      net deferred fees   $ 1,574,201             $ 1,132,584          

 

Included in the totals above for December 31, 2013 is $396 thousand of unamortized discount as compared to $543 thousand of unamortized discount for December 31, 2012.

In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation, through the Bank, may extend credit to officers, directors or their associates. These loans are subject to the Corporation’s normal lending policy and Federal Reserve Bank Regulation O.

The following table shows the changes in loans to officers, directors or their associates:

 

(In thousands)   2013     2012  
Balance, beginning of year   $ 1,345     $ 1,328  
New loans     1,301       1,636  
Repayments     (430 )     (1,619 )
Balance, at end of year   $ 2,216     $ 1,345  

65
Table of Contents

 

The following tables present the loan balances by portfolio segment, based on impairment method, and the corresponding balances in the allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

December 31, 2013
    Total     Ending ALLL     Total     Ending ALLL              
    Loans     Attributable     Loans     Attributable              
    Individually     to Loans     Collectively     to Loans              
    Evaluated     Individually     Evaluated     Collectively           Total  
    for     Evaluated for     for     Evaluated for     Total     Ending  
(In thousands)   Impairment     Impairment     Impairment     Impairment     Loans     ALLL  
Primary residential                                                
   mortgage   $ 3,691     $ 126     $ 543,136     $ 2,235     $ 546,827     $ 2,361  
Home equity lines                                                
   of credit     111             47,794       181       47,905       181  
Junior lien loan                                                
   on residence     260             12,854       156       13,114       156  
Multifamily                                                
   property                 541,503       4,003       541,503       4,003  
Owner-occupied                                                
   commercial                                                
   real estate     3,250       464       76,485       2,099       79,735       2,563  
Investment                                                
   commercial                                                
   real estate     9,949       741       257,457       4,342       267,406       5,083  
Commercial and                                                
   industrial     470       309       51,168       516       51,638       825  
Secured by                                                
   farmland                 197       3       197       3  
Agricultural                                                
   production                                    
Commercial                                                
   construction                 5,893       120       5,893       120  
Consumer and                                                
   other     13       13       16,199       65       16,212       78  
Total ALLL   $ 17,744     $ 1,653     $ 1,552,686     $ 13,720     $ 1,570,430     $ 15,373  

 

December 31, 2012

 

          Ending           Ending                          
          ALLL           ALLL                          
    Total     Attributable     Total     Attributable                          
    Loans     To Loans     Loans     To Loans           Total              
    Individually     Individually     Collectively     Collectively           Ending     Allocation        
    Evaluated     Evaluated     Evaluated     Evaluated           ALLL     Of Previous     Total  
    For     For     For     For     Total     Before     Unallocated     Ending  
(In thousands)   Impairment     Impairment     Impairment     Impairment     Loans     Allocation     ALLL     ALLL  
Primary residential                                                                
  mortgage   $ 7,155     $ 148     $ 520,648     $ 2,789     $ 527,803     $ 2,937     $ 110     $ 3,047  
Home equity                                                                
   lines of credit     110             49,525       257       49,635       257       10       267  
Junior lien loan                                                                
   on residence     562       240       11,331       71       11,893       311       3       314  
Multifamily                                                                
   property                 161,705       1,255       161,705       1,255       50       1,305  
Owner-occupied                                                                
   commercial                                                                
   real estate     4,724             79,996       2,413       84,720       2,413       96       2,509  
Investment                                                                
   commercial                                                                
   real estate     5,173       384       237,413       3,627       242,586       4,011       144       4,155  
Commercial and                                                                
   industrial     423       41       25,397       733       25,820       774       29       803  
Secured by                                                                
   farmland                 207       3       207       3             3  
Agricultural                                                                
   production                 14             14                    
Commercial                                                                
   construction                 9,323       231       9,323       231       9       240  
Consumer and                                                                
   other                 15,480       89       15,480       89       3       92  
Unallocated                       454             454       (454 )      
    Total ALLL   $ 18,147     $ 813     $ 1,111,039     $ 11,922     $ 1,129,186     $ 12,735     $     $ 12,735  

 

66
Table of Contents

Prior to December 31, 201 2 , the Company utilized the sum of all allowance amounts derived combined with a nominal unallocated allowance, as the primary indicator of the appropriate level of allowance for loan and lease losses. During the fourth quarter of 201 2 , the Company refined its allowance calculation whereby it pro-ratably “allocated” the portion of the allowance that was previously deemed to be unallocated allowance to identified loan classes.

 

Impaired loans include nonaccrual loans of $6.6 million at December 31, 2013 and $11.7 million at December 31, 2012. Impaired loans also include performing troubled debt restructured loans of $11.1 million at December 31, 2013 and $6.4 million at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, the allowance allocated to troubled debt restructured loans totaled $1.7 million of which $740 thousand was allocated to nonaccrual loans. At December 31, 2012, the allowance allocated to troubled debt restructured loans totaled $813 thousand of which $240 thousand was allocated to nonaccrual loans. All accruing troubled debt restructured loans were paying in accordance with restructured terms as of December 31, 2013. The Corporation has not committed to lend additional amounts as of December 31, 2013 to customers with outstanding loans that are classified as loan restructurings.

 

The following tables present loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

    December 31, 2013  
    Unpaid                 Average     Interest  
    Principal     Recorded     Specific     Impaired     Income  
(In thousands)   Balance     Investment     Reserves     Loans     Recognized  
With no related allowance recorded:                                        
  Primary residential mortgage   $ 3,777     $ 2,984     $     $ 4,813     $ 55  
  Owner-occupied commercial real estate     1,346       1,193             1,893       36  
  Investment commercial real estate     5,000       5,000             314       4  
  Commercial and industrial     176       161             121       4  
  Home equity lines of credit     111       111             119       5  
  Junior lien loan on residence     370       260             312       5  
    Total loans with no related allowance   $ 10,780     $ 9,709     $     $ 7,572     $ 109  
With related allowance recorded:                                        
  Primary residential mortgage   $ 707     $ 707     $ 126     $ 636     $ 29  
  Owner-occupied commercial real estate     2,190       2,057       464       2,100       16  
  Investment commercial real estate     4,949       4,949       741       4,949       618  
  Commercial and industrial     323       309       309       269       4  
  Junior lien loan on residence                              
  Consumer and other     13       13       13              
    Total loans with related allowance   $ 8,182     $ 8,035     $ 1,653     $ 7,954     $ 667  
Total loans individually evaluated                                        
  for impairment   $ 18,962     $ 17,744     $ 1,653     $ 15,526     $ 776  
67
Table of Contents

 

    December 31, 2012  
    Unpaid                 Average     Interest  
    Principal     Recorded     Specific     Impaired     Income  
(In thousands)   Balance     Investment     Reserves     Loans     Recognized  
With no related allowance recorded:                                        
  Primary residential mortgage   $ 8,605     $ 6,148     $     $ 8,110     $ 384  
  Multifamily property                       185       16  
  Owner-occupied commercial real estate     4,971       4,724             9,575       570  
  Investment commercial real estate     336                   796       51  
  Commercial and industrial     432       345             640       47  
  Home equity lines of credit     110       110             221       11  
  Junior lien loan on residence     429       235             439       30  
    Total loans with no related allowance   $ 14,883     $ 11,562     $     $ 19,966     $ 1,109  
With related allowance recorded:                                        
  Primary residential mortgage   $ 1,056     $ 1,007     $ 148     $ 851     $ 38  
  Multifamily property                              
  Owner-occupied commercial real estate                              
  Investment commercial real estate     5,183       5,173       384       5,013       251  
  Commercial and industrial     78       78       41       92       74  
  Junior lien loan on residence     327       327       240             8  
  Commercial construction                       194        
    Total loans with related allowance   $ 6,644     $ 6,585     $ 813     $ 6,150     $ 371  
Total loans individually evaluated                                        
  for impairment   $ 21,527     $ 18,147     $ 813     $ 26,116     $ 1,480  

 

Cash basis interest income recognized during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was not material.

 

The following tables present the recorded investment in nonaccrual and loans past due over 90 days still on accrual by class of loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

    December 31, 2013  
          Loans Past Due Over  
          90 Days and Still  
(In thousands)   Nonaccrual     Accruing Interest  
Primary residential mortgage   $ 2,641     $  
Home equity lines of credit     111        
Junior lien loan on residence     260        
Multifamily property            
Owner-occupied commercial real estate     3,250        
Investment commercial real estate            
Commercial and industrial     355        
Consumer and other     13        
  Total   $ 6,630     $  

 

    December 31, 2012  
          Loans Past Due Over  
          90 Days and Still  
(In thousands)   Nonaccrual     Accruing Interest  
Primary residential mortgage   $ 6,519     $  
Home equity lines of credit     110        
Junior lien loan on residence     562        
Multifamily property            
Owner-occupied commercial real estate     4,317        
Investment commercial real estate     224        
Commercial and industrial            
Consumer and other            
  Total   $ 11,732     $  

68
Table of Contents

The following tables present the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 by class of loans, excluding nonaccrual loans:

 

    December 31, 2013  
    30-59     60-89     Greater Than        
    Days     Days     90 Days     Total  
(In thousands)   Past Due     Past Due     Past Due     Past Due  
Primary residential mortgage   $ 1,443     $ 677     $     $ 2,120  
Home equity lines of credit     12                   12  
Owner-occupied commercial real estate     703                   703  
Investment commercial real estate     118                   118  
  Total   $ 2,276     $ 677     $     $ 2,953  

 

    December 31, 2012  
    30-59     60-89     Greater Than        
    Days     Days     90 Days     Total  
(In thousands)   Past Due     Past Due     Past Due     Past Due  
Primary residential mortgage   $ 2,513     $ 203     $     $ 2,716  
Home equity lines of credit     25                   25  
Junior lien loan on residence     31                   31  
Owner-occupied commercial real estate     407                   407  
Investment commercial real estate     592                   592  
Commercial and industrial     15                   15  
  Total   $ 3,583     $ 203     $     $ 3,786  

 

Credit Quality Indicators:

 

The Corporation places all commercial loans into various credit risk rating categories based on an assessment of the expected ability of the borrowers to properly service their debt.   The assessment considers numerous factors including, but not limited to, current financial information on the borrower, historical payment experience, strength of any guarantor, nature of and value of any collateral, acceptability of the loan structure and documentation, relevant public information and current economic trends.  This credit risk rating analysis is performed when the loan is initially underwritten.  The credit risk rating is re-evaluated annually by credit underwriters for all loans $500,000 and over; annually through a limited review by Portfolio Managers with the Chief Credit Officer for loans in an amount of $250,000 up to $500,000; annually by an external independent  loan review firm for all loans $3,000,000 and over, on a proportional basis by the review firm for loans from $500,000 up to $3,000,000, and on a random sampling basis by the review firm for loans under $500,000; or whenever Management otherwise identifies a positive or negative trend or issue relating to a borrower. The Corporation uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

 

Special Mention: Loans subject to special mention have a potential weakness that deserves Management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loans or of the institution’s credit position at some future date.

Substandard: Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful: Loans classified as doubtful have all the weakness inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable.

The Corporation considers the performance of the loan portfolio and its impact on the allowance for loan losses. For residential and consumer loans, the Corporation evaluated credit quality primarily based on the delinquency status of the loan, which was previously presented.

69
Table of Contents

Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass rated loans.

The table below presents, based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of loans by class of loans for December 31, 2013 and 2012.

December 31, 2013

          Special              
(In thousands)   Pass     Mention     Substandard     Doubtful  
Primary residential mortgage   $ 540,609     $ 1,510     $ 4,708     $  
Home equity lines of credit     47,794             111        
Junior lien loan on residence     12,854             260        
Multifamily property     540,993       510              
Owner-occupied commercial real estate     70,218       619       8,898        
Investment commercial real estate     238,722       9,573       19,111        
Commercial and industrial     51,144       23       471        
Secured by farmland     197                    
Commercial construction     4,340       1,553              
Consumer and other loans     15,106       837       269        
  Total   $ 1,521,977     $ 14,625     $ 33,828     $  

 

December 31, 2012

          Special              
(In thousands)   Pass     Mention     Substandard     Doubtful  
Primary residential mortgage   $ 517,336     $ 3,152     $ 7,315     $  
Home equity lines of credit     49,525             110        
Junior lien loan on residence     11,294       37       562        
Multifamily property     161,229       476              
Owner-occupied commercial real estate     73,809       334       10,577        
Investment commercial real estate     216,394       13,237       12,955        
Agricultural production loans     14                    
Commercial and industrial     25,191       134       495        
Secured by farmland     207                    
Commercial construction     3,999       5,324              
Consumer and other loans     15,480                    
  Total   $ 1,074,478     $ 22,694     $ 32,014     $  

 

At December 31, 2013, $17.7 million of the $33.8 million of the substandard loans were also considered impaired as compared to December 31, 2012, when $18.1 million of the $32.0 million of the substandard loans were also considered impaired.

 

70
Table of Contents

The tables below present a rollforward of the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

    January 1,                       December 31,  
    2013                       2013  
    Beginning                       Ending  
(In thousands)   ALLL     Charge-Offs     Recoveries     Provision     ALLL  
Primary residential mortgage   $ 3,047     $ (611 )   $ 48     $ (123 )   $ 2,361  
Home equity lines of credit     267                   (86 )     181  
Junior lien loan on residence     314       (346 )     17       171       156  
Multifamily property     1,305             11       2,687       4,003  
Owner-occupied commercial                                        
  real estate     2,509             77       (23 )     2,563  
Investment commercial real estate     4,155       (56 )     26       958       5,083  
Commercial and industrial     803       (16 )     64       (26 )     825  
Secured by farmland     3                         3  
Commercial construction     240             1       (121 )     120  
Consumer and other     92       (11 )     9       (12 )     78  
    Total ALLL   $ 12,735     $ (1,040 )   $ 253     $ 3,425     $ 15,373  

 

    January 1,                       December 31,  
    2012                       2012  
    Beginning                       Ending  
(In thousands)   ALLL     Charge-Offs     Recoveries     Provision     ALLL  
Primary residential mortgage   $ 2,414     $ (1,676 )   $ 3     $ 2,306     $ 3,047  
Home equity lines of credit     204       (91 )           154       267  
Junior lien loan on residence     64       (57 )     6       301       314  
Multifamily property     705       (492 )           1,092       1,305  
Owner-occupied commercial                                        
  real estate     3,108       (4,047 )     299       3,149       2,509  
Investment commercial real estate     4,181       (2,448 )     17       2,405       4,155  
Agricultural production     1                   (1 )      
Commercial and industrial     1,291       (233 )     60       (315 )     803  
Secured by farmland                       3       3  
Commercial construction     669       (72 )           (357 )     240  
Consumer and other     78       (43 )     11       46       92  
Unallocated     508                   (508 )      
    Total ALLL   $ 13,223     $ (9,159 )   $ 396     $ 8,275     $ 12,735  

 

    January 1,                       December 31,  
    2011                       2011  
    Beginning                       Ending  
(In thousands)   ALLL     Charge-Offs     Recoveries     Provision     ALLL  
Primary residential mortgage   $ 1,502     $ (763 )   $     $ 1,675     $ 2,414  
Home equity lines of credit     160       (89 )           133       204  
Junior lien loan on residence     228       (13 )     14       (165 )     64  
Multifamily property     303       (75 )     8       469       705  
Owner-occupied commercial                                        
  real estate     2,777       (3,405 )     40       3,696       3,108  
Investment commercial real estate     4,759       (3,287 )     48       2,661       4,181  
Agricultural production                       1       1  
Commercial and industrial     2,719       (272 )     108       (1,264 )     1,291  
Commercial construction     1,246       (607 )     11       19       669  
Consumer and other     66       (28 )     1       39       78  
Unallocated     522                   (14 )     508  
    Total ALLL   $ 14,282     $ (8,539 )   $ 230     $ 7,250     $ 13,223  

 

71
Table of Contents

Troubled Debt Restructurings: The Corporation has allocated $1.6 million and $723 thousand of specific reserves to customers whose loan terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. There were no unfunded commitments to lend additional amounts to customers with outstanding loans that are classified as troubled debt restructurings.

During the period ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the terms of certain loans were modified as troubled debt restructurings. The modification of the terms of such loans included one or a combination of the followings: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan; an extension of the maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk; or a permanent reduction of the recorded investment in the loan.

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

          Pre-Modification     Post-Modification  
          Outstanding     Outstanding  
    Number of     Recorded     Recorded  
(Dollars in thousands)   Contracts     Investment     Investment  
Primary residential mortgage     4     $ 760     $ 760  
Investment commercial real estate     1       5,000       5,000  
  Total     5     $ 5,760     $ 5,760  

 

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

          Pre-Modification     Post-Modification  
          Outstanding     Outstanding  
    Number of     Recorded     Recorded  
(Dollars in thousands)   Contracts     Investment     Investment  
Primary residential mortgage     3     $ 553     $ 553  
Junior lien on residence     1       274       274  
Investment commercial real estate     1       2,648       2,648  
  Total     5     $ 3,475     $ 3,475  

 

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

          Pre-Modification     Post-Modification  
          Outstanding     Outstanding  
    Number of     Recorded     Recorded  
(Dollars in thousands)   Contracts     Investment     Investment  
Primary residential mortgage     3     $ 1,410     $ 1,410  
Owner-occupied commercial real estate     1       412       412  
Investment commercial real estate     1       4,949       4,949  
  Total     5     $ 6,771     $ 6,771  

 

The identification of the troubled debt restructured loans did not have a significant impact on the allowance for loan losses. In addition, there were no charge-offs as a result of the classification of these loans as troubled debt restructuring during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

72
Table of Contents

 

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings during the year ended December 31, 2013 for which there was a payment default during the same period:

 

    Number of     Recorded  
(Dollars in thousands)   Contracts     Investment  
Primary residential mortgage     1     $ 59  
  Total     1     $ 59  

 

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings during the year ended December 31, 2012 for which there was a payment default during the same period:

 

    Number of     Recorded  
(Dollars in thousands)   Contracts     Investment  
Junior lien on residence     1     $ 240  
  Total     1     $ 240  

 

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings during the year ended December 31, 2011 for which there was a payment default during the same period:

 

    Number of     Recorded  
(Dollars in thousands)   Contracts     Investment  
Owner-occupied commercial real estate     1     $ 412  
  Total     1     $ 412  

 

The defaults described above did not have a material impact on the allowance for loan losses during 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Corporation’s internal underwriting policy. At the time a loan is restructured, the Bank performs a full re-underwriting analysis, which includes, at a minimum, obtaining current financial statements and tax returns, copies of all leases, and an updated independent appraisal of the property. A loan will continue to accrue interest if it can be reasonably determined that the borrower should be able to perform under the modified terms, that the loan has not been chronically delinquent (both to debt service and real estate taxes) or in nonaccrual status since its inception, and that there have been no charge-offs on the loan. Restructured loans with previous charge-offs would not accrue interest at the time of the troubled debt restructuring. At a minimum, six months of contractual payments would need to be made on a restructured loan before returning a loan to accrual status. Once a loan is classified as a TDR, the loan is reported as a TDR until the loan is paid in full, sold or charged-off. In rare circumstances, a loan may be removed from TDR status, if it meets the requirements of ASC 310-40-50-2.

 

5. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

The following table presents premises and equipment as of December 31,

 

(In thousands)   2013     2012  
Land and land improvements   $ 4,933     $ 4,933  
Buildings     11,931       11,920  
Furniture and equipment     15,375       20,306  
Leasehold improvements     7,891       9,107  
Projects in progress     1,703       179  
Capital lease asset     8,911       8,911  
      50,744       55,356  
Less:  accumulated depreciation     21,754       25,326  
  Total   $ 28,990     $ 30,030  

73
Table of Contents

The Corporation has included leases in premises and equipment as follows:

 

(In thousands)   2013     2012  
Land and buildings   $ 8,911     $ 8,911  
Less:  accumulated depreciation     1,747       1,207  
  Total   $ 7,164     $ 7,704  

 

Projects in progress represents costs associated with the modification to the Corporation’s headquarters in order to bring all operations staff into one location in addition to smaller renovation or equipment installation projects at other locations.

The Corporation recorded depreciation expense of $3.5 million, $2.9 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The Corporation leases its corporate headquarters building under a capital lease. The lease arrangement requires monthly payments through 2025. Related depreciation expense and accumulated depreciation of $400 thousand is included in both the 2013 and 2012 results.

In December 2011, the Corporation completed a sale-leaseback transaction involving its Gladstone property. The Corporation leased the majority of the building to house its branch. The lease arrangement requires monthly payments through 2031. The gain on the sale of $764 thousand was deferred and will be accreted to income over the life of the lease. Payments began on January 1, 2012 and no expense is included in the 2011 results. Related depreciation expense and accumulated depreciation of $141 thousand is included in both the 2013 and 2012 results.

The following is a schedule by year of future minimum lease payments under capitalized leases, together with the present value of net minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2013:

(In thousands)      
2014   $ 719  
2015     760  
2016     760  
2017     833  
2018     866  
Thereafter     8,192  
  Total minimum lease payments     12,130  
  Less: amount representing interest     3,376  
    Present value of net minimum lease payments   $ 8,754  

 

6. OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Corporation had other real estate owned, net of valuation allowances, totaling $1.9 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

The following table shows the activity in other real estate owned, excluding the valuation allowance, for the years ended December 31,

 

(In thousands)   2013     2012  
Balance, beginning of year   $ 4,506     $ 8,002  
OREO properties added     3,119       2,466  
Sales during year     (3,664 )     (5,962 )
Balance, end of year   $ 3,961     $ 4,506  

74
Table of Contents

The following table shows the activity in the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31,

 

(In thousands)   2013     2012     2011  
Balance, beginning of year   $ 1,010     $ 865     $  
Additions charged to expense     1,010       145       865  
Direct writedowns                  
Balance, end of year   $ 2,020     $ 1,010     $ 865  

 

The following table shows expenses related to other real estate owned for the years ended December 31,

 

(In thousands)   2013     2012     2011  
Net (gain)/loss on sales   $ (85 )   $ 89     $ 203  
Provision for unrealized losses     1,010       145       865  
Operating expenses, net of rental income     179       356       179  
  Total   $ 1,104     $ 590     $ 1,247  

 

7. DEPOSITS

 

The following table sets forth the details of total deposits as of December 31,

 

    2013     2012  
(In thousands)   $     %        $     %    
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   $ 356,119       21.62 %   $ 298,095       19.66 %
Interest-bearing Checking     388,340       23.57       346,877       22.87  
Savings     115,785       7.03       109,686       7.23  
Money market     630,173       38.26       583,197       38.46  
Certificates of deposit     151,833       9.22       173,572       11.45  
Brokered certificates of deposit     5,000       0.30       5,000       0.33  
  Total deposits   $ 1,647,250       100.00 %   $ 1,516,427       100.00 %

 

The scheduled maturities of time deposits as of December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

(In thousands)      
2014   $ 99,225  
2015     27,127  
2016     10,462  
2017     9,392  
2018     10,627  
  Total   $ 156,833  

 

8. FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES AND OTHER BORROWINGS

 

Advances from FHLB totaled $74.7 million and $12.2 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, with a weighted average interest rate of 1.80 percent and 3.03 percent, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2013 advances totaling $62.7 million with a weighted average rate of 1.57 percent, have fixed maturity dates, while at December 31, 2012 there were no advances with fixed maturity dates. At December 31, 2013 there were no amortizing advances while at December 31, 2012, advances totaling $218 thousand with a weighted average rate of 3.73 percent were amortizing advances with monthly payments of principal and interest. The fixed rate advances are secured by blanket pledges of certain 1-4 family residential mortgages totaling $449.9 million at December 31, 2013 and $59.3 million at December 31, 2012.

 

75
Table of Contents

 

At both December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Corporation had $12.0 million in variable rate advances, with a weighted average rate of 3.01 percent, that are noncallable for two or three years and then callable quarterly with final maturities of ten years from the original date of the advance. All of these advances are beyond their initial noncallable periods. These advances are secured by pledges of investment securities totaling $13.3 million at December 31, 2013 and $15.0 million at December 31, 2012.

 

The advances have prepayment penalties.

 

The scheduled principal repayments and maturities of advances as of December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

(In thousands)      
2014   $  
2015      
2016     21,897  
2017     20,897  
2018     31,898  
Over 5 years      
  Total   $ 74,692  

 

At December 31, 2013 there were overnight borrowings with the FHLB of $54.9 million with a weighted average rate of 0.40 percent and at December 31, 2012 there were no overnight borrowings. At December 31, 2013, unused short-term or overnight borrowing commitments totaled $472.5 million from the FHLB and $29.2 million from correspondent banks.

 

9. FAIR VALUE

 

Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.
   
Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other that Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
   
Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing as asset or liability.

 

The Corporation used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate the fair value:

Investment Securities: The fair values for investment securities are determined by quoted market prices (Level 1). For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated based on market prices of similar securities (Level 2). For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators (Level 3).

Loans Held for Sale, at Fair Value: The fair value of loans held for sale is determined using quoted prices for similar assets, adjusted for specific attributes of that loan or other observable market data, such as outstanding commitments from third party investors (Level 2).

Loans Held for Sale, at Lower of Cost or Fair Value: The fair value of this category of loans held for sale is determined using the lower of book value or estimated sale price as calculated by a third-party broker for each loan (Level 2).

76
Table of Contents

Impaired Loans: The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses is generally based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.

Other Real Estate Owned: Nonrecurring adjustments to certain commercial and residential real estate properties classified as other real estate owned (OREO) are measured at fair value, less costs to sell. Fair values are based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may use a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.

Appraisals for both collateral-dependent impaired loans and other real estate owned are performed by certified general appraisers (for commercial properties) or certified residential appraisers (for residential properties) whose qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and verified by Management. Once received, a member of the Credit Department reviews the assumptions and approaches utilized in the appraisal, as well as the overall resulting fair value in comparison with independent data sources such as recent market data or industry-wide statistics. Appraisals on collateral dependent impaired loans and other real estate owned (consistent for all loan types) are obtained on an annual basis, unless a significant change in the market or other factors warrants a more frequent appraisal. On an annual basis, Management compares the actual selling price of any collateral that has been sold to the most recent appraised value to determine what additional adjustment should be made to the appraisal value to arrive at fair value for other properties. The most recent analysis performed indicated that a discount up to 15 percent should be applied to appraisals on properties. The discount is determined based on the nature of the underlying properties, aging of appraisal and other factors. For each collateral-dependent impaired loan we consider other factors, such as certain indices or other market information, as well as property specific circumstances to determine if an adjustment to the appraised value is needed. In situations where there is evidence of change in value, the Bank will determine if there is need for an adjustment to the specific reserve on the collateral dependent impaired loans. When the Bank applies an interim adjustment, it generally shows the adjustment as an incremental specific reserve against the loan until it has received the full updated appraisal. As of December 31, 2013, all collateral-dependent impaired loans and other real estate owned valuations were supported by an appraisal less than 12 months old with the exception of two loans aggregating $117 thousand which were placed on nonaccrual in December 2013 and updated appraisals were ordered.

 

77
Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including financial assets for which the Corporation has elected the fair value option:

          Fair Value Measurements Using  
          Quoted              
          Prices In              
          Active              
          Markets     Significant        
          For     Other     Significant  
          Identical     Observable     Unobservable  
          Assets     Inputs     Inputs  
(In thousands)   December 31, 2013     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
Assets:                                
Securities available for sale:                                
  U.S. government-sponsored entities   $ 14,770     $     $ 14,770     $  
  Mortgage-backed securities-residential     189,080             189,080        
  State and political subdivisions     59,343             59,343        
  Single-issuer trust preferred security     2,370             2,370        
  CRA investment fund     2,884       2,884              
   Loans held for sale, at fair value     2,001             2,001        
    Total   $ 270,448     $ 2,884     $ 267,564     $  
                                 
(In thousands)   December 31, 2012                          
Assets:                                
Securities available for sale:                                
  U.S. government-sponsored entities   $ 26,845     $     $ 26,845     $  
  Mortgage-backed securities-residential     221,440             221,440        
  State and political subdivisions     50,632             50,632        
  Single-issuer trust preferred security     2,289             2,289        
  CRA investment fund     3,062       3,062              
  Marketable equity securities     211       211              
   Loans held for sale, at fair value     6,461             6,461        
    Total   $ 310,940     $ 3,273     $ 307,667     $  

 

The Corporation has elected the fair value option for loans held for sale. These loans are intended for sale and the Corporation believes that the fair value is the best indicator of the resolution of these loans. Interest income is recorded based on the contractual terms of the loan and in accordance with the Corporation’s policy on loans held for investment. None of these loans are 90 days or more past due nor on nonaccrual as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

Residential loans held for sale, at fair value, totaled $2.0 million and $6.5 million as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and were determined to be Level 2.

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the year ended December 31, 2013.

78
Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis:

 

          Fair Value Measurements Using  
          Quoted              
          Prices In              
          Active              
          Markets     Significant        
          For     Other     Significant  
          Identical     Observable     Unobservable  
          Assets     Inputs     Inputs  
(In thousands)   December 31, 2013     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
Assets:                                
Impaired loans:                                
  Primary residential mortgage   $ 85                   85  
  Owner occupied commercial real estate     1,593                   1,593  
OREO     980     $     $     $ 980  
                                 
(In thousands)     December 31, 2012                          
Assets:                                
Impaired loans:                                
  Primary residential mortgage   $ 346     $     $     $ 346  
Investment commercial real estate     160                       160  
Loans held for sale:                                
  Primary residential mortgage     592             592        
  Multifamily     282             282        
  Owner-occupied commercial mortgage     5,960             5,960        
  Investment commercial real estate     6,652             6,652        
  Commercial and industrial     263             263        
OREO     1,990                   1,990  

 

Impaired loans that are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans, had a recorded investment of $2.1 million, with a valuation allowance of $471 thousand at December 31, 2013. Impaired loans that are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans, had a recorded investment of $596 thousand, with a valuation allowance of $90 thousand at December 31, 2012.

Loans totaling $13.7 million were transferred to loans held for sale in December 2012 resulting in additional provision of $4.1 million and a charge-off of $5.4 million.

At both December 31, 2013 and 2012, OREO at fair value represents one commercial property. The Corporation recorded a valuation allowance of $1.01 million and $145 thousand during 2013 and 2012, respectively.

79
Table of Contents

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments at December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

    Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013 Using  
    Carrying                          
(In thousands)   Amount     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Financial assets                                        
   Cash and cash equivalents   $ 35,147     $ 34,397     $ 750     $     $ 35,147  
   Securities available for sale     268,447       2,884       265,563             268,447  
   FHLB and FRB stock     10,032                         N/A  
   Loans held for sale, at fair value     2,001             2,001             2,001  
   Loans, net of allowance for loan losses     1,558,828                   1,528,937       1,528,937  
   Accrued interest receivable     4,086             817       3,269       4,086  
Financial liabilities                                        
   Deposits   $ 1,647,250     $ 1,490,417     $ 156,078     $     $ 1,646,495  
  Overnight borrowings     54,900             54,900               54,900  
   Federal Home Loan Bank advances     74,692             75,728             75,728  
   Accrued interest payable     340       49       291             340  

 

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

    Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012 Using  
    Carrying                          
(In thousands)   Amount     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Financial assets                                        
   Cash and cash equivalents   $ 119,228     $ 116,284     $ 2,944     $     $ 119,228  
   Securities available for sale     304,479       211       304,268             304,479  
   FHLB and FRB stock     4,639                         N/A  
   Loans held for sale, at fair value     6,461             6,461             6,461  
   Loans held for sale, at lower of cost or fair value     13,749             13,749             13,749  
   Loans, net of allowance for loan losses     1,119,849                   1,120,537       1,120,537  
   Accrued interest receivable     3,864             958       2,906       3,864  
Financial liabilities                                        
   Deposits   $ 1,516,427     $ 1,337,855     $ 180,505     $     $ 1,518,360  
   Federal Home Loan Bank advances     12,218             13,518             13,518  
   Accrued interest payable     306       37       269             306  

 

The methods and assumptions, not previously presented, used to estimate fair values are described as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts of cash and short-term instruments approximate fair values and are classified as either Level 1 or Level 2.

FHLB and FRB stock: It is not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLB or FRB stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability.

Loans: For variable rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values resulting in a Level 3 classification. Fair values for other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality resulting in a Level 3 classification. Impaired loans are valued at the lower of cost or fair value as described previously. The methods utilized to estimate the fair value of loans do not necessarily represent an exit price.

Deposits: The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and noninterest checking, savings and money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date, (i.e., the carrying amount) resulting in a Level 1 classification. The carrying amounts of variable-rate certificates of deposit approximate the fair values at the reporting date resulting in Level 2 classification. Fair values for fixed rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits resulting in a Level 2 classification.

Overnight borrowings: The carrying amounts of overnight borrowings approximate fair values and are classified as Level 2.

80
Table of Contents

Federal Home Loan Bank advances: The fair values of the Corporation’s long-term borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements resulting in a Level 2 classification.

Accrued interest receivable/payable: The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value resulting in a Level 2 or Level 3 classification.

Off-balance sheet instruments: Fair values for off-balance sheet, credit-related financial instruments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. The fair value of commitments is not material.

 

10. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

 

The following table presents the major components of other operating expenses for the years ended December 31,

 

(In thousands)   2013     2012     2011  
Trust & Investments other expense   $ 1,702     $ 1,462     $ 1,542  
Professional and legal fees     2,085       1,301       987  
FDIC insurance     1,121       1,208       1,532  
Loan expense     676       877       1,029  
Telephone     696       647       765  
Advertising     519       512       697  
Provision for ORE losses     1,010       145       865  
Other operating expenses     5,211       5,116       4,381  
  Total other operating expenses   $ 13,020     $ 11,268     $ 11,798  

 

11. INCOME TAXES

 

The income tax expense included in the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, is allocated as follows:

 

(In thousands)   2013     2012     2011  
Federal:                        
  Current expense   $ 2,811     $ (7,942 )   $ 3,856  
  Deferred expense/(benefit)     1,299       12,887       1,364  
State:                        
  Current expense     21       (3 )     1  
  Deferred expense/(benefit)     1,371       1,463       (431 )
  Reversal of valuation allowance                 (2,976 )
    Total income tax expense   $ 5,502     $ 6,405     $ 1,814  

 

Total income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. Federal income tax rate of 35 percent to income before taxes as a result of the following:

 

(In thousands)   2013     2012     2011  
Computed “expected” tax expense   $ 5,167     $ 5,635     $ 4,894  
(Decrease)/increase in taxes resulting from:                        
  Tax-exempt income     (317 )     (341 )     (350 )
  State income taxes     901       949       (2,200 )
  Bank owned life insurance income     (243 )     (112 )     (413 )
  Interest disallowance     10       16       23  
  Stock-based compensation     54       58       65  
  Rate adjustment     (100 )     200       (100 )
  Other     (30 )           (105 )
    Total income tax expense   $ 5,502     $ 6,405     $ 1,814  

81
Table of Contents

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31 are as follows:

 

(In thousands)   2013     2012  
Deferred tax assets:                
  Allowance for loan losses   $ 6,280     $ 5,202  
  Valuation allowance for OREO losses     825       413  
  Federal and state net operating loss carryforward     1,110       6,739  
  Lease adjustment     167       183  
  Federal AMT credit carryforward     540       540  
  Post retirement benefits     414       475  
  Prepaid alternative minimum assessment     283       283  
  Contribution limitation     34       56  
  Charitable contribution carryforward     32        
  Organization costs     26        
  State capital loss           19  
  Stock option expense     347       282  
  Nonaccrued interest     181       452  
  Accrued compensation     1,473       319  
  Capital leases     756       631  
    Total gross deferred tax assets   $ 12,468     $ 15,594  
Deferred tax liabilities:                
  Bank premises and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation   $ 668     $ 1,394  
  Unrealized gain on securities available for sale     15       2,969  
  Deferred loan origination costs and fees     1,565       1,315  
  Deferred income     438       396  
  Investment securities, principally due to the accretion of bond discount     20       27  
  Other           15  
Total gross deferred tax liabilities     2,706       6,116  
Net deferred tax asset   $ 9,762     $ 9,478  

 

The net deferred tax asset includes the tax effect of nearly $19.0 million of New Jersey net operating loss carryforwards that expire from 2014 through 2032.

 

During 2008, the Corporation recorded a $56.1 million other-than-temporary impairment on its trust preferred pooled securities. The impairment was recorded at the Bank level and resulted in a deferred state tax benefit of approximately $3.3 million. At December 31, 2008, the Corporation concluded that it was more likely than not that it would not realize this state tax benefit before the expiration of the net operating loss carryforward period and recorded a full valuation allowance against the state tax benefit. At the time, the analysis was based on numerous factors, including the State of New Jersey tax statutes, the ongoing performance and related forecasts of the Corporation and the Bank and the status of the economy and its impact on the forecasts.

 

The Corporation concluded, during the third quarter of 2011, that it was more likely than not that the 2008 state tax benefit was realizable and as such reversed the full valuation allowance, which resulted in an income tax benefit recognized in the third quarter of $3.0 million. The determination was based on the trends in state taxable income of the Bank and the five-year earnings forecast that was completed during the third quarter of 2011.

 

In 2012, the Corporation sold the pooled trust preferred securities resulting in a federal tax loss carryback refund claim of $8.1 million. The remaining deferred tax asset for OTTI was converted to deferred tax assets relating to federal and state net operating loss carryforwards.

 

Based upon taxes paid and projected future taxable income, Management believes that it is more likely than not that the gross deferred tax assets will be realized.

82
Table of Contents

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Corporation had no unrecognized tax benefits. The Corporation does not expect the amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly change in the next twelve months.

 

The Corporation is subject to U.S. Federal income tax as well as New Jersey income tax. The Corporation is no longer subject to federal examination for tax years prior to 2010. The tax years of 2010, 2011 and 2012 remain open to federal examination. The Corporation is no longer subject to New Jersey examination for tax years prior to 2009. The tax years of 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 remain open for state examination.

 

12. BENEFIT PLANS

 

The Corporation sponsors a profit sharing plan and a savings plan under Section 401(K) of the Internal Revenue Code, covering substantially all salaried employees over the age of 21 with at least 12 months of service. Under the savings plan, the Corporation contributes three percent of salary for each employee regardless of the employees’ contributions as well as partially matching employee contributions. In addition, the Corporation is contributing an enhanced benefit to employees who were previously in the defined benefit plan, which was discontinued in 2008. In 2013 and 2012, the enhanced benefit was approximately $850 thousand and $856 thousand, respectively. Expense for the savings plan totaled approximately $1.9 million, $1.8 million and $1.9 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

Contributions to the profit sharing plan are made at the discretion of the Board of Directors and all funds are invested solely in Peapack-Gladstone Corporation common stock. The aggregate contribution to the profit sharing plan was $200 thousand in each of 2013 and 2012 and $100 thousand in 2011. In 2013, shares were purchased directly from the Corporations authorized and unissued shares at a price equal to the average of the preceding ten days prior to the purchase. At December 31, 2013, only $130 thousand of the $200 thousand contribution had been purchased. The remaining $70 thousand of shares were purchased in February 2014.

 

13. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

The Corporation’s 2006 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan and 2012 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan allow the granting of shares of the Corporation’s common stock as incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards and stock appreciation rights to directors, officers, employees and independent contractors of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. The total number of shares initially available to grant in active plans was 820,000. There are no shares remaining for issuance with respect to stock option plans approved in 1995, 1998 and 2002; however, options granted under those plans are still included in the numbers below. At December 31, 2013, there were 230,559 additional shares available for grant under the unexpired plans.

 

Options granted under the long-term stock incentive plans are, in general, exercisable not earlier than one year after the date of grant, at a price equal to the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant, and expire not more than ten years after the date of grant. Stock options may vest during a period of up to five years after the date of grant. Some options granted to officers at or above the senior vice president level were immediately exercisable at the date of grant. The Corporation has a policy of using new shares to satisfy option exercises.

 

83
Table of Contents

 

Changes in options outstanding during 2013 were as follows:

                Weighted        
          Weighted     Average     Aggregate  
          Average     Remaining     Intrinsic  
    Number of     Exercise     Contractual     Value  
    Options     Price     Term     (In Thousands)  
Balance, January 1, 2013     613,507     $ 22.37                  
Granted during 2013     84,650       14.83                  
Exercised during 2013     (3,990 )     11.49                  
Expired during 2013     (37,750 )     26.07                  
Forfeited during 2013     (4,238 )     13.77                  
Balance, December 31, 2013     652,179     $ 21.30       3.79 years     $ 591  
Vested and expected to vest (1)     619,022     $ 21.72       3.79 years     $ 811  
Exercisable at December 31, 2013     477,666     $ 24.17       2.20 years     $ 75  

 

(1) The difference between the shares which are exercisable (fully vested) and those which are expected to vest is due to anticipated forfeitures.

 

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the Corporation’s closing stock price on the last trading day of 2013 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options). The Corporation’s closing stock price on December 31, 2013 was $19.10.

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised in 2013 was $20 thousand and the aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised in 2012 was $8 thousand. There were no options exercised during 2011.

 

The per share weighted average fair value of stock options granted during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $4.58, $3.91 and $3.88, respectively, on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes Option-Pricing Model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

    2013   2012   2011
Dividend yield   1.30%   1.47%   1.60%
Expected volatility   39%   39%   32%
Expected life   7 Years   7 Years   7 Years
Risk-free interest rate   1.14%   1.43%   2.08%

 

For 2013, 2012 and 2011, the expected life of the option is the typical holding period of the Corporation’s options before being exercised by the optionee. The risk-free interest rate is the rate on a seven-year treasury bond for 2013, 2012 and 2011. The volatility is the performance the stock has experienced in the last five years.

 

As of December 31, 2013, there was approximately $481 thousand of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Corporation’s stock incentive plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.2 years.

 

The Corporation issued 189,858, 36,263 and 28,732 restricted stock awards in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, at a fair value equal to the market price of the Corporation’s common stock at the date of grant. The awards granted prior to 2013 vest 40 percent after two years and 20 percent each year after until fully vesting on the fifth anniversary of the grant date; however awards to one executive were fully vested as of the date of his severance agreement in 2012. In addition, awards granted in 2013, vest in varying terms between three and five years. In December 2013, the Corporation granted restricted stock awards to the CEO, CFO and COO, of which 50 percent vest in five years. The vesting of the other 50 percent is dependent on the Corporation meeting certain performance criteria. At December 31, 2013, the Corporation assumed that these targets would be met within a five-year period so 100 percent of these awards are being expensed over a five-year period. There were no forfeitures of restricted stock awards during 2013. There were 19,035 shares of restricted stock awards that vested during 2013. As of December 31, 2013, there was $3.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested shares, which is expected to vest over 2.3 years.

84
Table of Contents

Changes in nonvested shares for 2013 were as follows:

 

          Weighted  
          Average  
    Number of     Grant Date  
    Shares     Fair Value  
Balance, January 1, 2013     82,717     $ 12.87  
Granted during 2013     189,858       17.04  
Vested during 2013     (19,035 )     13.48  
Balance, December 31, 2013     253,540     $ 15.95  

 

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

The Corporation, in the ordinary course of business, is a party to litigation arising from the conduct of its business. Management does not consider that these actions depart from routine legal proceedings and believes that such actions will not affect its financial position or results of its operations in any material manner. There are various outstanding commitments and contingencies, such as guarantees and credit extensions, including mostly variable-rate loan commitments of $159.2 million and $112.4 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. These commitments include unused commercial and home equity lines of credit.

 

The Corporation issues financial standby letters of credit that are irrevocable undertakings by the Corporation to guarantee payment of a specified financial obligation. Most of the Corporation’s financial standby letters of credit arise in connection with lending relations and have terms of one year or less. The maximum potential future payments the Corporation could be required to make equals the contract amount of the standby letters of credit and amounted to $3.1 million and $3.5 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The fair value of the Corporation’s liability for financial standby letters of credit was insignificant at December 31, 2013.

 

For commitments to originate loans, the Corporation’s maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. Those commitments represent ultimate exposure to credit risk only to the extent that they are subsequently drawn upon by customers. The Corporation uses the same credit policies and underwriting standards in making loan commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. For loan commitments, the Corporation would generally be exposed to interest rate risk from the time a commitment is issued with a defined contractual interest rate.

 

At December 31, 2013, the Corporation was obligated under non-cancelable operating leases for certain premises. Rental expense aggregated $2.5 million, $2.4 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 respectively, which is included in premises and equipment expense in the consolidated statements of income.

 

The minimum annual lease payments under the terms of the operating lease agreements, as of December 31, 2013, were as follows:

 

(In thousands)      
2014   $ 2,454  
2015     2,437  
2016     2,098  
2017     1,710  
2018     1,498  
Thereafter     6,874  
  Total   $ 17,071  

 

The Corporation is also obligated under legally binding and enforceable agreements to purchase goods and services from third parties, including data processing service agreements.

85
Table of Contents

 

15. REGULATORY CAPITAL

 

The Corporation through the Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Corporation and the Bank’s consolidated financial statements. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital restoration plans are required.

 

Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Corporation’s and the Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weighting and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). At year-end 2013 and 2012, the Bank maintained capital levels which met or exceeded the levels required to be considered well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that Management believes have changed the institution’s category.

 

To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table.

 

The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table:

 

          To Be Well        
          Capitalized Under     For Capital  
          Prompt Corrective     Adequacy  
    Actual     Action Provisions     Purposes  
(In thousands)   Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
As of December 31, 2013:                                    
  Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   $ 180,544       14.47 %   $ 124,782       10.00 %   $ 99,825       8.00 %
                                                 
  Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)     165,171       13.24       74,869       6.00       49,913       4.00  
                                                 
  Tier I capital (to average assets)     165,171       8.75       94,376       5.00       75,501       4.00  
                                                 
As of December 31, 2012:                                                
  Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   $ 127,983       12.92 %   $ 99,035       10.00 %   $ 79,228       8.00 %
                                                 
  Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)     115,600       11.67       59,421       6.00       39,614       4.00  
                                                 
  Tier I capital (to average assets)     115,600       7.18       80,507       5.00       64,406       4.00  

 

86
Table of Contents

 

The Corporation’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table:

 

          To Be Well        
          Capitalized Under     For Capital  
          Prompt Corrective     Adequacy  
    Actual     Action Provisions     Purposes  
(In thousands)   Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
As of December 31, 2013:                                    
  Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   $ 185,052       15.33 %   $ N/A       N/A %   $ 96,601       8.00 %
                                                 
  Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)     169,955       14.07       N/A       N/A       48,301       4.00  
                                                 
  Tier I capital (to average assets)     169,955       9.00       N/A       N/A       75,510       4.00  
                                                 
As of December 31, 2012:                                                
  Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   $ 129,587       13.08 %   $ N/A       N/A %   $ 79,283       8.00 %
                                                 
  Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)     117,195       11.83       N/A       N/A       39,641       4.00  
                                                 
  Tier I capital (to average assets)     117,195       7.27       N/A       N/A       64,438       4.00  

 

As fully described in Note 16, Preferred Stock, the Corporation redeemed the remaining portion of the preferred shares issued under the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program, repaying $14.5 million on January 11, 2012. In association with this repayment, the Bank paid a $14.5 million dividend to the Corporation on January 10, 2012. The dividend was specifically approved by the Bank’s primary regulator.

 

16. PREFERRED STOCK

 

On January 9, 2009, as part of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury) Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) Capital Purchase Program, the Corporation sold 28,685 shares of the Corporation’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, and a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 150,296 shares of the Corporation’s common stock, no par value at an exercise price of $28.63 per share, after adjusting for the five percent stock dividend declared on June 18, 2009, for an aggregate purchase price of $28.7 million in cash, allocated $1.6 million to warrants and $27.1 million to preferred stock.

 

Cumulative dividends on the preferred shares accrue on the liquidation preference at a rate of 5 percent per annum for the first five years, and at a rate of 9 percent per annum thereafter. Subject to the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the preferred shares are redeemable at the option of the Corporation at 100 percent of their liquidation preference. If the Corporation redeems the preferred shares and the Treasury still owns the warrant, the Corporation could repurchase the warrant from the Treasury for its fair market value. Unless both the holder and the Corporation agree otherwise, the exercise of the warrant will be a net exercise (i.e., the holder does not pay cash but gives up shares with a market value at the time of exercise equal to the exercise price, resulting in a net settlement with significantly fewer than the 150,296 shares of common stock being issued).

 

The Securities Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which the preferred shares and the warrant were sold, contains limitations on the payment of dividends on the common stock, including with respect to the payment of quarterly cash dividends in excess of $0.16 per share, which was the amount of the last regular dividend declared by the Corporation prior to October 14, 2008 and on the Corporation’s ability to repurchase its Common Stock. The Corporation is also subject to certain executive compensation limitations included in the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”).

 

On January 6, 2010 and March 2, 2011, the Corporation redeemed 25 percent of the preferred shares issued under the Treasury’s CPP, each time repaying approximately $7.2 million to the Treasury, including accrued and unpaid dividends of approximately $51 thousand and $17 thousand, respectively. As a result of the repurchase, the accretion related to the preferred stock was accelerated and approximately $330 thousand and $246 thousand was recorded as a reduction to retained earnings in the first quarters of 2010 and 2011, respectively. The Corporation’s redemption of the shares was not subject to additional conditions or stipulations from the Treasury.

87
Table of Contents

On January 11, 2012, the Corporation redeemed the remaining 50 percent of the preferred shares issued under the Treasury’s CPP, repaying approximately $14.5 million to the Treasury, including accrued and unpaid dividends of approximately $112 thousand. The Corporation’s redemption of the shares was not subject to additional conditions or stipulations from the Treasury. As a result of the repurchase, the accretion related to the preferred stock was accelerated and approximately $362 thousand was recorded as a reduction to retained earnings in the first quarter of 2012. The 150,296 common share warrant remained outstanding after the redemption; however, the Corporation paid $109 thousand to the U.S. Treasury on April 5, 2012 to repurchase it.

 

17. SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY

 

In December 2013, the Corporation successfully completed the sale of 2,470,588 common shares in its rights offering and sale to standby investors. The common shares in the offering were all sold at a price of $17.00 per share, representing proceeds to the Corporation of $41.1 million, net of offering costs of $900 thousand. On December 19, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized the Corporation to contribute $40.5 million of the proceeds received from the rights offering to the Bank as equity. At December 31, 2013, the Corporation entered into a note agreement with the Bank, which resulted in a capital contribution of $40.5 million to the Bank. The note matured on January 10, 2014 and the cash was transferred from the Corporation to the Bank on January 2, 2014 to satisfy the note agreement.

 

In addition, the Dividend Reinvestment Plan of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation, or the Plan, allows shareholders of the Corporation to purchase additional shares of common stock using cash dividends without payment of any brokerage commissions or other charges. In addition, shareholders may also make voluntary cash payments of up to $50,000 per quarter to purchase additional shares of common stock. The Plan provides that shares may be purchased directly from the Corporation out of its authorized but unissued or treasury shares, or in the open market. During 2013 the shares purchased under the Plan were from authorized but unissued shares. The price of shares purchased under the Plan will be the average price paid for such shares by the Plan’s administrator, Registrar and Transfer Company. The price to the Plan administrator of shares purchased directly from Peapack-Gladstone with reinvested dividends or voluntary cash payments will be 97% of their “fair market value,” as that term is herein defined in the Plan. The 3% discount will continue until terminated or modified by action of the Board of Directors. Total shares issued through the plan in 2013 totaled 200,265 that resulted in additional capital of $3,2 million, of which 194,000 shares were issued through the voluntary purchase portion of the Plan.

 

18. BUSINESS SEGMENTS

 

The Corporation assesses its results among two operating segments, Banking and Peapack-Gladstone Bank Trust and Investments. Management uses certain methodologies to allocate income and expense to the business segments. A funds transfer pricing methodology is used to assign interest income and interest expense. Certain indirect expenses are allocated to segments. These include support unit expenses such as technology and operations and other support functions. Taxes are allocated to each segment based on the effective rate for the period shown.

 

Banking

 

The Banking segment includes commercial, commercial real estate, residential and consumer lending activities; deposit generation; operation of ATMs; telephone and internet banking services; merchant credit card services and customer support and sales.

 

Peapack-Gladstone Bank Trust & Investments

 

Peapack-Gladstone Bank Trust & Investments includes asset management services provided for individuals and institutions; personal trust services, including services as executor, trustee, administrator, custodian and guardian; corporate trust services including services as trustee for pension and profit sharing plans; and other financial planning and advisory services.

88
Table of Contents

 

The following table presents the statements of income and total assets for the Corporation’s reportable segments for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

    Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2013  
          Trust &        
(In thousands)   Banking     Investments     Total  
Net interest income   $ 49,209     $ 3,567     $ 52,776  
Noninterest income     6,417       14,178       20,595  
  Total income     55,626       17,745       73,371  
Provision for loan losses     3,425             3,425  
Salaries and benefits     26,504       5,745       32,249  
Premises and equipment expense     9,331       583       9,914  
Other noninterest expense     8,564       4,456       13,020  
  Total noninterest expense     47,824       10,784       58,608  
Income before income tax expense     7,802       6,961       14,763  
Income tax expense     2,908       2,594       5,502  
  Net income   $ 4,894     $ 4,367     $ 9,261  
Total assets at period end   $ 1,964,514     $ 2,434     $ 1,966,948  

 

    Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2012  
          Trust &        
(In thousands)   Banking     Investments     Total  
Net interest income   $ 47,955     $ 3,448     $ 51,403  
Noninterest income     8,545       12,758       21,303  
  Total income     56,500       16,206       72,706  
Provision for loan losses     8,275             8,275  
Salaries and benefits     22,030       5,565       27,595  
Premises and equipment expense     8,889       578       9,467  
Other noninterest expense     7,241       4,027       11,268  
  Total noninterest expense     46,435       10,170       56,605  
Income before income tax expense     10,065       6,036       16,101  
Income tax expense     4,081       2,324       6,405  
  Net income   $ 5,984     $ 3,712     $ 9,696  
Total assets at period end   $ 1,666,504     $ 1,332     $ 1,667,836  

 

    Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2011  
          Trust &        
(In thousands)   Banking     Investments     Total  
Net interest income   $ 45,394     $ 3,521     $ 48,915  
Noninterest income     5,748       10,968       16,716  
  Total income     51,142       14,489       65,631  
Provision for loan losses     7,250             7,250  
Salaries and benefits     18,194       5,036       23,230  
Premises and equipment expense     8,717       654       9,371  
Other noninterest expense     7,837       3,961       11,798  
  Total noninterest expense     41,998       9,651       51,649  
Income before income tax expense     9,144       4,838       13,982  
Income tax expense     153       1,661       1,814  
  Net income   $ 8,991     $ 3,177     $ 12,168  
Total assets at period end   $ 1,599,007     $ 1,328     $ 1,600,335  

 

89
Table of Contents

 

19. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

The following is a summary of the accumulated other comprehensive income balances, net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

                               
                Amount     Other        
                Reclassified     Comprehensive        
          Other     From     (Loss)        
          Comprehensive     Accumulated     Twelve Months        
    Balance at     (Loss)     Other     Ended     Balance at  
    December 31,     Before     Comprehensive     December 31,     December 31,  
(In thousands)   2012     Reclassifications     Income     2013     2013  
                               
Net unrealized holding                                        
  gain/(loss) on securities                                        
  available for sale,                                        
  net of tax   $ 4,299     $ (3,730 )   $ (546 )   $ (4,276 )   $ 23  
    Accumulated other                                        
  comprehensive                                        
  income/(loss),                                        
      net of tax   $ 4,299     $ (3,730 )   $ (546 )   $ (4,276 )   $ 23  

 

                Amount     Other        
                Reclassified     Comprehensive        
          Other     from     Income        
          Comprehensive     Accumulated     Twelve Months        
    Balance at     Income     Other     Ended     Balance at  
    December 31,     Before     Comprehensive     December 31,     December 31,  
(In thousands)   2011     Reclassifications     Income     2012     2012  
                                         
Net unrealized holding                                        
  gain/(loss) on securities                                        
  available for sale,                                        
  net of tax   $ 3,206     $ 1,649     $ (556 )   $ 1,093     $ 4,299  
Unrealized losses on the                                        
  noncredit, other-than-                                        
  temporarily impaired held to                                        
  maturity securities and on                                        
  securities transferred from                                        
  available for sale to held                                        
  to maturity     (3,102 )     5,023       (1,921 )     3,102        
    Accumulated other                                        
      comprehensive income/                                        
      (loss), net of tax   $ 104     $ 6,672     $ (2,477 )   $ 4,195     $ 4,299  
90
Table of Contents

 

                Amount     Other        
                Reclassified     Comprehensive        
          Other     from     Income        
          Comprehensive     Accumulated     Twelve Months        
    Balance at     Income     Other     Ended     Balance at  
    December 31,     Before     Comprehensive     December 31,     December 31,  
(In thousands)   2010     Reclassifications     Income     2011     2011  
                                         
Net unrealized holding                                        
  gain/(loss) on securities                                        
  available for sale,                                        
  net of tax   $ 1,490     $ 2,390     $ (674 )   $ 1,716     $ 3,206  
Unrealized losses on the                                        
  noncredit, other-than-                                        
  temporarily impaired held to                                        
  maturity securities and on                                        
  securities transferred from                                        
  available for sale to held                                        
  to maturity     (3,461 )     359             359       (3,102 )
    Accumulated other                                        
      comprehensive income/                                        
      (loss), net of tax   $ (1,971 )   $ 2,749     $ (674 )   $ 2,075     $ 104  
                                         

The following represents the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

    Twelve Months Ended      
    December 31,      
(In thousands)   2013     2012     2011     Affected Line Item in Statements of Income
Unrealized gains/(losses) on                            
  Realized gain on securities sales, AFS   $ 840     $ 856     $ 1,037     Securities gains, net
  Realized gain on securities sales, HTM           2,954           Securities gains, net
  Income tax expense     (294 )     (1,333 )     (363 )   Income tax expense
    Total reclassifications, net of tax   $ 546     $ 2,477     $ 674      
                             

 

91
Table of Contents

 

20. CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

 

STATEMENTS OF CONDITION

    December 31,  
(In thousands)   2013     2012  
Assets                
Cash   $ 44,424     $ 602  
Interest-earning deposits     516       297  
  Total cash and cash equivalents     44,940       899  
Securities available for sale           211  
Investment in subsidiary     165,874       120,461  
Other assets     647       610  
  Total assets   $ 211,461     $ 122,181  
Liabilities                
Note payable     40,500        
Other liabilities   $ 304     $ 124  
  Total liabilities     40,804       124  
Shareholders’ equity                
Common stock     10,148       7,755  
Surplus     140,699       97,675  
Treasury stock     (8,988 )     (8,988 )
Retained earnings     28,775       21,316  
Accumulated other comprehensive income,                
  net of income tax benefit     23       4,299  
    Total shareholders’ equity     170,657       122,057  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 211,461     $ 122,181  

 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

    Years Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)   2013     2012     2011  
Income                        
Dividend from Bank   $ 1,350     $ 14,950     $ 6,120  
Other income     9       28       76  
Securities gains/(losses), net     2       3       20  
  Total income     1,361       14,981       6,216  
Expenses                        
Other expenses     429       352       68  
  Total expenses     429       352       68  
Income before income tax expense and                        
  equity in undistributed earnings of Bank     932       14,629       6,148  
Income tax (benefit)/expense     (50 )     (116 )     16  
Net income before equity in undistributed earnings of Bank     982       14,745       6,132  
(Dividends in excess of earnings)/ equity in                        
  undistributed earnings of Bank     8,279       (5,049 )     6,036  
  Net income   $ 9,261     $ 9,696     $ 12,168  
Dividends on preferred stock and accretion           474       1,228  
  Net income available to common shareholders   $ 9,261     $ 9,222     $ 10,940  

 

92
Table of Contents

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

    Years Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)   2013     2012     2011  
Cash flows from operating activities:                        
Net income   $ 9,261     $ 9,696     $ 12,168  
Undistributed loss/(earnings) of Bank     (8,279 )     5,049       (6,036 )
(Gain)/loss on securities available for sale     (2 )     (3 )     (20 )
(Increase)/decrease in other assets     (37 )     (101 )     78  
Increase/(decrease) in other liabilities     179       107       (44 )
  Net cash provided by operating activities     1,122       14,748       6,146  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:                        
Proceeds from sales and calls of securities                        
  available for sale     213       386       1,108  
  Net cash provided by investing activities     213       386       1,108  
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:                        
Redemption of preferred stock           (14,341 )     (7,172 )
Repurchase of warrants           (109 )      
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock           (112 )     (823 )
Cash dividends paid on common stock     (1,802 )     (1,774 )     (1,765 )
Exercise of stock options     30       21        
Net proceeds, rights offering     41,100              
Issuance of common shares (DRIP program)     3,248       625       152  
Purchase of shares for Profit Sharing Plan     130              
  Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities     42,706       (15,690 )     (9,608 )
                         
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents     44,041       (556 )     (2,354 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     899       1,455       3,809  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 44,940     $ 899     $ 1,455  

 

93
Table of Contents

 

21. SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (unaudited)

 

The following table sets forth certain unaudited quarterly financial data for the periods indicated:

 

Selected 2013 Quarterly Data:
(In thousands, except per share data)   March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
Interest income   $ 13,432     $ 13,460     $ 14,423     $ 15,738  
Interest expense     1,005       1,012       1,050       1,210  
  Net interest income     12,427       12,448       13,373       14,528  
Provision for loan losses     850       500       750       1,325  
Trust fees     3,368       3,628       3,295       3,547  
Securities gains/(losses), net     289       238       188       125  
Other income     1,947       1,370       1,299       1,301  
Operating expenses     12,293       14,079       14,165       14,646  
  Income before income tax expense     4,888       3,105       3,240       3,530  
Income tax expense     1,995       1,096       1,276       1,135  
  Net income     2,893       2,009       1,964       2,395  
Dividend and accretion on preferred stock                        
  Net income available to common                                
    shareholders   $ 2,893     $ 2,009     $ 1,964     $ 2,395  
Earnings per share-basic   $ 0.33     $ 0.23     $ 0.22     $ 0.25  
Earnings per share-diluted     0.32       0.22       0.22       0.25  
                                 

 

Selected 2012 Quarterly Data:
(In thousands, except per share data)   March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
Interest income   $ 14,214     $ 14,102     $ 13,982     $ 13,792  
Interest expense     1,323       1,199       1,132       1,033  
  Net interest income     12,891       12,903       12,850       12,759  
Provision for loan losses     1,500       1,500       750       4,525  
Trust fees     3,176       3,259       2,918       2,929  
Securities gains/(losses), net     390       107       235       3,078  
Other income     1,157       1,305       1,406       1,343  
Operating expenses     11,080       11,704       11,993       13,553  
  Income before income tax expense     5,034       4,370       4,666       2,031  
Income tax expense     1,951       1,647       1,834       973  
  Net income     3,083       2,723       2,832       1,058  
Dividend and accretion on preferred stock     474                    
  Net income available to common                                
    shareholders   $ 2,609     $ 2,723     $ 2,832     $ 1,058  
Earnings per share-basic   $ 0.30     $ 0.31     $ 0.32     $ 0.12  
Earnings per share-diluted     0.30       0.31       0.32       0.12  

 

Selected 2011 Quarterly Data:
(In thousands, except per share data)   March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
Interest income   $ 14,257     $ 14,099     $ 13,594     $ 14,101  
Interest expense     2,036       1,916       1,699       1,485  
  Net interest income     12,221       12,183       11,895       12,616  
Provision for loan losses     2,000       2,000       1,500       1,750  
Trust fees     2,718       2,829       2,555       2,584  
Securities gains/(losses), net     196       277       248       316  
Other income     1,255       1,218       1,170       1,350  
Operating expenses     11,243       11,035       10,573       11,548  
  Income before income tax expense     3,147       3,472       3,795       3,568  
Income tax expense     1,006       1,304       (1,537 )     1,041  
  Net income     2,141       2,168       5,332       2,527  
Dividend and accretion on preferred stock     570       219       219       220  
  Net income available to common                                
    shareholders   $ 1,571     $ 1,949     $ 5,113     $ 2,307  
Earnings per share-basic   $ 0.18     $ 0.22     $ 0.58     $ 0.26  
Earnings per share-diluted     0.18       0.22       0.58       0.26  

 

94
Table of Contents

Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Management’s Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

The Corporation maintains “disclosure controls and procedures” which, consistent with Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is defined to mean controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Corporation files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Corporation’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

The Corporation’s management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on such evaluation, the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

The Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have also concluded that there have not been any changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2013.

 

The Corporation’s management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, provides reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. The design of a control system reflects resource constraints; the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because there are inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Corporation have been or will be detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events. There can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all future conditions; over time, control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There have been no changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2013, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

95
Table of Contents

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

The Corporation’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Corporation’s management and board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

As of December 31, 2013 management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in 1992 Internal Control-Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operating effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit and Risk Committee.

 

Based on this assessment, management determined that, as of December 31, 2013, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting was effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm

 

Crowe Horwath LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Corporation’s December 31, 2013 consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an audit report expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. The report is included in Item 8 under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

 

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

PART III

 

Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

The information set forth under the captions “Director Information,” “Corporate Governance” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the 2014 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Executive Officer Age Date Became an Executive Officer Current Position and Business Experience
Douglas L. Kennedy 57 October 9, 2012 Chief Executive Officer
Finn M.W. Caspersen, Jr. 44 January 1, 2008 Chief Operating Officer, General Counsel
Jeffrey J. Carfora 55 March 30, 2009 Chief Financial Officer
Vincent A. Spero 48 November 19, 2009 Head of Commercial Banking
Karen A. Rockoff 53 April 1, 2013 Chief Risk Officer
Anthony B. Bilotta, Jr. 53 September 16, 2013 Director of Retail Banking and Marketing
John P. Babcock 53 March 10, 2014 President of Private Wealth Management
Craig C. Spengeman 58 December 11, 1997 Retired as of December 31, 2013

 

Mr. Kennedy joined the Bank in October 2012 as Chief Executive Officer. He is a career banker with over 36 years of commercial banking experience. Previously, Mr. Kennedy served as Executive Vice President and Market President at Capital One Bank/North Fork and held key executive level positions with Summit Bank and Bank of American/Fleet Bank. Mr. Kennedy has a Bachelor’s Degree in Economics and a MBA from Sacred Heart University in Fairfield, Connecticut.

96
Table of Contents

Mr. Caspersen has nearly 19 years of experience, including ten years in the Banking industry. Mr. Caspersen joined the Bank as Chief Risk Officer in March 2004 and was promoted to General Counsel in May 2006. He was elected to the Board of Directors in April 2012. Mr. Caspersen was named Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and General Counsel in 2013. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Caspersen worked in the fields of venture capital, investment banking and corporate law. Mr. Caspersen is a graduate of Harvard Law School and Harvard College.

 

Mr. Carfora joined the Bank in April 2009 as Chief Financial Officer having previously served as a Transitional Officer with New York Community Bank from April 2007 until January 2008 as a result of a merger with PennFed Financial Services Inc. and Penn Federal Savings Bank (collectively referred to as “PennFed”). Previous to the merger, Mr. Carfora served as Chief Operating Officer of PennFed from October 2001 until April 2007 and Chief Financial Officer from December 1993 to October 2001. Mr. Carfora has nearly 34 years of experience, including 31 years in the Banking industry. Mr. Carfora has a Bachelor’s degree in Accounting and a MBA in Finance, both from Fairleigh Dickinson University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

 

Mr. Spero joined the Bank in June 2008 as Senior Vice President and Senior Commercial Lender and has over 25 years of banking experience. Previously Mr. Spero served as Senior Vice President and Commercial Loan Team Leader at Lakeland Bank, a subsidiary of Lakeland Bancorp from May 2000 to May 2008. Mr. Spero is a graduate of Wagner College and attended Fairleigh Dickinson University in their MBA program.

 

Ms. Rockoff joined the Bank in April 2013 as Chief Risk Officer and is head of the Bank’s Enterprise Risk Management. Ms. Rockoff has had a 30-year career in financial services. Previously she worked for Morgan Stanley in Credit Risk Management for 16 years, covering the full spectrum of Morgan Stanley’s capital markets and loan products. Prior to her tenure at Morgan Stanley, Ms. Rockoff held positions at Nomura Securities International and Republic National Bank. Ms. Rockoff has Bachelor’s degrees in Accounting and French from Penn State and a MBA from Columbia University.

 

Mr. Bilotta joined the Bank in September 2013 as director of retail banking and marketing. Mr. Bilotta has over 30 years of banking experience, most recently with Oritani Bank where he was responsible for the retail banking and marketing functions. Mr. Bilotta is a graduate of Thomas Edison State College and the Bank Administration Institute at the University of Wisconsin.

 

On March 10, 2014, John P. Babcock joined the Bank as Senior Executive Vice President and President of Private Wealth Management of Peapack-Gladstone Bank. Mr. Babcock has more than 33 years of experience in wealth management and private banking, most recently serving as managing director and the regional head of the Northeast Mid-Atlantic region for the HSBC Private Bank. Prior to HSBC, Mr. Babcock held senior level positions at U.S. Trust/Bank of America, The Bank of New York and Summit/Fleet Bank. He has a Bachelor’s degree from the A. B. Freeman School of Business at Tulane University and an MBA from Fairleigh Dickinson University.

 

Mr. Spengeman served as President and Chief Investment Officer of Peapack-Gladstone Bank Trust & Investments for the past nine years. After 28 years of dedicated service, Mr. Spengeman retired from the Corporation and the Bank as of December 31, 2013.

 

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information set forth under the captions “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the 2014 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

97
Table of Contents

 

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The following table shows information at December 31, 2013 for all equity compensation plans under which shares of our common stock may be issued:

 

                NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                REMAINING AVAILABLE
                FOR FUTURE ISSUANCE
    NUMBER OF SECURITIES         UNDER EQUITY
    TO BE ISSUED UPON   WEIGHTED-AVERAGE   COMPENSATION PLANS
    EXERCISE OF   EXERCISE PRICE OF   (EXCLUDING SECURITIES
PLAN CATEGORY   OUTSTANDING OPTIONS (a)   OUTSTANDING OPTIONS (b)   REFLECTED IN COLUMN (a) (c)
                   
EQUITY                  
COMPENSATION                  
PLANS APPROVED                  
BY SECURITY                  
HOLDERS     652,179     $ 21.30       230,559  
                         
EQUITY                        
COMPENSATION                        
PLANS NOT                        
APPROVED BY                        
SECURITY HOLDERS     N/A       N/A       N/A  
     TOTAL     652,179     $ 21.30       230,559  

 

The information set forth under the captions “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock” and “Stock Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers” in the 2014 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

The information set forth under the captions “Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons” and “Corporate Governance” in the 2014 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information set forth under the captions “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Audit Committee Pre-approval Procedures” in the 2014 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

98
Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

 

(a) Financial Statements and Schedules:
   
(1) Consolidated Financial Statements of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation.
  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.
  Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.
  Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.
  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation as set forth in Item 8 of Part II of this Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 are incorporated by reference herein.

 

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are either inapplicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto contained in this 2013 Annual Report.

 

(b) Exhibits

 

  (3) Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws:

 

A. Certificate of Incorporation as incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on November 9, 2009.

 

B. By-Laws of the Registrant as in effect on the date of this filing are incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on April 23, 2007 (SEC File No. 001-16197).

 

(10) Material Contracts:

 

A. “Change in Control Agreement” dated as of December 20, 2007 by and among the Corporation, the Bank and Frank A. Kissel is incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10(A)1 of the Registrant’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2007 (SEC File No. 001-16197). +

 

B. “Split Dollar Plan for Senior Management” dated as of September 7, 2001 for Frank A. Kissel is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (I) of the Registrant’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2003 (SEC File No. 001-16197). +

 

C. “Directors’ Retirement Plan” dated as of March 31, 2001 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (J) of the Registrant’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2003 (SEC File No. 001-16197). +

 

D. “Directors’ Deferral Plan” dated as of March 31, 2001 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (K) of the Registrant’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2003 (SEC File No. 001-16197). +

 

E. Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation 1998 Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors and Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation 2002 Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors, each as amended and restated through December 8, 2005, are incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 and Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on December 14, 2005 (SEC File No. 001-16197). +

 

99
Table of Contents

F. Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan and Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Option Plan are incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 and Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on January 13, 2006 (SEC File No. 001-16197). +

 

G. Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation 2006 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on May 10, 2006 (SEC File No. 001-16197). +

 

H. (1) Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, (2) Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Outside Directors, (3) Form of Time-Based/Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement, (4) Form of Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement, (4) Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement and (5) Form of Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement for Outside Directors under the Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation 2012 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan. +*

 

I. (1) Form of Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement, (2) Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement, (3) Form of Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement for Outside Directors under the Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation 2006 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(I)(2), 10(I)(3) and 10(I)(4) of the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.. +

 

J. Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation 2012 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, as amended is incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement filed on March 22, 2013. +

 

K. Separation Agreement and General Release dated September 6, 2013 between Craig C. Spengeman, the Corporation and the Bank. +

 

L. “Employment Agreement” dated as of December 4, 2013 by and among the Corporation, the Bank and Douglas L. Kennedy. +*

 

M. “Employment Agreement” dated as of November 25, 2013 by and among the Corporation, the Bank and Frank A. Kissel. +*

 

N. “Amended and Restated Employment Agreement” dated as of December 4, 2013 by and among the Corporation, the Bank and Finn M.W. Caspersen, Jr. +*

 

O. “Amended and Restated Employment Agreement” dated as of December 4, 2013 by and among the Corporation, the Bank and Jeffrey J. Carfora. +*

 

P. “Amended and Restated Employment Agreement” dated as of December 4, 2013 by and among the Corporation, the Bank and Vincent A. Spero. +*

 

Q. “Change in Control Agreement” dated as of December 4, 2013, by and among the Corporation, the Bank and Douglas L. Kennedy. +*

 

R. “Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement” dated as of December 4, 2013, by and among the Corporation, the Bank and Finn M. W. Caspersen, Jr. +*

 

S. “Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement” dated as of December 4, 2013, by and among the Corporation, the Bank and Jeffrey J. Carfora. +*

 

T. “Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement” dated as of December 4, 2013, by and among the Corporation, the Bank and Vincent A. Spero +*

 

U. “Change in Control Agreement” dated as of December 4, 2013, by and among the Corporation, the Bank and Karen A. Rockoff. +*

 

100
Table of Contents

 

21) List of Subsidiaries:

(a) Subsidiaries of the Corporation:

 

 

Name

 

Jurisdiction

of Incorporation

Percentage of Voting

Securities Owned by

the Parent

     
Peapack-Gladstone Bank New Jersey 100%

 

(b) Subsidiaries of the Bank:

 

Name

   
     
PGB Trust and Investments of Delaware Delaware 100%
BGP RRE Holdings, LLC New Jersey 100%
BGP CRE Painter Farm, LLC New Jersey 100%
BGP CRE Heritage, LLC New Jersey 100%
BGP CRE K&P Holdings, LLC New Jersey 100%
BGP CRE Office Property, LLC New Jersey 100%
Peapack-Gladstone Financial Services, Inc. (Inactive)

New Jersey

100%

 

(23) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm:

 

(23.1) Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP*

 

(24) Power of Attorney*

 

(31.1) Certification of Douglas L. Kennedy, Chief Executive Officer of Peapack-Gladstone, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

 

(31.2) Certification of Jeffrey J. Carfora, Chief Financial Officer of Peapack-Gladstone, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

 

(32) Certification of Douglas L. Kennedy, Chief Executive Officer of Peapack-Gladstone and Jeffrey J. Carfora, Chief Financial Officer of Peapack-Gladstone pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

 

 

(100) Interactive Data File*
+ Management contract and compensatory plan or arrangement.

* Filed herewith

 

 

101
Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation

   
By: /s/ Douglas L. Kennedy
 

Douglas L. Kennedy

Chief Executive Officer

   
By: /s/ Jeffrey J. Carfora
 

Jeffrey J. Carfora

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer


Dated:    March 14, 2014

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated.

Signature Title Date
     
/s/ Douglas L. Kennedy Chief Executive Officer and Director March 14, 2014
Douglas L. Kennedy    
/s/ Jeffrey J. Carfora Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer March 14, 2014
Jeffrey J. Carfora (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)  
/s/ F. Duffield Meyercord Chairman of the Board March 14, 2014
F. Duffield Meyercord    
/s/ Finn M.W. Caspersen, Jr. Director, General Counsel, Chief Operating Officer March 14, 2014
Finn M. W. Caspersen, Jr.    
     
/s/ Susan A. Cole Director March 14, 2014
Susan A. Cole    
     
/s/ Anthony J. Consi II Director March 14, 2014
Anthony J. Consi II    
/s/ Edward A. Gramigna Director March 14, 2014
Edward A. Gramigna    
     
/s/ Frank A. Kissel Director March 14, 2014
Frank A. Kissel    
     
/s/ John D. Kissel Director March 14, 2014
John D. Kissel    
/s/ James R. Lamb Director March 14, 2014
James R. Lamb    
/s/ Edward A. Merton Director March 14, 2014
Edward A. Merton    
/s/ Philip W. Smith III Director March 14, 2014
Philip W. Smith III    
/s/ Beth Welsh Director March 14, 2014
Beth Welsh    

 

102
 

Exhibit (10) H (1)

FORM OF RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

 

Name of Employee:   «FIRSTNAME» «LASTNAME» No. of Shares:   «ISO»
  Exercise  Price: $

 

 

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT (“AGREEMENT”)

 

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION, a New Jersey corporation (“Company”), this __ day of ________, ____ (“Award Date”) hereby grants to «FIRSTNAME» «LASTNAME» (“Employee”), an employee of the Company or a subsidiary thereof, pursuant to the Company's 2006 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (“Plan”), shares of the Common Stock, no par value, of the Company subject to the restrictions set forth herein (“Restricted Stock”) in the amount and on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

1. Incorporation by Reference of Plan. The provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is being furnished herewith to the Employee, are incorporated by reference herein and shall govern as to all matters not expressly provided for in this Agreement. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

 

2. Award of Restricted Stock; Escrow . The Company hereby awards the Employee «ISO» shares of Restricted Stock (“Shares”). The Shares shall be placed in escrow with the Escrow Agent selected by the Committee until all the restrictions (“Restrictions”) specifically set forth in this Agreement and in Section 8 of the Plan with respect to the Shares shall expire or be cancelled and all required tax withholding obligations are satisfied, at which time the Shares shall be released from escrow and the Company shall issue to the Employee a stock certificate with respect to such Shares, free of all Restrictions. Restricted Stock shall have all dividend and voting rights as set forth in Section 8 of the Plan. However, dividends paid on the Restricted Stock shall be deferred and held by the Escrow Agent until the Restrictions with respect to the Shares upon which such dividends were paid, expire or are cancelled, at which time the Company shall deliver to the Employee such dividends, with interest, if any. If the Employee forfeits any Shares awarded hereunder, such Shares and any dividends with respect thereto, with interest, if any, shall automatically revert to the Company (without any payment by the Company to the Employee) and shall no longer be held in escrow for the Employee.

 

3. Restrictions      (a)      Vesting . The Shares and related dividends shall not be delivered to the Employee and may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Employee until such Shares have vested in the Employee in accordance with the following schedule:

 

(b) Forfeiture . Shares not yet vested (and any related dividends and interest) shall be forfeited and automatically transferred to the Company upon the Employee’s ceasing to be employed by the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement or a Change in Control. Upon termination of employment by reason of death, Disability or Retirement, or upon a Change in Control, all restrictions upon the Shares shall thereupon immediately lapse. The Plan defines Retirement as follows:

 

“Retirement” means the retirement from active employment of an employee or officer, but only if such person meets all of the following requirements: (i) he has a minimum combined total of years of service to the Company or any Subsidiary (excluding service to any acquired company) and age equal to eighty (80), (ii) he is age sixty-two (62) or older, and (iii) he provides six (6) months prior written notice to the Company of the retirement.

 

If the Employee retires but fails to meet such conditions, he or she shall not be deemed to be within the definition of Retirement for any purpose under the Plan and this Agreement.

 

4. Registration . If Shares are issued in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, then, if deemed necessary by Company’s counsel, as a condition to the Company issuing certificates representing the Shares, the Employee shall represent in writing to the Company that he or she is acquiring the Shares for investment purposes only and not with a view to distribution or resale, and the certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legend:

 

103
 

“These shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. No transfer of the shares may be effected without an opinion of counsel to the Company stating that the transfer is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 and any applicable state securities laws or that the transfer of the shares is covered by an effective registration statement with respect to the shares.”

 

5. Acceptance of Provisions . The execution of this Agreement by the Employee shall constitute the Employee’s acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.

 

6. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted under the Plan and this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given either by (i) personal delivery or regular mail, in each case against receipt, or (ii) first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Any such communication shall be deemed to have been given (a) on the date of receipt in the cases referred to in clause (i) of the preceding sentence and (b) on the second day after the date of mailing in the cases referred to in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. All such communications to the Company shall be addressed to it, to the attention of its Secretary, at its then principal office and to the Employee at his or her last address appearing on the records of the Company or, in each case, to such other person or address as may be designated by like notice hereunder.

 

7. Taxes . The Employee generally will be subject to tax at ordinary income rates on the fair market value of the Shares and accrued dividends at the time they vest. However, if the Employee elects, under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), within thirty (30) days of the Award Date, he or she will be subject to tax at ordinary income rates on the fair market value of the Shares on the Award Date (determined without regard to the Restrictions). The foregoing statement of tax consequences is intended only as a generalized statement of current Federal tax law (as in existence on the date of this Agreement) and the Employee should consult his or her tax consultant to determine the specific tax consequences of this award from time to time. The Employee shall deliver to the Company any Federal, state and local tax withholding required by law in connection herewith within ten (10) days after recognition of any income from this award. The Employee shall notify the Company within ten (10) days of making an election under Section 83(b), or any successor section, of the Code.

 

8. Miscellaneous . This Agreement and the Plan contain a complete statement of all the arrangements between the parties with respect to their subject matter, and this Agreement cannot be changed except by a writing executed by both parties. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey applicable to agreements made and to be performed exclusively in New Jersey. The headings in this Agreement are solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect its meaning or interpretation.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE   EMPLOYEE
FINANCIAL CORPORATION      
         
         
By:     By:  
        Signature of Employee

 

104
 

Exhibit (10) H (2)

 

Name of Director:  NAME No. of Shares:  ##

 

 

 

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS (“AGREEMENT”)

 

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION, a New Jersey corporation (“Company”), this __ day of ____ 20__ (“Award Date”) hereby grants to NAME (“Director”), an outside Director of the Company, pursuant to the Company’s 2012 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (“Plan”), shares of the Common Stock, no par value, of the Company subject to the restrictions set forth herein (“Restricted Stock”) in the amount and on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

1. Incorporation by Reference of Plan. The provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is being furnished herewith to the Director, are incorporated by reference herein and shall govern as to all matters not expressly provided for in this Agreement. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

 

2. Award of Restricted Stock; Escrow . The Company hereby awards the Director ## shares of Restricted Stock (“Shares”). The Shares shall be placed in escrow with the Escrow Agent selected by the Committee until all the restrictions (“Restrictions”) specifically set forth in this Agreement and in Section 8 of the Plan with respect to the Shares shall expire or be cancelled and any required tax withholding obligations are satisfied, at which time the Shares shall be released from escrow and the Company shall issue to the Director a stock certificate with respect to such Shares, free of all Restrictions. Restricted Stock shall have all dividend and voting rights as set forth in Section 8 of the Plan. However, cash dividends paid on the Restricted Stock shall be deferred and held by the Escrow Agent until the Restrictions with respect to the Shares upon which such dividends were paid, expire or are cancelled, at which time the Company shall deliver to the Director such dividends, with interest, if any. If the Director forfeits any Shares awarded hereunder, such Shares and any cash dividends with respect thereto, with interest, if any, shall automatically revert to the Company (without any payment by the Company to the Director) and shall no longer be held in escrow for the Director.

 

3. Restrictions (a) Vesting . The Shares and related cash dividends shall not be delivered to the Director and may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Director until such Shares have vested in the Director in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Percentage of Shares Vesting Date of Vesting
XX%  
XX%  
XX%  
XX%  

 

(b) Forfeiture . Shares not yet vested (and any related dividends and interest) shall be forfeited and automatically transferred to the Company upon the Director’s ceasing to serve as a Director of the Company for any reason other than death, Disability, or a Change in Control. Upon a Director’s cessation of service by reason of death or Disability, or upon a Change in Control, all restrictions upon the Shares shall thereupon immediately lapse.

 

Upon cessation of a Director’s service on the Board by reason of Retirement, as defined in the Plan, Shares not yet vested (and any related dividends and interest) shall be forfeited and automatically transferred to the Company unless otherwise provided by the Board prior to the Director’s Retirement.

 

4. Registration . If Shares are issued in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, then, if deemed necessary by Company’s counsel, as a condition to the Company issuing certificates representing the Shares, the Director shall represent in writing to the Company that he or she is acquiring the Shares for investment purposes only and not with a view to distribution or resale, and the certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legend:

 

105
 

“These shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. No transfer of the shares may be effected without an opinion of counsel to the Company stating that the transfer is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 and any applicable state securities laws or that the transfer of the shares is covered by an effective registration statement with respect to the shares.”

 

5. Acceptance of Provisions . The execution of this Agreement by the Director shall constitute the Director’s acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.

 

6. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted under the Plan and this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given either by (i) personal delivery or regular mail, in each case against receipt, or (ii) first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Any such communication shall be deemed to have been given (a) on the date of receipt in the cases referred to in clause (i) of the preceding sentence and (b) on the second day after the date of mailing in the cases referred to in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. All such communications to the Company shall be addressed to it, to the attention of its Secretary, at its then principal office and to the Director at his or her last address appearing on the records of the Company or, in each case, to such other person or address as may be designated by like notice hereunder. Notice may also be provided to the Secretary of the Company or to the Director by facsimile or electronic mail, and any such communication shall be deemed to be effective upon receipt, provided confirmation of transmission is electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party.

 

7. Taxes . The Director generally will be subject to tax at ordinary income rates on the fair market value of the Shares and accrued dividends at the time they vest. However, if the Director elects, under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), within thirty (30) days of the Award Date, he or she will be subject to tax at ordinary income rates on the fair market value of the Shares on the Award Date (determined without regard to the Restrictions). The foregoing statement of tax consequences is intended only as a generalized statement of current Federal tax law (as in existence on the date of this Agreement) and the Director should consult his or her tax consultant to determine the specific tax consequences of this award from time to time. The Director shall notify the Company immediately when making an election under Section 83(b), or any successor section, of the Code. The Director shall be solely responsible for any tax obligations that may arise in connection with the Restricted Stock.

 

8. Miscellaneous . This Agreement and the Plan contain a complete statement of all the arrangements between the parties with respect to their subject matter, and this Agreement cannot be changed except by a writing executed by both parties. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey applicable to agreements made and to be performed exclusively in New Jersey. The headings in this Agreement are solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect its meaning or interpretation.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE   DIRECTOR
FINANCIAL CORPORATION      
         
         
By:     By:  
        Signature of Director

106
 

Exhibit (10) H (3)

 

Name of Employee:   «FIRSTNAME» «LASTNAME» No. of Shares:   «ISO»

 

 

 

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT (“AGREEMENT”)

 

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION, a New Jersey corporation (“Company”), this __ day of ________, ____ (“Award Date”) hereby grants to «FIRSTNAME» «LASTNAME» (“Employee”), an employee of the Company or a subsidiary thereof, pursuant to the Company’s 2012 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (“Plan”), shares of the Common Stock, no par value, of the Company subject to the restrictions set forth herein (“Restricted Stock”) in the amount and on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

1. Incorporation by Reference of Plan. The provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is being furnished herewith to the Employee, are incorporated by reference herein and shall govern as to all matters not expressly provided for in this Agreement. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

 

2. Award of Restricted Stock; Escrow . The Company hereby awards the Employee [______] shares of Restricted Stock (“Shares”). The Shares shall be placed in escrow with the Escrow Agent selected by the Committee until all the restrictions (“Restrictions”) specifically set forth in this Agreement and in Section 8 of the Plan with respect to the Shares shall expire or be cancelled and all required tax withholding obligations are satisfied, at which time the Shares shall be released from escrow and the Company shall issue to the Employee a stock certificate with respect to such Shares, free of all Restrictions. Restricted Stock shall have all dividend and voting rights as set forth in Section 8 of the Plan. However, cash dividends paid on the Restricted Stock shall be deferred and held by the Escrow Agent until the Restrictions with respect to the Shares upon which such dividends were paid, expire or are cancelled, at which time the Company shall deliver to the Employee such dividends, with interest, if any. If the Employee forfeits any Shares awarded hereunder, such Shares and any cash dividends with respect thereto, with interest, if any, shall automatically revert to the Company (without any payment by the Company to the Employee) and shall no longer be held in escrow for the Employee.

 

3. Restrictions (a) Vesting . The Shares and related cash dividends shall not be delivered to the Employee and may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Employee until such Shares have vested in the Employee in accordance with the following schedules:

 

(1) Time-Based Restricted Stock . 50% of the Shares awarded pursuant to this Agreement shall vest as follows:

 

Percentage of Shares Vesting Date of Vesting
20% 1 yr. after Award Date
40% 2 yrs after Award Date
60% 3 yrs after Award Date
80% 4 yrs after Award Date
100% 5 yrs after Award Date

 

(2) Performance-Based Restricted Stock . 50% of the Shares awarded pursuant to this Agreement shall vest in full upon certification by the Committee that High Performance has been achieved. “High Performance” means, with respect to any calendar year during the Performance Period, that at least four of the following five performance goals have been achieved as of year-end with respect to such calendar year, in each case based on the Company’s audited financial statements:

 

(i) Return on Average Total Assets of X% or greater;
(ii) Return on Average Common Equity of XX% or greater;
(iii) Revenue growth of XX% or greater;
107
 
(iv) Earnings per Share growth of XX% or greater;
(v) Non-Performing Asset to Total Asset Ratio of less than X%.

 

If High Performance is not achieved during the Performance Period, this Performance-Based Restricted Stock (and any related dividends and interest) shall be forfeited and automatically transferred to the Company upon the Committee’s certification that High Performance has not been achieved. The Committee’s certification of performance results shall occur no later than March 31 st following the end of the year for which performance is measured. “Performance Period” means the period commencing on January 1, 2015 and ending on December 31, 2017.

 

(b)  Forfeiture . Shares not yet vested (and any related dividends and interest) shall be forfeited and automatically transferred to the Company upon the Employee’s ceasing to be employed by the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement or a Change in Control. In addition to the foregoing, Performance-Based Restricted Stock shall be forfeited if High Performance is not achieved during the Performance Period in accordance with Section 3(a)(2) above.

 

Upon termination of employment by reason of death, Disability or Retirement, or upon a Change in Control, all restrictions upon the Shares shall thereupon immediately lapse, except that with respect to Performance-Based Restricted Stock, the Shares will not vest or be forfeited upon Retirement. Instead, following Retirement, the Performance-Based Restricted Stock will remain outstanding until it either vests or is forfeited in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 3(a)(2) above.

 

The Plan defines Retirement as follows:

 

“Retirement” means the retirement from active employment of an employee or officer, but only if such person meets all of the following requirements: (i) he has a minimum combined total of years of service to the Company or any Subsidiary (excluding service to any acquired company) and age equal to eighty (80), (ii) he is age sixty-two (62) or older, and (iii) he provides six (6) months prior written notice to the Company of the retirement.

 

If the Employee retires but fails to meet such conditions, he or she shall not be deemed to be within the definition of Retirement for any purpose under the Plan and this Agreement.

 

4. Registration . If Shares are issued in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, then, if deemed necessary by Company’s counsel, as a condition to the Company issuing certificates representing the Shares, the Employee shall represent in writing to the Company that he or she is acquiring the Shares for investment purposes only and not with a view to distribution or resale, and the certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legend:

 

“These shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. No transfer of the shares may be effected without an opinion of counsel to the Company stating that the transfer is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 and any applicable state securities laws or that the transfer of the shares is covered by an effective registration statement with respect to the shares.”

 

5. Acceptance of Provisions . The execution of this Agreement by the Employee shall constitute the Employee’s acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.

 

6. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted under the Plan and this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given either by (i) personal delivery or regular mail, in each case against receipt, or (ii) first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Any such communication shall be deemed to have been given (a) on the date of receipt in the cases referred to in clause (i) of the preceding sentence and (b) on the second day after the date of mailing in the cases referred to in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. All such communications to the Company shall be addressed to it, to the attention of its Secretary, at its then principal office and to the Employee at his or her last address appearing on the records of the Company or, in each case, to such other person or address as may be designated by like notice hereunder. Notice may also be provided to the Secretary of the Company or to the Employee by facsimile or electronic mail, and any such communication shall be deemed to be effective upon receipt, provided confirmation of transmission is electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party.

 

108
 

7. Taxes . The Employee generally will be subject to tax at ordinary income rates on the fair market value of the Shares and accrued dividends at the time they vest. However, if the Employee elects, under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), within thirty (30) days of the Award Date, he or she will be subject to tax at ordinary income rates on the fair market value of the Shares on the Award Date (determined without regard to the Restrictions). The foregoing statement of tax consequences is intended only as a generalized statement of current Federal tax law (as in existence on the date of this Agreement) and the Employee should consult his or her tax consultant to determine the specific tax consequences of this award from time to time. The Employee shall notify the Company immediately when making an election under Section 83(b), or any successor section, of the Code. In accordance with Section 16(b) of the Plan, the Company will have the power to withhold, or require the Employee to remit to the Company promptly upon notification of the amount due, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal, state and local withholding tax requirements with respect to the vesting of the Restricted Stock, and delivery of the Shares shall not occur until such requirements are satisfied.  If requested by the Grantee in advance, the Committee shall cancel Shares to be delivered to the Grantee having a Fair Market Value, on the day preceding the date of vesting of the Restricted Stock, equal to the aggregate required tax withholding in connection with such vesting, and to apply the value of such Shares as payment for the Grantee’s aggregate required tax withholding for the vesting of any Shares. A sample form to be used in making this request is attached.

 

8. Recoupment Policy . The Employee agrees that the Shares will be subject to any compensation clawback or recoupment policies of the Company that may be applicable to Employee, as in effect from time to time and as approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof, whether or not approved before or after the Award Date.

 

9. Miscellaneous . This Agreement and the Plan contain a complete statement of all the arrangements between the parties with respect to their subject matter, and this Agreement cannot be changed except by a writing executed by both parties. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey applicable to agreements made and to be performed exclusively in New Jersey. The headings in this Agreement are solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect its meaning or interpretation.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE   EMPLOYEE
FINANCIAL CORPORATION      
         
         
By:     By:  
        Signature of Employee

109
 

**THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED IN ADVANCE OF VESTING AND

MAY ONLY BE SUBMITTED WHEN NO BLACKOUT PERIOD IS IN EFFECT.**

Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation

Tax Withholding Election Form

 

The undersigned has received, pursuant to the Company’s 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), shares of the Common Stock, no par value, of the Company (“Restricted Stock”) subject to the restrictions set forth in a Restricted Stock Award Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated _________. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

 

With respect to the satisfaction of any and all withholding tax obligations that may arise upon the vesting of the Restricted Stock and pursuant to Section 7 (Taxes) of the Agreement, the undersigned hereby voluntarily elects (please choose one and initial on the space provided):

 

____ (i)

to have the Company withhold a number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable sufficient to cover the undersigned’s withholding tax obligations in connection with the vesting of the Restricted Stock subject to the Agreement, with the number of withheld shares determined based on the fair market value as of the date preceding the vesting date.

 

____ (ii)

to withdraw the voluntary election dated _________ in connection with the vesting of the Restricted Stock subject to the Agreement.

 

The undersigned understands that the Company may defer issuance and delivery of Common Stock until all tax withholding requirements are satisfied.

 

The vesting of the Restricted Stock subject to the Agreement may at times occur during a blackout period. In such an event, you would be unable to elect to have shares of Common Stock withheld to cover withholding tax obligations. Thus, consistent with Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, where item (i) above is checked, this Tax Withholding Election Form serves as your authorization to have the Company withhold a number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable sufficient to cover the undersigned’s withholding tax obligations in connection with the vesting of the Restricted Stock subject to the Agreement.

 

By executing this Tax Withholding Election Form, the undersigned represents and warrants that as of the date hereof he/she is not aware of any material nonpublic information with respect to the Company or any of its securities.

 

 

   
  [NAME]

 

110
 

 

Exhibit (10) H (4)

 

Name of Employee:   «FIRSTNAME» «LASTNAME» No. of Shares:   «ISO»
  Exercise  Price: $

 

 

 

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (“AGREEMENT”)

 

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION, a New Jersey corporation (“Company”), this __ day of ________, ____ (“Option Date”) hereby grants to «FIRSTNAME» «LASTNAME» (“Employee”), an employee of the Company or a subsidiary thereof, pursuant to the Company’s 2012 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (“Plan”), an option to purchase shares of the Common Stock, no par value (“Common Stock”), of the Company in the amount and on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

1. Incorporation by Reference of Plan . The provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is being furnished herewith to the Employee, are incorporated by reference herein and shall govern as to all matters not expressly provided for in this Agreement. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

 

2. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to the Employee the option (“Option”) to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of «ISO» shares of Common Stock (“Shares”) on the terms and conditions herein set forth. The Option is a “nonqualified” Option and is not intended to be an incentive option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

3. Purchase Price . The purchase price of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option shall be $ ___ per share subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10 below.

 

4. Terms of Option . (a)   Vesting . This Option shall not be exercisable until the dates shown below:

 

Percentage    
of Shares Which    
May Be Purchased First Date On Which Such Last Date On Which Such
Hereunder Shares May be Purchased Shares May be Purchased
     
XX% X yr after Option Date X yrs after Option Date
XX% X yrs after Option Date X yrs after Option Date
XX% X yrs after Option Date X yrs after Option Date
XX% X yrs after Option Date X yrs after Option Date
100% X yrs after Option Date X yrs after Option Date

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing vesting schedule, upon the death, Disability or Retirement of the Employee, or upon a Change in Control, all options shall become immediately exercisable as set forth in the Plan. The Plan defines Retirement as follows:

 

“Retirement” means the retirement from active employment of an employee or officer, but only if such person meets all of the following requirements: (i) he has a minimum combined total of years of service to the Company or any Subsidiary (excluding service to any acquired company) and age equal to eighty (80), (ii) he is age sixty-two (62) or older, and (iii) he provides six (6) months prior written notice to the Company of the retirement.

If the Employee retires but fails to meet such conditions, he or she shall not be deemed to be within the definition of Retirement for any purpose under the Plan and this Agreement.

 

111
 

(b) Final Termination . No Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years and one (1) day from the date hereof or such shorter period as is prescribed in the Plan or in this Agreement.

 

5. Restrictions . This Option is subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan including, but not limited to, the following:

 

a. This Option is not transferable, as provided in Section 6(c) of the Plan;

 

b. This Option may be exercised by the Employee or his or her legal representative for a period of three (3) years after the Employee terminates employment due to death or Disability, as provided in Section 6(g)(1) of the Plan (but in no event beyond the date determined under Section 4(b) above);

 

c. This Option lapses upon the termination of employment if the termination is by the Employee (other than due to the Employee’s Retirement), as provided in Section 6(g)(2) of the Plan;

 

d. This Option may be exercised by the Employee or his or her legal representative for three (3) years if the termination of employment is due to the Employee’s Retirement, as provided in Section 6(g)(3) of the Plan (but in no event beyond the date determined under Section 4(b) above);

 

e. This Option (to the extent exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s termination of employment) may be exercised by the Employee or his or her legal representative for ninety (90) days after the termination of the Employee’s employment if the termination is for any reason other than death, Disability, termination by the Employee or Retirement except that if the Employee’s termination of employment occurs within twelve (12) months of a Change in Control, the Option shall be exercisable for three (3) years following the termination of employment as provided in Section 6(g)(4) of the Plan (but in no event beyond the date determined under Section 4(b) above); and

 

f. This Option may be exercised by the designated beneficiaries of the Employee, as provided in Section 16(c) of the Plan.

 

6. Exercise . This Option shall be exercised by notice to the Company, accompanied by full payment in cash, check or Shares or by having Shares that would otherwise have been delivered to the Employee upon exercise of the Option withheld by the Company, as set forth in Section 6(e) of the Plan. A sample form to be used in exercising this Option is attached.

 

7. Tax Treatment Upon Exercis e. Generally, the Employee will recognize ordinary income upon the exercise of this Option equal to the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of the stock on the date of exercise, the tax on which is subject to withholding. The foregoing statement of tax consequences is intended only as a generalized statement of current Federal tax law (as in existence on the date of this Agreement) and the Employee, at his or her expense, should consult his or her tax consultant to determine the specific tax consequences of his or her exercise of this Option at the time of such exercise. The Employee shall deliver to the Company any Federal, state and local tax withholding required by law in connection herewith prior to exercise of this Option.

 

8. Securities Law Restrictions . The Company is under no obligation to file a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”) with respect to the Shares to be received upon exercise of the Option. As provided by Section 15(f) of the Plan, unless a registration statement under the Act has been filed and remains effective with respect to the Shares, the Company shall require that the offer and sale of such Shares be exempt from the registration provisions of the Act. As a condition of such exemption, the Company shall require a representation and undertaking, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, that the Employee is acquiring the Shares for his or her own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof and shall otherwise require such representations and impose such conditions as shall establish to the Company’s satisfaction that the offer and sale of the Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Option will not constitute a violation of the Act or any similar state act affecting the offer and sale. If issued in an exempt transaction, the Shares shall bear the following restrictive legend:

 

112
 

“These shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. No transfer of the shares may be effected without an opinion of counsel to the Company stating that the transfer is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 and any applicable state securities laws or that the transfer of the shares is covered by an effective registration statement with respect to the shares.”

 

9. Restrictions on Transfer . This Option shall not be transferred (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), assigned, pledged or hypothecated and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. In the event the terms of this paragraph are not complied with by the Employee, or if the Option is subject to execution, attachment or similar process, this Option shall immediately become null and void.

 

10. Anti-Dilution Provisions . If prior to expiration of the Option there shall occur any change in the outstanding Common Stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization, subscription rights offering, or the like, and as often as the same shall occur, then the kind and number of shares subject to the Option, or the purchase price per share of Common Stock, or both, shall be adjusted by the Committee in such manner as it may deem equitable, the determination of which shall be binding and conclusive. Failure of the Committee to provide for any such adjustment shall be conclusive evidence that no adjustment is required. The Company shall have the right to engage a firm of independent certified public accountants, which may be the Company’s regular auditors, to make any computation provided for in this Section, and a certificate of that firm showing the required adjustment shall be conclusive and binding.

 

11. Acceptance of Provisions . The execution of this Agreement by the Employee shall constitute the Employee’s acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.

 

12. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted under the Plan and this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given either by (i) personal delivery or regular mail, in each case against receipt, or (ii) first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Any such communication shall be deemed to have been given (a) on the date of receipt in the cases referred to in clause (i) of the preceding sentence and (b) on the second day after the date of mailing in the cases referred to in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. All such communications to the Company shall be addressed to it, to the attention of its Secretary, at its then principal office and to the Employee at his or her last address appearing on the records of the Company or, in each case, to such other person or address as may be designated by like notice hereunder. Notice may also be provided to the Secretary of the Company or to the Employee by facsimile or electronic mail, and any such communication shall be deemed to be effective upon receipt, provided confirmation of transmission is electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party.

 

13. Miscellaneous . This Agreement and the Plan contain a complete statement of all the arrangements between the parties with respect to their subject matter, and this Agreement cannot be changed except by a writing executed by both parties. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey applicable to agreements made and to be performed exclusively in New Jersey. The headings in this Agreement are solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect its meaning or interpretation.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE   EMPLOYEE
FINANCIAL CORPORATION      
         
         
By:     By:  
        Signature of Employee

  

113
 

FORM FOR EXERCISING NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION

 

 

Date: _________________, ____

 

 

Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation

500 Hills Drive

Bedminster, New Jersey 07921

Attention: Bridget J. Walsh

 

Ms. Walsh:

 

I am (check one (1))

 

___ an employee of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation and/or its subsidiaries (“Company”)

 

___ a former employee of the Company

 

___ the designated beneficiary of a deceased employee of the Company

 

and, as such, I am entitled to exercise the option (“Option”) granted pursuant to the attached Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (“Agreement”).

 

I wish to exercise the Option to acquire _____ shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“Shares”) at the exercise price of $________, as set forth in the Agreement. My total payment representing the exercise price and the withholding tax which I must pay to you in connection with the exercise of the Option is enclosed.

 

(Check one (1) to indicate whether you are paying in:)

 

___      Wire transfer or bank transfer

___      Check made payable to Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation

___      Other shares of the Company’s Common Stock (only with permission of the Committee appointed to administer the Plan under which the Option was granted)

___      By having shares of the Company’s Common Stock that would otherwise have been delivered upon exercise of an Option withheld by the Company (only with permission of the Committee appointed to administer the Plan under which the Option was granted)

 

If the Shares I acquire hereby have not been registered for sale under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (which the Company is under no obligation to do), I represent to you that I am acquiring the Shares for my own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to distribution or resale and I authorize you to place an appropriate restrictive legend on the certificates representing the Shares.

 

Please make a notation on the Agreement to evidence my exercise of the Option as set forth and return the Agreement (if any Options remain thereunder) to me at the address below.

 

   
SIGNATURE  
   
   
   
(PRINT NAME)  
   
   
   
(PRINT ADDRESS)  

 

 

 

 

114
 

Exhibit (10) H (5)

 

Name of Employee: No. of Shares:
 

Exercise Price:

 

 

 

 

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (“AGREEMENT”)

 

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION, a New Jersey corporation (“Company”), this __ day of _________ 20 __ (“Option Date”) hereby grants to ___________ (“Employee”), an employee of the Company or a subsidiary thereof, pursuant to the Company’s 2012 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (“Plan”), an option to purchase shares of the Common Stock, no par value (“Common Stock”), of the Company in the amount and on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

1. Incorporation by Reference of Plan . The provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is being furnished herewith to the Employee, are incorporated by reference herein and shall govern as to all matters not expressly provided for in this Agreement. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

 

2. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to the Employee the option (“Option”) to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of _______ shares of Common Stock (“Shares”) on the terms and conditions herein set forth. To the extent possible, the Option is intended to be an incentive option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

3. Purchase Price . The purchase price of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option shall be $ ____ per share subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10 below.

 

4. Terms of Option . (a)   Vesting . This Option shall not be exercisable until the dates shown below:

 

Percentage    
of Shares Which    
May Be Purchased First Date On Which Such Last Date On Which Such
Hereunder Shares May be Purchased Shares May be Purchased
     
XX% X yr after Option Date X yrs after Option Date
XX% X yr after Option Date X yrs after Option Date
XX% X yr after Option Date X yrs after Option Date
XX% X yr after Option Date X yrs after Option Date
100% X yr after Option Date X yrs after Option Date

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing vesting schedule, upon the death, Disability or Retirement of the Employee, or upon a Change in Control, all options shall become immediately exercisable as set forth in the Plan. The Plan defines Retirement as follows:

“Retirement” means the retirement from active employment of an employee or officer, but only if such person meets all of the following requirements: (i) he has a minimum combined total of years of service to the Company or any Subsidiary (excluding service to any acquired company) and age equal to eighty (80), (ii) he is age sixty-two (62) or older, and (iii) he provides six (6) months prior written notice to the Company of the retirement.

If the Employee retires but fails to meet such conditions, he or she shall not be deemed to be within the definition of Retirement for any purpose under the Plan and this Agreement.

115
 

(b) Final Termination . No Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date hereof (five (5) years in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten-Percent Shareholder) or such shorter period as is prescribed in the Plan or in this Agreement.

5. Restrictions . This Option is subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan including, but not limited to, the following:

 

a. This Option is not transferable, as provided in Section 6(c) of the Plan;

 

b. This Option may be exercised by the Employee or his or her legal representative for a period of three (3) years after the Employee terminates employment due to death or Disability, as provided in Section 6(g)(1) of the Plan (but in no event beyond the date determined under Section 4(b) above);

 

c. This Option lapses upon the termination of employment if the termination is by the Employee (other than due to the Employee’s Retirement), as provided in Section 6(g)(2) of the Plan;

 

d. This Option may be exercised by the Employee or his or her legal representative for ninety (90) days if the termination of employment is due to the Employee’s Retirement, as provided in Section 6(g)(3) of the Plan (but in no event beyond the date determined under Section 4(b) above);
e. This Option (to the extent exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s termination of employment) may be exercised by the Employee or his or her legal representative for ninety (90) days after the termination of the Employee’s employment if the termination is for any reason other than death, Disability, termination by the Employee or Retirement, as provided in Section 6(g)(4) of the Plan (but in no event beyond the date determined under Section 4(b) above); and

 

f. This Option may be exercised by the designated beneficiaries of the Employee, as provided in Section 16(c) of the Plan.

 

6. Exercise . This Option shall be exercised by notice to the Company, accompanied by full payment in cash, check or Shares or by having Shares that would otherwise have been delivered to the Employee upon exercise of the Option withheld by the Company, as set forth in Section 6(e) of the Plan. A sample form to be used in exercising this Option is attached.

 

7. Holding Period Necessary for Favorable Tax Treatment of Shares . To obtain favorable tax treatment for stock acquired pursuant to this Option, the Employee may not dispose of Shares acquired pursuant to this Option (i) within two (2) years of the date this Option is granted or (ii) within one (1) year after such Shares are transferred to the Employee. The foregoing statement of tax consequences is intended only as a generalized statement of current Federal tax law (as in existence on the date of this Agreement) and the Employee, at his or her expense, should consult his or her tax consultant to determine the specific tax consequences of his or her exercise of this Option. An employee who disposes of his or her Shares prior to the expiration of such holding period shall notify the Company, within ten (10) days after the disposition occurs, of the date of the sale and the amount of gain on the sale.

 

8. Securities Law Restrictions . The Company is under no obligation to file a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”) with respect to the Shares to be received upon exercise of the Option. As provided by Section 15(f) of the Plan, unless a registration statement under the Act has been filed and remains effective with respect to the Shares, the Company shall require that the offer and sale of such Shares be exempt from the registration provisions of the Act. As a condition of such exemption, the Company shall require a representation and undertaking, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, that the Employee is acquiring the Shares for his or her own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof and shall otherwise require such representations and impose such conditions as shall establish to the Company’s satisfaction that the offer and sale of the Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Option will not constitute a violation of the Act or any similar state act affecting the offer and sale. If issued in an exempt transaction, the Shares shall bear the following restrictive legend:

 

116
 

“These shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. No transfer of the shares may be effected without an opinion of counsel to the Company stating that the transfer is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 and any applicable state securities laws or that the transfer of the shares is covered by an effective registration statement with respect to the shares.”

 

9. Restrictions on Transfer . This Option shall not be transferred (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), assigned, pledged or hypothecated and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. In the event the terms of this paragraph are not complied with by the Employee, or if the Option is subject to execution, attachment or similar process, this Option shall immediately become null and void.

 

10. Anti-Dilution Provisions . If prior to expiration of the Option there shall occur any change in the outstanding Common Stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization, subscription rights offering, or the like, and as often as the same shall occur, then the kind and number of shares subject to the Option, or the purchase price per share of Common Stock, or both, shall be adjusted by the Committee in such manner as it may deem equitable, the determination of which shall be binding and conclusive. Failure of the Committee to provide for any such adjustment shall be conclusive evidence that no adjustment is required. The Company shall have the right to engage a firm of independent certified public accountants, which may be the Company’s regular auditors, to make any computation provided for in this Section, and a certificate of that firm showing the required adjustment shall be conclusive and binding.

 

11. Acceptance of Provisions . The execution of this Agreement by the Employee shall constitute the Employee’s acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.

 

12. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted under the Plan and this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given either by (i) personal delivery or regular mail, in each case against receipt, or (ii) first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Any such communication shall be deemed to have been given (a) on the date of receipt in the cases referred to in clause (i) of the preceding sentence and (b) on the second day after the date of mailing in the cases referred to in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. All such communications to the Company shall be addressed to it, to the attention of its Secretary, at its then principal office and to the Employee at his or her last address appearing on the records of the Company or, in each case, to such other person or address as may be designated by like notice hereunder. Notice may also be provided to the Secretary of the Company or to the Employee by facsimile or electronic mail, and any such communication shall be deemed to be effective upon receipt, provided confirmation of transmission is electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party.

 

13. Miscellaneous . This Agreement and the Plan contain a complete statement of all the arrangements between the parties with respect to their subject matter, and this Agreement cannot be changed except by a writing executed by both parties. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey applicable to agreements made and to be performed exclusively in New Jersey. The headings in this Agreement are solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect its meaning or interpretation.

 

117
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE   EMPLOYEE
FINANCIAL CORPORATION      
         
         
By:     By:  
       



118
 

FORM FOR EXERCISING INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION

 

 

Date: _________________, ____

 

 

Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation

500 Hills Drive

Bedminster, New Jersey 07921

Attention: Bridget J. Walsh

 

Ms. Walsh:

 

I am (check one (1))

 

___ an employee of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation and/or its subsidiaries (“Company”)

 

___ a former employee of the Company

 

___ the designated beneficiary of a deceased employee of the Company

 

and, as such, I am entitled to exercise the option (“Option”) granted pursuant to the attached Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation Incentive Stock Option Agreement (“Agreement”).

 

I wish to exercise the Option to acquire _____ shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“Shares”) at the exercise price of $________, as set forth in the Agreement. My total payment representing the exercise price and the withholding tax which I must pay to you in connection with the exercise of the Option is enclosed.

 

(Check one (1) to indicate whether you are paying in:)

 

___      Wire transfer or bank transfer

___      Check made payable to Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation

___      Other shares of the Company’s Common Stock (only with permission of the Committee appointed to administer the Plan under which the Option was granted)

___      By having shares of the Company’s Common Stock that would otherwise have been delivered upon exercise of an Option withheld by the Company (only with permission of the Committee appointed to administer the Plan under which the Option was granted)

 

 

If the Shares I acquire hereby have not been registered for sale under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (which the Company is under no obligation to do), I represent to you that I am acquiring the Shares for my own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to distribution or resale and I authorize you to place an appropriate restrictive legend on the certificates representing the Shares.

 

Please make a notation on the Agreement to evidence my exercise of the Option as set forth and return the Agreement (if any Options remain thereunder) to me at the address below.

 

   
SIGNATURE  
   
   
   
(PRINT NAME)  
   
   
   
(PRINT ADDRESS)  

119
 

Exhibit (10) H (6)

 

peapack-gladstone financial corporation

 

nonqualified stock option agreement

FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT, made this ___ day of ______ 20__ by and between Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation (the “Company”) and _____________ (the “Optionee”),

 

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS , the Optionee is now an outside Director of the Company and the Company desires to afford him or her with the opportunity to acquire, or enlarge, his or her stock ownership in the Company so that he or she may have a direct proprietary interest in the Company’s continuing success:

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the covenants and agreement herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Grant of Option . Pursuant to the provisions of the 2012 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”), the Company hereby grants to the Optionee, subject to the terms and conditions of the 2012 Plan (the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference), and subject further to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the right and option (the “Option”) to purchase from the Company all or any part of an aggregate of _____ Shares of the Company at the purchase price of $____ per Share, which purchase price shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, such Option to be exercised as hereinafter provided.

 

2. Terms and Conditions. It is understood and agreed that the Option evidenced hereby is subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

a. Termination of Option . Each Option shall expire upon the earlier of (i) one hundred twenty (120) months following the date of grant, or (ii) three (3) years following the date on which the outside Director ceases to serve in such capacity for any reason other than removal for cause. If the Optionee dies before fully exercising any portion of an Option then exercisable, such Option may be exercised by his or her beneficiary, personal representative(s), heir(s), or devisee(s) at any time within the three (3) year period following his or her death; provided, however, that in no event shall the Option be exercisable more than one hundred twenty (120) months after the date of its grant. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein, if the Optionee’s service terminates at a time when Cause (as defined in the 2012 Plan) exists, then any and all outstanding Options shall automatically be terminated and void as of the date that Cause arose.

 

b. Exercise of Option . The Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable by its terms, in whole or in part at any time prior to the expiration thereof. Any exercise shall be accompanied by a written notice to the Company specifying the number of Shares as to which the Option is being exercised.

 

c. Conditions of Exercise . The Option shall not be exercisable during the twelve months following the date of grant. Thereafter, subject to the following provisions of this paragraph, the Option shall become exercisable as follows:

 

i. [XXXXX (XX%)] of the Options may be exercised after [XXX] year from the date of grant;

 

120
 

ii. [XXXXX (XX%)] of the Options may be exercised after [XXX] years from the date of grant;

 

iii. [XXXXX (XX%)] of the Options may be exercised after [XXX] years from the date of grant;

 

iv. One hundred percent (100%) of the Options may be exercised after [XXX] years from the date of grant], but only if the Optionee continues to serve as an outside Director at such applicable vesting dates, unless otherwise provided in the 2012 Plan, and provided that the Option may be exercised only to purchase whole Shares, and in no case may a fraction of a Share be purchased. The right of the Optionee to purchase Shares with respect to which this Option has become exercisable as herein provided may be exercised in whole or in part at any time or from time to time, prior to the tenth anniversary of the date of grant or three (3) years following the date on which the outside Director ceases to serve in such capacity for any reason other than removal for Cause, whichever occurs first.

 

d. Payment of Purchase Price Upon Exercise . The Option shall be exercised in the following manner: the Optionee, or person(s) having the right to exercise the Option upon the death or total Disability of the Optionee, shall deliver to the Company written notice, in substantially the form of the notice attached hereto, specifying the number of Shares which he or she elects to purchase pursuant to the exercise of the Option, together with either:

 

i. Cash;

 

ii. A check;

 

iii. A number of previously acquired Shares of the Company’s common stock having Fair Market Value (as of the date preceding the date of exercise) equal to the price to be paid upon the exercise of the Option;

 

iv. Any combination of cash and Shares of the Company’s common stock, the sum of which equals the total price to be paid upon the exercise of the Option, and the stock purchase shall thereupon be promptly delivered; or

 

v. His or her election to have Shares that would otherwise be delivered to the Optionee upon exercise withheld by the Company, as set forth in Section 6(e) of the Plan.

 

The Optionee will not be deemed to be a holder of any Shares pursuant to exercise of the Option until the date of the issuance of to him or her of such Shares and until the Shares are paid for in full.

 

e. Exercise Upon Termination of Service . Upon the termination of an Optionee’s service as an outside Director for the Company for any reason other than Retirement, Disability, Change in Control or death, the Optionee’s Options shall be exercisable only as to those Shares which were immediately purchasable by the Optionee at the date of termination. In the event of the Optionee’s termination as an outside Director by reason of death, Retirement or Disability, all Options held by such Optionee shall become immediately exercisable by the Optionee or the Optionee’s legal representatives or beneficiaries. Upon termination of the Optionee’s service due to or within 12 months after a Change in Control, all Options held by such Optionee shall become immediately exercisable.

 

121
 

f. Non-transferability . This Option shall not be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. During the lifetime of Optionee, this Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or by his or her guardian or legal representative.

 

g. Adjustments . In the event of any change in the common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, stock split, combination or exchange of Shares, or of any similar change affecting the common stock, then in any such event the number and kind of Shares subject to this Option and their purchase price per Share shall be appropriately adjusted consistent with such change in such manner as the Compensation Committee may deem equitable to prevent substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to Optionee hereunder. Any adjustment so made shall be final and binding upon Optionee.

 

h. No Rights as Stockholder . Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this Option unless and until (i) the Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms thereof, (ii) the Company shall have issued and delivered the Shares to the Optionee, and (iii) the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as a shareholder of record on the books of the Company. No adjustment shall be made for the dividends or distributions or other rights with respect to such Shares for which the record date is prior to the date upon which he or she shall become the holder of record thereof.

 

i. Compliance with Laws and Regulations . This Option and the obligation of the Company to sell and deliver Shares hereunder, shall be subject to all applicable Federal and state laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any government or regulatory agency as may be required.

 

3. Optionee Bound by Plan . Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the 2012 Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof.

 

4. Notices. Any notice hereunder to the Company shall be addressed to it at its office, 500 Hills Drive, Bedminster, New Jersey 07921, Attention: Bridget J. Walsh, and any notice hereunder to Optionee shall be addressed to his or her last address appearing on the records of the Company. Either party may designate some other address at any time hereafter in writing. Notice may also be provided by facsimile or electronic mail, and any such communication shall be deemed to be effective upon receipt, provided confirmation of transmission is electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation has caused this Agreement to be executed by its President or a Vice President and Optionee has executed this Agreement, both as of the date and year first above written.

 

  PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL
  CORPORATION
     
     
  By:  
    Name: Frank A. Kissel
    Title: Chairman and CEO
     
   
  [DIRECTOR]

 

122
 

FORM FOR EXERCISING NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION

 

 

Date: _________________, ____

 

 

Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation

500 Hills Drive

Bedminster, NJ 07921

Attention: Bridget J. Walsh

 

Ms. Walsh:

 

I am (check one (1))

 

___ an outside director of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation and/or its subsidiaries (“Company”)

 

___ a former outside director of the Company

 

___ the designated beneficiary of a deceased outside director of the Company

 

and, as such, I am entitled to exercise the option (“Option”) granted pursuant to the attached Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for Outside Directors (“Agreement”).

 

I wish to exercise the Option to acquire _____ shares of the Company's Common Stock (“Shares”) at the exercise price of $________, as set forth in the Agreement. My total payment of $_______ or _______ shares is enclosed.

 

(Check one (1) to indicate whether you are paying in:)

 

___      Wire transfer or bank transfer

___      Check made payable to Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation

___      Other shares of the Company's Common Stock (only with permission of the Committee appointed to administer the Plan under which the Option was granted)

___      A combination of cash and other shares of the Company's Common Stock (only with permission of the Committee appointed to administer the Plan under which the Option was granted)

___      By having shares of the Company’s Common Stock that would otherwise have been delivered upon exercise of an Option withheld by the Company (only with permission of the Committee appointed to administer the Plan under which the Option was granted)

 

 

If the Shares I acquire hereby have not been registered for sale under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (which the Company is under no obligation to do), I represent to you that I am acquiring the Shares for my own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to distribution or resale and I authorize you to place an appropriate restrictive legend on the certificates representing the Shares.

 

Please make a notation on the Agreement to evidence my exercise of the Option as set forth and return the Agreement (if any Options remain thereunder) to me at the address below.

 

   
SIGNATURE  
   
   
   
(PRINT NAME)  
   
   
   
(PRINT ADDRESS)  

123
 

Exhibit (10) K

 

SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE

Dated 09/06/2013

 

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE BANK ADVISES YOU TO CONSULT AN

ATTORNEY BEFORE YOU SIGN THIS DOCUMENT

 

This "Separation Agreement and General Release" (hereinafter "Release") between CRAIG C. SPENGEMAN (hereinafter "you" or "your"") and in favor of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation and Peapack-Gladstone Bank(hereinafter collectively "the Bank"), for the purpose of amicably and fully resolving any and all claims, disputes and issues arising out of your employment at the Bank and the termination of that employment.

As the Bank is willing to offer you the benefits described below in exchange for a full and complete release of all claims arising out of your employment with the Bank; and

As you have agreed to provide this Release to the Bank in return for these benefits;

Therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter provided and of the actions to be taken pursuant thereto, you agree as follows:

1.         (a) You hereby accept the sums and benefits set forth in Paragraph 1(b). Except as provided in Paragraphs 1(b),1(c) and 5 below, you will not be entitled to any other compensation or benefits from the Bank.

(b) Effective as of January 2, 2014 (the “Termination Date”), you are resigning as an employee of the Bank, and will similarly resign from your positions as President and Chief Investment Officer of PGB Trust and Investments, as a member of the Board of Directors of the Bank, and from all other offices, directorships, trusteeships, committee memberships and fiduciary and other capacities held with, or on behalf of, the Bank. .

(c) The Bank will make payments to you described below, minus all deductions required by law. These payments consist of:

(i) You shall be paid a total of $600,000 in severance, representing two (2) years of your current base salary of $300,000, as follows.  Per your election under Section 6(g) of your Employment Agreement with the Bank, dated January 1, 2008, you will be paid severance pay equal to six months ($150,000) of your current annual base salary of $300,000 on July 1, 2014, together with interest on said sum calculated using the six (6) month Treasury Bill rate as of the date on which the payment is delayed September 6, 2013, compounded daily.  Thereafter, the remaining balance ($450,000) will be paid over the subsequent eighteen months in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices.
(ii) On, December 27, 2013 unused vacation time, equal to a sum of $11,538, in accordance with New Jersey law will be paid.
(iii) on December 1, 2013, title to the 2008 Audi A6 used by you for business purposes and owned by the Bank, valued at $15,500.
(iv) Restricted Stock Shares granted to you under the Peapack Gladstone Financial Corporation stock plans will continue to vest according to vesting schedule.
(v) commencing January 1, 2014 reimbursement of all COBRA medical premiums you pay for one year, until December 31, 2014.

2.         In exchange for the sums and benefits set forth above, you agree to release the Bank, and its current and former officers, directors, agents, employees, successors and assigns (hereinafter collectively "the Released Parties") from all claims, demands, actions, and liabilities, whether known or unknown (except as expressly set forth in Paragraph 5 below), you may have against them or any one of them in any way related to your employment at the Bank and/or the termination of that employment. By way of example, the types of claims that are covered under this Release include but are not limited to:

124
 

(a)        all wrongful discharge claims, constructive discharge claims, claims relating to any contracts of employment, expressed or implied, any covenants of good faith and fair dealing, expressed or implied, and any personal wrongs or injuries;

(b)        any claims that could be brought pursuant to Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. § 2000 1 et seq., the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, 29 U.S.C. § 621 et seq., the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq., the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, 29 U.S.C. § 1131 et seq., the Family and Medical Leave Act, 29 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq. the New Jersey Law Against Discrimination, N.J.S.A. § 10:5 1 et seq., the Conscientious Employee Protection Act, N.J.S.A. § 34:19 1 et seq., the New Jersey Civil Rights Act, N.J.S.A. 10:6-1, et seq., and the Family Leave Act, N.J.S.A. § 34:1113 1 et seq. (all as may have been amended); and

(c)        any claims that could be brought under any other federal, state, county or municipal statute or ordinance dealing with discrimination in employment on the basis of sex, race, national origin, religion, disability, age, marital status, affectional or sexual orientation or other reason.

3.         (a) You agree that you will never sue or otherwise institute a claim seeking any personal recovery or personal injunctive relief against the Released Parties or any one of them for anything which has happened up to now, whether such claim is presently known or unknown by you, in any way related to your employment at the Bank and/or the termination of that employment.

(b) Nothing contained in this paragraph shall prohibit you from (i) bringing in any action to enforce the terms of this Agreement and Release; (ii) filing a timely charge with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) regarding the validity of this Agreement and Release; and (iii) filing a timely charge or complaint with the EEOC or participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC regarding any claim of employment discrimination ( although you have waived any right to personal recovery or personal injunctive relief in connection with any such charge or complaint.)

4.         You acknowledge that by entering into this Release, the Bank does not admit, expressly or implicitly, that it has engaged in any wrongdoing whatsoever.

5.         This Release does not include any claims you may have with respect to any medical, prescription, dental, retirement and savings benefits provided by plans maintained by the Bank to which you may be entitled, with respect to any payments due you under this Release, or with respect to any rights you may have under any applicable worker's compensation laws.

This release also does not include your rights to indemnification as a director, officer or employee of the Bank. You shall continue to have the right to be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by the corporate documents of the Bank in effect as of the Termination Date or, if greater, under applicable law, as well as to the fullest extent permitted pursuant to applicable director and officer insurance policies of the Bank, as in effect from time to time.

6.         You agree that you have executed this Release on your own behalf and also on behalf of any heirs, agents, representatives, successors and assigns that you may have now or in the future.

7.         You acknowledge and agree that the benefits provided herein exceed any amount to which you would otherwise be presently entitled under the Bank's policies, procedures and benefit programs and/or under any applicable law without providing this Release, and constitute valuable consideration for this Release.

8.         (a) You hereby acknowledge that the Bank maintains certain proprietary and confidential information that has great value in its business (hereinafter "Confidential Information") and that Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, (i) any and all information (in any medium, including but not limited to, written documents and electronic files) concerning unpublished financial data, marketing and sales data, compensation data, employee lists, customer lists, product cost or pricing information, contracts, formulas, trade secrets, inventions, discoveries, improvements, data, know how, formats, marketing plans, business plans, strategies, forecasts, supplier and vendor identities and (ii) information provided to the Bank in confidence by the Bank's customers and others with whom the Bank does business.

125
 

(b) You agree that at all times hereafter you (i) will hold in trust and keep in confidence any all Confidential Information in your possession or to which you have had access and (ii) will not without the prior express written authorization of the Bank directly or indirectly use for any purpose, publish, disseminate, or disclose to any person, corporation, firm, or other entity any Confidential Information.

(c) You agree to reasonably cooperate with the Bank as may be reasonably required, in connection with any past, present or future legal matter involving the Bank

(c) You further acknowledge and represent that you have returned to the Bank all Confidential Information (including copies), all other documents, and all tangible property of the Bank, including, but not limited to, keys, credit cards, cell phones, computers and other electronic equipment.

9.         You agree that you will not make any statements, orally or in writing, that disparage the reputation or good will of the Released Parties or any one of them.

10.       You agree to keep both the existence and the terms of this Release completely confidential, except that you may discuss this Release with your attorney, accountant or other tax professional and your spouse.

11.       You acknowledge that the Bank has advised you and that you are aware of the following:

(a) you have the right to and should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release;

(b) you have 21 calendar days to decide whether to sign this Release; and

(c) if you sign this Release, you have up to 7 calendar days to revoke it, and the Release will not become effective until this 7 calendar day period has expired.

12.       If you sign this Release and wish to revoke it, within 7 days after you sign it you must deliver or mail a written notice of revocation (form attached) to Bridget J. Walsh, Senior Vice President, Peapack-Gladstone Bank, 500 Hills Drive, Bedminster, NJ 07921. The revocation must be:

(a) delivered within the 7 calendar day period; and

(b) properly addressed to Bridget J. Walsh at the above address.

If Bridget J. Walsh does not receive a written notice of revocation in accordance with the foregoing terms, you will not be able to rescind this Release.

13.       You agree that this Release contains the entire agreement of the parties and that this Release cannot be amended, modified, or supplemented in any respect except by the written agreement of both parties. You also acknowledge and agree that you remain subject to the obligations that apply under the terms of your Employment Agreement with the Bank dated as of January 1, 2008 (the “Employment Agreement”), and that all payments described hereunder are in full satisfaction of the Bank’s obligations under the Employment Agreement. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in exchange for your agreeing to the terms of this Release, the Bank will release you from the Non-Compete provisions that would otherwise apply to you under Section 8(a) of your Employment Agreement (but the remainder of Section 8 will remain in full force and effect).

14.       You agree that if any term or provision of this Release or the application thereof to any alleged claim, party or circumstances shall to any extent be determined to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the remaining provisions and any application thereof shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect without being impaired or invalidated in any way. The parties further agree to replace any such void or unenforceable provision of this Release with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business or other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision.

126
 

15.       You acknowledge that you have read this Release in its entirety, understand fully the meaning and significance of all its terms, have had an opportunity to discuss said terms with an attorney, and you hereby voluntarily and knowingly agree to accept all of its terms. You further acknowledge that you have not relied on any representations, promises, or agreements of any kind made to you in connection with your decision to sign this Release except for the agreements set forth in the Release.

16.       You agree that this Release shall be governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey without giving effect to any conflicts of law principles. You also agree that the state and federal courts in the State of New Jersey will have exclusive jurisdiction and venue over the subject matter hereof. The payments and benefits provided under this Release are intended to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder and, accordingly, this Release will be administered and interpreted to be consistent with such intent, although the Bank does not provide assurance or a guarantee of such compliance.

 

  DATE:    
        CRAIG C. SPENGEMAN
         
  STATE OF      
         
  COUNTY OF      
         
On this _____day of  2013 _____________________ personally came before me and acknowledged under oath, to my satisfaction, that this person (a) is named in and personally signed this document; and (b) signed, sealed and delivered this document as his/her voluntary act and deed.
 
       
      NOTARY PUBLIC    
         
         
     
  BRIDGET J. WALSH, SVP    
       
  Date      

127
 

REVOCATION FORM

To be effective, this Revocation Form must be mailed to Bridget J. Walsh, Senior Vice President, Peapack-Gladstone Bank, 500 Hills Drive, Bedminster, NJ 07921 within 7 days following the date you sign the Separation Agreement and General Release. This Revocation Form must be:

(1) Delivered within the 7 calendar day period; and

(2) Properly addressed to Bridget J. Walsh, Senior Vice President, Peapack-Gladstone Bank, 500 Hills Drive Bedminster, NJ 07921.

If Bridget J. Walsh does not receive a written revocation as set forth above, you will not be able to rescind the Separation Agreement and General Release.

By signing below, I revoke the Separation Agreement and General Release signed by me and dated _______, 2013 and rescind my agreement to accept the benefits provided therein. I understand that by signing this Revocation Form and returning it to the Bank as indicated above, my agreement to accept the terms and conditions of the Separation Agreement and General Release will be considered withdrawn, and my benefits will be determined in accordance with normal Bank policy.

 

       
  WITNESS   CRAIG C. SPENGEMAN
         
       
  PRINTED NAME    
         
  DATED:      

 

128
 

Exhibit (10) L

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

OF DOUGLAS KENNEDY

 

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of DECEMBER 4, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation (“ PGFC ”), Peapack-Gladstone Bank (the “ Bank ”) (PGFC and the Bank are collectively referred to herein as the “ Company ”), and DOUGLAS KENNEDY (the “ Executive ”), whose home address is 135 Pollard Drive, Mountain Lakes, NJ 07046.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive as the CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, and the Executive desires to employed as the CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1. Term of Employment.

 

(a)           The term of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and end on DECEMBER 31, 2014 (the “ Original Term of Employment ”), unless terminated earlier in accordance herewith.

 

(b)           The Original Term of Employment shall be automatically renewed for successive one-year terms (the “ Renewal Terms ”) so long as the Company does not, prior to 60 days before such expiration date, deliver a notification of non-renewal to the Executive stating that the Company is electing to terminate this Agreement at the expiration of the then current Term of Employment. “ Term of Employment ” shall mean the Original Term of Employment and all Renewal Terms. In the event that this Agreement is not renewed because the Company has given the 60-day notice prescribed in the preceding paragraph on or before the expiration of the Original Term of Employment or any Renewal Term, such non-renewal shall be treated as a “Termination Without Cause” as set forth in Section 5; provided that the Executive is willing and able to execute a new contract providing terms and conditions substantially similar to those in this Agreement and to continue providing services to the Company.

Section 2. Position and Duties. During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall serve as the CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER of the Company and shall report to the CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Executive shall have such powers and duties as are commensurate with such position and as may be conferred upon him by the Board of Directors of the PGFC (the “ Board ”) of the Company. During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall devote all of his business time, attention, skill and efforts exclusively to the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may engage in charitable, educational, religious, civic and similar types of activities, speaking engagements, membership on the board of directors of other organizations, and similar activities to the extent that such activities do not inhibit the performance of his duties hereunder or conflict in any material way with the business of the Company and its subsidiaries.

Section 3. Compensation. For all services rendered by the Executive in any capacity required hereunder during the Term of Employment, including, without limitation, services as an executive officer, director, or member of any committee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the Executive shall be compensated as follows:

(a)           The Company shall pay the Executive a fixed salary at a rate per annum equal to $500,000(“ Base Salary ”). Base Salary shall be payable in installments at such times as the Company customarily pays its other employees. The Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed annually for appropriate increases by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”), pursuant to the normal performance review policies for senior level executives.

(b)           The Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus during the Term of Employment. The annual bonus shall be based on the terms and conditions, including such performance goals, established by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board or the Compensation Committee from time to time. Any annual bonus earned by the Executive shall be paid to him after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates; provided that in no event shall the Executive’s annual bonus be paid later than March 15 of the fiscal year following the fiscal year for which it was earned.

129
 

(c)           The Executive shall be entitled to five weeks of vacation in each calendar year during the Term of Employment that will be taken in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy as in effect from time to time. The Executive shall not be entitled to carryover vacation from one year to another or to any payment in respect of any unused vacation.

(d)           The Executive shall be eligible to participate in all compensation and employee benefit plans for which any salaried employees of the Company are eligible. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the amendment or termination of any such plan or program. The Executive will not be entitled to severance under any severance plan of the Company other than pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 4. Business Expenses. The Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable entertainment, travel or other expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, subject to the Executive’s presentation of appropriate documentation in accordance with such procedures as the Company may from time to time establish.

Section 5. Termination of Employment. This is employment at will and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Executive any right to be retained in the employ of the Company, and the Executive specifically acknowledges that the Executive is subject to discharge at any time by the Company with or without Cause (as defined below) and without compensation of any nature, except as provided in Section 6. In addition, upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall be deemed to have automatically resigned from all positions, including as an officer and, if applicable, as a director or member of the Board and any committees thereof, or the board of directors or committees of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates or any other fiduciary positions with the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates.

(a)           The Company shall have the right, upon delivery of written notice to the Executive, to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment as follows: [1]

(i) pursuant to a Termination for Cause, or

(ii)  upon the Executive’s Permanent Disability, or

(iii) pursuant to a Termination Without Cause.

(b)           The Executive shall have the right, upon delivery of written notice to the Company 30 days in advance of the proposed termination date, to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment in the Executive’s sole discretion.

(c)           The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate automatically without action by any party hereto upon the Executive’s death.

(d)           For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Termination for Cause ” means a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company because the Executive has (a) materially failed to perform the duties assigned to him hereunder or imposed upon him by applicable law, and such failure to perform constitutes self-dealing, willful misconduct or recklessness, (b) committed an act of dishonesty in the performance of his duties hereunder or engaged in conduct materially detrimental to the business of the Company, (c) been convicted of a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, (d) materially failed to perform his duties hereunder, which breach or failure the Executive shall fail to remedy within 30 days after written demand from the Company, (e) knowingly failed to follow lawful, written directives of the Board, or (f) engaged in any material employment act or practice, including but not limited to sexual harassment, forbidden by the Company in its employment manual as revised from time to time.

 

 

130
 

Termination Without Cause ” means a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company other than due to Permanent Disability, retirement, death or Termination for Cause. For the avoidance of doubt non-renewal of this Agreement by the Company pursuant to Section 1(b) shall constitute a Termination Without Cause for purposes of this Section 5.

Permanent Disability ” means permanently disabled so as to qualify for full benefits under the Company’s then-existing long-term disability insurance policy. If the Company does not maintain any such policy on the date of termination, “ Permanent Disability ” shall mean the inability of the Executive to work for a period of four full calendar months during any eight consecutive calendar months due to illness or injury of a physical or mental nature, supported by the completion by the Executive’s attending physician of a medical certification form outlining the disability and treatment.

Section 6. Benefits Upon Termination.

(a)           In lieu of any severance that may otherwise be payable to the Executive pursuant to any policies of the Company, whether existing on the date hereof or in effect from time to time hereafter, in the event that the Company terminates the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Termination Without Cause, the Company shall pay the Executive severance payments in an amount equal to 2.0 times the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment. The severance amount shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll over the two year period following the Executive’s termination of employment (the “ Severance Period ”). Such severance payments shall commence within 60 days after the effective date of the termination, subject to (i) the Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a written release of all claims against the Company and all related parties with respect to all matters arising out of the Executive’s employment by the Company, or the termination thereof, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”), and (ii) the Executive’s continued compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in Sections 7 and 8 below. The Executive also shall be entitled to any earned but unpaid Base Salary as of the effective date of termination of employment. No other payments shall be made, or benefits provided, by the Company under this Agreement except as otherwise required by law or the Company’s benefit plans.

(b)           In the event that the Company terminates the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Permanent Disability, the Company shall pay the Executive any earned but unpaid Base Salary as of the date of termination of employment. No other payments shall be made, or benefits provided, by the Company under this Agreement except as otherwise required by law or the Company’s benefit plans.

(c)           In the event that the Company terminates the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Termination for Cause or the Executive terminates his employment with the Company for any reason (including, without limitation, pursuant to any retirement), the Company shall pay the Executive any earned but unpaid Base Salary as of the date of termination of employment. No other payments shall be made, or benefits provided, by the Company under this Agreement or otherwise except to the extent required by law or the Company’s benefit plans.

(d)           In the event that the Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated due to the Executive’s death, the Company shall pay the Executive’s executor or other legal representative (the “ Representative ”) any earned but unpaid Base Salary as of the date of termination of employment. No other payments shall be made, or benefits provided, by the Company whether under this Agreement or otherwise except to the extent required by law or the Company’s benefit plans.

(e)           The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the severance payments to be made to him hereunder and if the Executive obtains other employment while receiving severance payments hereunder he shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement.

Section 7. Confidential Information. The Executive and the Company agree that all information pertaining to the affairs, business, clients, or customers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than information that the Company has previously made publicly available, is confidential information belonging to the Company and is a unique and valuable asset of the Company. Both during the Term of Employment hereof and thereafter, the Executive shall not, except to the extent reasonably necessary in the performance of his duties for the Company during the Term of Employment, disclose any information concerning the affairs, businesses, clients, or customers of the Company or its subsidiaries, or make use of any such information for his own purposes or for the benefit of any other person, firm, or corporation. All records, memoranda, letters, books, papers, reports, or other data, and other records and documents relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, whether made by the Executive or otherwise coming into his possession, shall remain the property of the Company, no copies thereof shall be made which are not retained by the Company, and the Executive agrees, on termination of his employment not to retain any copies and deliver all such confidential information in his possession to the Company.

131
 

Section 8. Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation.

(a)           During the Term of Employment and for the one year period commencing on the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason whatsoever, including expiration of the Term (the “ Restricted Period ”), the Executive shall not, without express prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, own or hold any proprietary interest in, or be employed by or receive remuneration from, any corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship or other entity (collectively, an “ entity ”) “engaged in competition” (as defined below) with the Company or any of its subsidiaries (a “ Competitor ”). For purposes of the preceding sentence, (i) the term “proprietary interest” means direct or indirect ownership of an equity interest in an entity other than ownership of less than 2 percent of any class stock in a publicly-held entity, and (ii) an entity shall be considered to be “engaged in competition” if such entity is, or is a holding company for or a subsidiary of an entity which is engaged in the business of (A) providing banking, trust services, asset management advice, or similar financial services to consumers, businesses individuals or other entities, and (B) the entity, holding company or subsidiary maintains any physical offices for the transaction of such business located within 50 miles of the main office of the Company.

(b)           During the Restricted Period, and for a period of one year thereafter, the Executive shall not, either directly or indirectly, for himself or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, company, partnership, corporation or business of whatever nature, (i) call upon any person or entity which is or has been within 24 months prior to the termination or other cessation of the Executive’s employment for any reason, a customer of the Company or any subsidiary (each a “ Customer ”) for the direct or indirect purpose of soliciting or selling deposit, loan or trust products or services or (ii) induce any Customer to curtail, cancel, not renew, or not continue their business with the Company or any subsidiary.

(c)           During the Restricted Period, and for a period of one year thereafter, the Executive shall not, without the express prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or assist any third party in soliciting for employment any person employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment (collectively, “ Employees ”), (ii) employ, attempt to employ or materially assist any third party in employing or attempting to employ any Employee, or (iii) otherwise act on behalf of any Competitor to interfere with the relationship between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and their respective Employees.

(d)           The Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 8 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that any breach by the Executive of any provision contained in this Section 8 will result in irreparable injury to the Company for which a remedy at law would be inadequate. Accordingly, the Executive acknowledges that the Company shall be entitled to temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against the Executive in the event of any breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of this Section 8, in addition to any other remedy that may be available to the Company whether at law or in equity. With respect to any provision of this Section 8 finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, such court shall be authorized to reform this Agreement or any provision hereof so that it is enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law. If the covenants of Section 8 are determined to be wholly or partially unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such determination shall not be a bar to or in any way diminish the Company’s right to enforce such covenants in any other jurisdiction and shall not bar or limit the enforceability of any other provisions.

(e)           The provisions of this Section 8 shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason whatsoever. The Company shall not be required to post any bond or other security in connection with any proceeding to enforce the provisions of this Section 8.

Section 9. Withholdings. The Company may directly or indirectly withhold from any payments made under this Agreement all Federal, State, City or other taxes and all other deductions as shall be required pursuant to any law or regulation or pursuant to any contributory benefit plan maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

Section 10. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, by same day or overnight mail (i) if to the Executive, at the address set forth above, or (ii) if to the Company, as follows:

The Board Of Directors

Peapack-Gladstone Bank

500 Hills Drive

Bedminster, NJ 07921

 

132
 

or to such other address as either party shall have previously specified in writing to the other.

Section 11. Binding Agreement; Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of, the Executive and the Company and its successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement is personal to the Executive and may not be assigned by him. The Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement in connection with a sale of all or substantially all of the business of PGFC or the Bank. Any successor to the Company by merger or consolidation shall be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement.

Section 12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New Jersey, without reference to the choice of law principles thereof.

Section 13. Dispute Resolution. At the option of either the Company or the Executive, any dispute, controversy or question arising under, out of or relating to this Agreement, the Executive’s employment or termination of employment, including but not limited to any and all statutory claims involving workplace discrimination or wrongful discharge, but excluding claims pursuant to Sections 7 or 8 hereof, shall be referred for decision by arbitration in the State of New Jersey by a neutral arbitrator mutually selected by the parties hereto. Any arbitration proceeding shall be governed by the Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect or such last in effect (in the event such Association is no longer in existence). If the parties are unable to agree upon such a neutral arbitrator within 21 days after either party has given the other written notice of the desire to submit the dispute, controversy or question for decision as aforesaid, then either party may apply to the American Arbitration Association for a final and binding appointment of a neutral arbitrator; however, if such Association is not then in existence or does not act in the matter within 45 days of any such application, either party may apply to a judge of the local court where the Bank is headquartered for an appointment of a neutral arbitrator to hear the parties and such judge is hereby authorized to make such appointment. In the event that either party exercises the right to submit a dispute, controversy or question arising hereunder to arbitration, the decision of the neutral arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on all interested persons and no action at law or in equity shall be instituted or, if instituted, further prosecuted by either party other than to enforce the award of the neutral arbitrator. The award of the neutral arbitrator may be entered in any court that has jurisdiction. The Executive and the Company shall each bear all their own costs (including the fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred in connection with any such arbitration and shall each pay one-half of the costs of any arbitrator.

Section 14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the matters covered hereby and shall supersede all previous written, oral or implied understandings among them with respect to such matters, including without limitation the Prior Agreement.

Section 15. Amendments. This Agreement may only be amended or otherwise modified, and compliance with any provision hereof may only be waived, by a writing executed by all of the parties hereto. The provisions of this Section 15 may only be amended or otherwise modified by such a writing.

Section 16. Section Headings . The Section headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. When the context admits or requires, words used in the masculine gender shall be construed to include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

Section 17. Effect on Change-in-Control Agreement. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Change-in-Control Agreement (the “ CIC Agreement ”) between the Company and the Executive, dated as of DECEMBER 4, 2013 becomes effective due to a Change in Control of the Company (as defined therein), while the Executive remains employed by the Company, this Agreement, except for Sections 7 and 8, shall no longer be effective in any respect but instead the relationship between the Executive and the Company shall be governed by the CIC Agreement.

Section 18. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or application thereof to anyone or under any circumstances is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in any other jurisdiction. If any provision is held void, invalid or unenforceable with respect to particular circumstances, it shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect in all other circumstances.

133
 

Section 19. Recoupment Policy . The Executive agrees that the Executive will be subject to any compensation clawback or recoupment policies that may be applicable to Executive as an employee of the Company, as in effect from time to time and as approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof, whether or not approved before or after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

Section 20. Application of Section 409A of the Code.

(a)           This Agreement shall be interpreted to avoid any penalty sanctions under section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Code ”). If any payment or benefit cannot be provided or made at the time specified herein without incurring sanctions under section 409A of the Code, then such benefit or payment shall be provided in full (to extent not paid in part at earlier date) at the earliest time thereafter when such sanctions shall not be imposed. For purposes of section 409A of the Code, all payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon the Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of such term under section 409A of the Code), each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment, and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. In no event shall the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the fiscal year of payment, except as permitted under section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to amounts under this Agreement are nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, in no event shall the timing of the Executive’s execution of the Release, directly or indirectly, result in the Executive designating the calendar year of payment, and if a payment that is subject to execution of the Release could be made in more than one taxable year, payment shall be made in the later taxable year.

(b)           Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, the Company has securities which are publicly traded on an established securities market and the Executive is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined in section 409A of the Code) and it is necessary to postpone the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable under this Agreement as a result of such termination of employment to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under section 409A of the Code, then the Company shall postpone the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) that are not otherwise paid first within the ‘short-term deferral exception’ under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(4), and then under the ‘separation pay exception’ under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), until the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is 6 months following the Executive’s “separation of service” (as such term is defined under code section 409A of the Code) with the Company. If any payments are postponed due to such requirements, such postponed amounts shall be paid in a lump sum to the Executive on the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is 6 months following Executive’s separation of service with the Company. If the Executive dies during the postponement period prior to the payment of postponed amount, the amounts withheld on account of section 409A of the Code shall be paid to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate within 60 days after the date of the Executive’s death.

(c)           All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) any reimbursement shall be for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

Section 21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which shall together be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

134
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , PGFC and the Bank have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, and the Executive has signed this Agreement, all as of the Effective Date. 

 

WITNESS   PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
       
       
    By:  
Secretary      
       
    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE BANK
       
       
    By:  
Secretary      
       
       
     
    EXECUTIVE

 

135
 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF RELEASE

 

136
 

 

Exhibit (10) M

 

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

OF FRANK A. KISSEL

 

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 25, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation (“ PGFC ”), Peapack-Gladstone Bank (the “ Bank ”) (PGFC and the Bank are collectively referred to herein as the “ Company ”), and Frank A. Kissel (the “ Kissel ”), whose address is PO Box 841, Far Hills , NJ 07931.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company and Kissel previously entered into that certain employment agreement dated January 1, 2008 (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Company and the Kissel now wish to fully cancel the Prior Agreement and replace said agreement with this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , this Agreement replaces and supersedes the Prior Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1. Primary Terms of Employment.

 

(a) Title: The Executive shall be employed as Chairman Emeritus.

 

(b) Term: The Executive shall be employed by the Company from the date hereof to and through December 31, 2015.

 

(c) Compensation: The Executive shall be compensated according to the terms set forth on Exhibit A , attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

(d) Job Duties: The Executive shall serve as an ambassador of goodwill for the Company, and shall endeavor to generate new business for the Company. The Executive shall set his own hours. The Executive shall work in his office, in the field or in his home, at his discretion.

 

Section 2. Change-in-Control Agreement. The Executive’s prior change-in-control agreement has been cancelled; the Executive shall have no change-in-control agreement.

Section 3. Business Expenses. The Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable entertainment, travel or other expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, subject to the Executive’s presentation of appropriate documentation in accordance with such procedures as the Company may from time to time establish.

Section 4. Withholdings. The Company may directly or indirectly withhold from any payments made under this Agreement all Federal, State, City or other taxes and all other deductions as shall be required pursuant to any law or regulation or pursuant to any contributory benefit plan maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

Section 5. Binding Agreement; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit and obligation of the Executive and the Company and the latter’s successors and assigns. In the case of a sale or merger of either PGFC or the Bank, or both, the acquiring or successor entity shall automatically by such sale or merger become bound by the terms hereof to the same extent and with equal force and effect as the Company is so bound today, and such acquiring or successor entity shall compensate Executive as set forth on Exhibit A hereto through the term hereof. This Agreement is personal to the Executive and may not be assigned by him.

137
 

Section 6. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New Jersey, without reference to the choice of law principles thereof.

Section 7. Entire Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the matters covered hereby and shall supersede all previous written, oral or implied understandings among them with respect to such matters, including without limitation the Prior Agreement.

Section 8. Amendments. This Agreement may only be amended or otherwise modified, and compliance with any provision hereof may only be waived, by a writing executed by all of the parties hereto. The provisions of this Section 8 may only be amended or otherwise modified by such a writing.

Section 9. Section Headings . The Section headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. When the context admits or requires, words used in the masculine gender shall be construed to include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

Section 10. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or application thereof to anyone or under any circumstance is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in any other jurisdiction. If any provision is held void, invalid or unenforceable with respect to particular circumstances, it shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect in all other circumstances.

Section 11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which shall together be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , PGFC and the Bank have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, and the Executive has signed this Agreement, all as of the Effective Date.

WITNESS   PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
       
       
    By:  
Secretary      
       
    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE BANK
       
       
    By:  
Secretary      
       
       
     
EXECUTIVE  

 

138
 

Exhibit A

Frank A. Kissel Employement Agreement, dated 11/25/13

 

Frank A. Kissel

DOB - 10/20/1950

Medicare Eligible - 10/2015

 

Description of Benefit         2012       2013       2014       2015  
          Age 62       Age 63       Age 64       Age 65   
                                     
Base Salary       $ 418,000     $ 200,000     $ 200,000     $ 200,000  
                                     
Bonus       $ 167,200     $ 30,000     $     $  
                                     
Medical *    EMPLOYER COST   $ 5,689     $ 5,951     $ 7,247     $ 7,972  
Dental *    EMPLOYER COST   $ 522     $ 522     $ 522     $ 575  
Vision **       $     $     $     $  
                                     
Life Insurance   $301,000 Coverage   $ 798     $ 578     $ 578     $ 578  
Long Term Disability       $ 524     $ 452     $ 452     $ 452  
BOLI   Annual Benefit Expense   $ 24,000     $ 2,833     $ 2,833     $ 2,833  
                                     
401k                                    
Enhanced Benefit *       $ 30,348     $ 30,348     $ 30,348     $  
Age/Service *       $ 17,150     $ 17,150     $ 17,150     $  
3% QNEC - YE       $ 7,500     $ 6,000     $ 6,000     $ 6,000  
Employer Match       $ 7,500     $ 6,000     $ 6,000     $ 6,000  
                                     
* Enhanced Benefit and Age/Service Benefit ends in the year you turn age 65.
                                     
Other Benefits:                                    
Auto Cost -personal usage per W-2       $ 9,800     $ 9,800     $ 9,800     $ 9,800  
Annual Insurance - estimate       $ 3,000     $ 3,000     $ 3,000     $ 3,000  
Annual Maintenance - estimate       $ 1,000     $ 1,000     $ 2,000     $ 2,000  
                                     
Cell phone - estimate       $ 1,000     $ 1,000     $ 1,000     $ 1,000  
        $ 694,031     $ 314,634     $ 286,930     $ 240,210  

 

* assume a 10% increase in 2015

** 100 % employee paid benefit

 

139
 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF RELEASE

 

140
 

Exhibit (10) N

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

OF FINN M.W. CASPERSEN, JR

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of DECEMBER 4, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation (“ PGFC ”), Peapack-Gladstone Bank (the “ Bank ”) (PGFC and the Bank are collectively referred to herein as the “ Company ”), and Finn M.W. Caspersen, Jr. (the “ Executive ”), whose home address is 9 Old Farm Lane, Bedminster, NJ 07921

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive previously entered into that certain employment agreement dated January 1, 2008 (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive now wish to amend and restate the terms of the Prior Agreement as set forth herein;

WHEREAS , in consideration for the changes to the Prior Agreement, the Executive will be entitled to receive an equity grant in the amount of $600,000 on the Effective Date, pursuant to the restrictions and conditions set forth in the Company’s 2012 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan and the award agreement evidencing such equity grant; and

WHEREAS , this Agreement replaces and supersedes the Prior Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1. Term of Employment.

 

(a)          The term of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and end on December 31, 2014 (the “ Original Term of Employment ”), unless terminated earlier in accordance herewith.

 

(b)          The Original Term of Employment shall be automatically renewed for successive one-year terms (the “ Renewal Terms ”) so long as the Company does not, prior to 60 days before such expiration date, deliver a notification of non-renewal to the Executive stating that the Company is electing to terminate this Agreement at the expiration of the then current Term of Employment. “ Term of Employment ” shall mean the Original Term of Employment and all Renewal Terms. In the event that this Agreement is not renewed because the Company has given the 60-day notice prescribed in the preceding paragraph on or before the expiration of the Original Term of Employment or any Renewal Term, such non-renewal shall be treated as a “Termination Without Cause” as set forth in Section 5; provided that the Executive is willing and able to execute a new contract providing terms and conditions substantially similar to those in this Agreement and to continue providing services to the Company.

Section 2. Position and Duties. During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall serve as the SEVP/COO of the Company and shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Executive shall have such powers and duties as are commensurate with such position and as may be conferred upon him by the Board of Directors of the PGFC (the “ Board ”) or by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall devote all of his business time, attention, skill and efforts exclusively to the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may engage in charitable, educational, religious, civic and similar types of activities, speaking engagements, membership on the board of directors of other organizations, and similar activities to the extent that such activities do not inhibit the performance of his duties hereunder or conflict in any material way with the business of the Company and its subsidiaries.

Section 3. Compensation. For all services rendered by the Executive in any capacity required hereunder during the Term of Employment, including, without limitation, services as an executive officer, director, or member of any committee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the Executive shall be compensated as follows:

141
 

(a)          The Company shall pay the Executive a fixed salary at a rate per annum equal to $300,000 (“ Base Salary ”). Base Salary shall be payable in installments at such times as the Company customarily pays its other employees. The Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed annually for appropriate increases by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”), pursuant to the normal performance review policies for senior level executives.

(b)          The Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus during the Term of Employment. The annual bonus shall be based on the terms and conditions, including such performance goals, established by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board or the Compensation Committee from time to time. Any annual bonus earned by the Executive shall be paid to him after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates; provided that in no event shall the Executive’s annual bonus be paid later than March 15 of the fiscal year following the fiscal year for which it was earned.

(c)          The Executive shall be entitled to five weeks of vacation in each calendar year during the Term of Employment that will be taken in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy as in effect from time to time. The Executive shall not be entitled to carryover vacation from one year to another or to any payment in respect of any unused vacation.

(d)          The Executive shall be eligible to participate in all compensation and employee benefit plans for which any salaried employees of the Company are eligible. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the amendment or termination of any such plan or program. The Executive will not be entitled to severance under any severance plan of the Company other than pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 4. Business Expenses. The Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable entertainment, travel or other expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, subject to the Executive’s presentation of appropriate documentation in accordance with such procedures as the Company may from time to time establish.

Section 5. Termination of Employment. This is employment at will and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Executive any right to be retained in the employ of the Company, and the Executive specifically acknowledges that the Executive is subject to discharge at any time by the Company with or without Cause (as defined below) and without compensation of any nature, except as provided in Section 6. In addition, upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall be deemed to have automatically resigned from all positions, including as an officer and, if applicable, as a director or member of the Board and any committees thereof, or the board of directors or committees of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates or any other fiduciary positions with the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates.

(a)          The Company shall have the right, upon delivery of written notice to the Executive, to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment as follows: [1]

(i) pursuant to a Termination for Cause, or

(ii)  upon the Executive’s Permanent Disability, or

(iii) pursuant to a Termination Without Cause.

(b)          The Executive shall have the right, upon delivery of written notice to the Company 30 days in advance of the proposed termination date, to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment in the Executive’s sole discretion.

(c)          The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate automatically without action by any party hereto upon the Executive’s death.

(d)          For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

142
 

 

Termination for Cause ” means a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company because the Executive has (a) materially failed to perform the duties assigned to him hereunder or imposed upon him by applicable law, and such failure to perform constitutes self-dealing, willful misconduct or recklessness, (b) committed an act of dishonesty in the performance of his duties hereunder or engaged in conduct materially detrimental to the business of the Company, (c) been convicted of a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, (d) materially failed to perform his duties hereunder, which breach or failure the Executive shall fail to remedy within 30 days after written demand from the Company, (e) knowingly failed to follow lawful, written directives of the Board, or (f) engaged in any material employment act or practice, including but not imited to sexual harassment, forbidden by the Company in its employment manual as revised from time to time.

Termination Without Cause ” means a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company other than due to Permanent Disability, retirement, death or Termination for Cause. For the avoidance of doubt non-renewal of this Agreement by the Company pursuant to Section 1(b) shall constitute a Termination Without Cause for purposes of this Section 5.

Permanent Disability ” means permanently disabled so as to qualify for full benefits under the Company’s then-existing long-term disability insurance policy. If the Company does not maintain any such policy on the date of termination, “ Permanent Disability ” shall mean the inability of the Executive to work for a period of four full calendar months during any eight consecutive calendar months due to illness or injury of a physical or mental nature, supported by the completion by the Executive’s attending physician of a medical certification form outlining the disability and treatment.

Section 6. Benefits Upon Termination.

(a)          In lieu of any severance that may otherwise be payable to the Executive pursuant to any policies of the Company, whether existing on the date hereof or in effect from time to time hereafter, in the event that the Company terminates the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Termination Without Cause, the Company shall pay the Executive severance payments in an amount equal to 2.0 times the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment. The severance amount shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll over the two year period following the Executive’s termination of employment (the “ Severance Period ”). Such severance payments shall commence within 60 days after the effective date of the termination, subject to (i) the Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a written release of all claims against the Company and all related parties with respect to all matters arising out of the Executive’s employment by the Company, or the termination thereof, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”), and (ii) the Executive’s continued compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in Sections 7 and 8 below. The Executive also shall be entitled to any earned but unpaid Base Salary as of the effective date of termination of employment. No other payments shall be made, or benefits provided, by the Company under this Agreement except as otherwise required by law or the Company’s benefit plans.

(b)          In the event that the Company terminates the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Permanent Disability, the Company shall pay the Executive any earned but unpaid Base Salary as of the date of termination of employment. No other payments shall be made, or benefits provided, by the Company under this Agreement except as otherwise required by law or the Company’s benefit plans.

(c)          In the event that the Company terminates the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Termination for Cause or the Executive terminates his employment with the Company for any reason (including, without limitation, pursuant to any retirement), the Company shall pay the Executive any earned but unpaid Base Salary as of the date of termination of employment. No other payments shall be made, or benefits provided, by the Company under this Agreement or otherwise except to the extent required by law or the Company’s benefit plans.

(d)          In the event that the Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated due to the Executive’s death, the Company shall pay the Executive’s executor or other legal representative (the “ Representative ”) any earned but unpaid Base Salary as of the date of termination of employment. No other payments shall be made, or benefits provided, by the Company whether under this Agreement or otherwise except to the extent required by law or the Company’s benefit plans.

(e)          The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the severance payments to be made to him hereunder and if the Executive obtains other employment while receiving severance payments hereunder he shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement.

143
 

Section 7. Confidential Information. The Executive and the Company agree that all information pertaining to the affairs, business, clients, or customers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than information that the Company has previously made publicly available, is confidential information belonging to the Company and is a unique and valuable asset of the Company. Both during the Term of Employment hereof and thereafter, the Executive shall not, except to the extent reasonably necessary in the performance of his duties for the Company during the Term of Employment, disclose any information concerning the affairs, businesses, clients, or customers of the Company or its subsidiaries, or make use of any such information for his own purposes or for the benefit of any other person, firm, or corporation. All records, memoranda, letters, books, papers, reports, or other data, and other records and documents relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, whether made by the Executive or otherwise coming into his possession, shall remain the property of the Company, no copies thereof shall be made which are not retained by the Company, and the Executive agrees, on termination of his employment not to retain any copies and deliver all such confidential information in his possession to the Company.

Section 8. Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation.

(a)          During the Term of Employment and for the one year period commencing on the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason whatsoever, including expiration of the Term (the “ Restricted Period ”), the Executive shall not, without express prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, own or hold any proprietary interest in, or be employed by or receive remuneration from, any corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship or other entity (collectively, an “ entity ”) “engaged in competition” (as defined below) with the Company or any of its subsidiaries (a “ Competitor ”). For purposes of the preceding sentence, (i) the term “proprietary interest” means direct or indirect ownership of an equity interest in an entity other than ownership of less than 2 percent of any class stock in a publicly-held entity, and (ii) an entity shall be considered to be “engaged in competition” if such entity is, or is a holding company for or a subsidiary of an entity which is engaged in the business of (A) providing banking, trust services, asset management advice, or similar financial services to consumers, businesses individuals or other entities, and (B) the entity, holding company or subsidiary maintains any physical offices for the transaction of such business located within 50 miles of the main office of the Company.

(b)          During the Restricted Period, and for a period of one year thereafter, the Executive shall not, either directly or indirectly, for himself or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, company, partnership, corporation or business of whatever nature, (i) call upon any person or entity which is or has been within 24 months prior to the termination or other cessation of the Executive’s employment for any reason, a customer of the Company or any subsidiary (each a “ Customer ”) for the direct or indirect purpose of soliciting or selling deposit, loan or trust products or services or (ii) induce any Customer to curtail, cancel, not renew, or not continue their business with the Company or any subsidiary.

(c)          During the Restricted Period, and for a period of one year thereafter, the Executive shall not, without the express prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or assist any third party in soliciting for employment any person employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment (collectively, “ Employees ”), (ii) employ, attempt to employ or materially assist any third party in employing or attempting to employ any Employee, or (iii) otherwise act on behalf of any Competitor to interfere with the relationship between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and their respective Employees.

(d)          The Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 8 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that any breach by the Executive of any provision contained in this Section 8 will result in irreparable injury to the Company for which a remedy at law would be inadequate. Accordingly, the Executive acknowledges that the Company shall be entitled to temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against the Executive in the event of any breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of this Section 8, in addition to any other remedy that may be available to the Company whether at law or in equity. With respect to any provision of this Section 8 finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, such court shall be authorized to reform this Agreement or any provision hereof so that it is enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law. If the covenants of Section 8 are determined to be wholly or partially unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such determination shall not be a bar to or in any way diminish the Company’s right to enforce such covenants in any other jurisdiction and shall not bar or limit the enforceability of any other provisions.

(e)          The provisions of this Section 8 shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason whatsoever. The Company shall not be required to post any bond or other security in connection with any proceeding to enforce the provisions of this Section 8.

144
 

Section 9. Withholdings. The Company may directly or indirectly withhold from any payments made under this Agreement all Federal, State, City or other taxes and all other deductions as shall be required pursuant to any law or regulation or pursuant to any contributory benefit plan maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

Section 10. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, by same day or overnight mail (i) if to the Executive, at the address set forth above, or (ii) if to the Company, as follows:

The Board Of Directors

Peapack-Gladstone Bank

500 Hills Drive

Bedminster, NJ 07921

 

or to such other address as either party shall have previously specified in writing to the other.

Section 11. Binding Agreement; Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of, the Executive and the Company and its successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement is personal to the Executive and may not be assigned by him. The Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement in connection with a sale of all or substantially all of the business of PGFC or the Bank. Any successor to the Company by merger or consolidation shall be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement.

Section 12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New Jersey, without reference to the choice of law principles thereof.

Section 13. Dispute Resolution. At the option of either the Company or the Executive, any dispute, controversy or question arising under, out of or relating to this Agreement, the Executive’s employment or termination of employment, including but not limited to any and all statutory claims involving workplace discrimination or wrongful discharge, but excluding claims pursuant to Sections 7 or 8 hereof, shall be referred for decision by arbitration in the State of New Jersey by a neutral arbitrator mutually selected by the parties hereto. Any arbitration proceeding shall be governed by the Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect or such last in effect (in the event such Association is no longer in existence). If the parties are unable to agree upon such a neutral arbitrator within 21 days after either party has given the other written notice of the desire to submit the dispute, controversy or question for decision as aforesaid, then either party may apply to the American Arbitration Association for a final and binding appointment of a neutral arbitrator; however, if such Association is not then in existence or does not act in the matter within 45 days of any such application, either party may apply to a judge of the local court where the Bank is headquartered for an appointment of a neutral arbitrator to hear the parties and such judge is hereby authorized to make such appointment. In the event that either party exercises the right to submit a dispute, controversy or question arising hereunder to arbitration, the decision of the neutral arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on all interested persons and no action at law or in equity shall be instituted or, if instituted, further prosecuted by either party other than to enforce the award of the neutral arbitrator. The award of the neutral arbitrator may be entered in any court that has jurisdiction. The Executive and the Company shall each bear all their own costs (including the fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred in connection with any such arbitration and shall each pay one-half of the costs of any arbitrator.

Section 14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the matters covered hereby and shall supersede all previous written, oral or implied understandings among them with respect to such matters, including without limitation the Prior Agreement.

Section 15. Amendments. This Agreement may only be amended or otherwise modified, and compliance with any provision hereof may only be waived, by a writing executed by all of the parties hereto. The provisions of this Section 15 may only be amended or otherwise modified by such a writing.

Section 16. Section Headings . The Section headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. When the context admits or requires, words used in the masculine gender shall be construed to include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

Section 17. Effect on Change-in-Control Agreement. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Amended and Restated Change-in-Control Agreement (the “ CIC Agreement ”) between the Company and the Executive, dated as of the Effective Date becomes effective due to a Change in Control of the Company (as defined therein), while the Executive remains employed by the Company, this Agreement, except for Sections 7 and 8, shall no longer be effective in any respect but instead the relationship between the Executive and the Company shall be governed by the CIC Agreement.

145
 

Section 18. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or application thereof to anyone or under any circumstances is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in any other jurisdiction. If any provision is held void, invalid or unenforceable with respect to particular circumstances, it shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect in all other circumstances.

Section 19. Recoupment Policy . The Executive agrees that the Executive will be subject to any compensation clawback or recoupment policies that may be applicable to Executive as an employee of the Company, as in effect from time to time and as approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof, whether or not approved before or after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

Section 20. Application of Section 409A of the Code.

(a)          This Agreement shall be interpreted to avoid any penalty sanctions under section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Code ”). If any payment or benefit cannot be provided or made at the time specified herein without incurring sanctions under section 409A of the Code, then such benefit or payment shall be provided in full (to extent not paid in part at earlier date) at the earliest time thereafter when such sanctions shall not be imposed. For purposes of section 409A of the Code, all payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon the Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of such term under section 409A of the Code), each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment, and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. In no event shall the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the fiscal year of payment, except as permitted under section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to amounts under this Agreement are nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, in no event shall the timing of the Executive’s execution of the Release, directly or indirectly, result in the Executive designating the calendar year of payment, and if a payment that is subject to execution of the Release could be made in more than one taxable year, payment shall be made in the later taxable year.

(b)          Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, the Company has securities which are publicly traded on an established securities market and the Executive is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined in section 409A of the Code) and it is necessary to postpone the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable under this Agreement as a result of such termination of employment to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under section 409A of the Code, then the Company shall postpone the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) that are not otherwise paid first within the ‘short-term deferral exception’ under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(4), and then under the ‘separation pay exception’ under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), until the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is 6 months following the Executive’s “separation of service” (as such term is defined under code section 409A of the Code) with the Company. If any payments are postponed due to such requirements, such postponed amounts shall be paid in a lump sum to the Executive on the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is 6 months following Executive’s separation of service with the Company. If the Executive dies during the postponement period prior to the payment of postponed amount, the amounts withheld on account of section 409A of the Code shall be paid to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate within 60 days after the date of the Executive’s death.

(c)          All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) any reimbursement shall be for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

146
 

Section 21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which shall together be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , PGFC and the Bank have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, and the Executive has signed this Agreement, all as of the Effective Date.

 

WITNESS   PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
       
       
    By:  
Secretary      
       
    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE BANK
       
       
    By:  
Secretary      
       
       
     
    EXECUTIVE

147
 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF RELEASE

 

148
 

Exhibit (10) O

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

OF JEFFREY CARFORA

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of DECEMBER 4, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation (“ PGFC ”), Peapack-Gladstone Bank (the “ Bank ”) (PGFC and the Bank are collectively referred to herein as the “ Company ”), and Jeffrey Carfora. (the “ Executive ”), whose home address is 24 Karla Drive, Whippany, NJ 07981

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive previously entered into that certain employment agreement dated APRIL 7, 2010 (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive now wish to amend and restate the terms of the Prior Agreement as set forth herein;

WHEREAS , in consideration for the changes to the Prior Agreement, the Executive will be entitled to receive an equity grant in the amount of $512,752 on the Effective Date, pursuant to the restrictions and conditions set forth in the Company’s 2012 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan and the award agreement evidencing such equity grant; and

WHEREAS , this Agreement replaces and supersedes the Prior Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1. Term of Employment.

 

(a)          The term of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and end on December 31, 2014 (the “ Original Term of Employment ”), unless terminated earlier in accordance herewith.

 

(b)          The Original Term of Employment shall be automatically renewed for successive one-year terms (the “ Renewal Terms ”) so long as the Company does not, prior to 60 days before such expiration date, deliver a notification of non-renewal to the Executive stating that the Company is electing to terminate this Agreement at the expiration of the then current Term of Employment. “ Term of Employment ” shall mean the Original Term of Employment and all Renewal Terms. In the event that this Agreement is not renewed because the Company has given the 60-day notice prescribed in the preceding paragraph on or before the expiration of the Original Term of Employment or any Renewal Term, such non-renewal shall be treated as a “Termination Without Cause” as set forth in Section 5; provided that the Executive is willing and able to execute a new contract providing terms and conditions substantially similar to those in this Agreement and to continue providing services to the Company.

Section 2. Position and Duties. During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall serve as the SEVP/CFO of the Company and shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Executive shall have such powers and duties as are commensurate with such position and as may be conferred upon him by the Board of Directors of the PGFC (the “ Board ”) or by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall devote all of his business time, attention, skill and efforts exclusively to the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may engage in charitable, educational, religious, civic and similar types of activities, speaking engagements, membership on the board of directors of other organizations, and similar activities to the extent that such activities do not inhibit the performance of his duties hereunder or conflict in any material way with the business of the Company and its subsidiaries.

Section 3. Compensation. For all services rendered by the Executive in any capacity required hereunder during the Term of Employment, including, without limitation, services as an executive officer, director, or member of any committee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the Executive shall be compensated as follows:

149
 

(a)          The Company shall pay the Executive a fixed salary at a rate per annum equal to $256,376 (“ Base Salary ”). Base Salary shall be payable in installments at such times as the Company customarily pays its other employees. The Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed annually for appropriate increases by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”), pursuant to the normal performance review policies for senior level executives.

(b)          The Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus during the Term of Employment. The annual bonus shall be based on the terms and conditions, including such performance goals, established by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board or the Compensation Committee from time to time. Any annual bonus earned by the Executive shall be paid to him after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates; provided that in no event shall the Executive’s annual bonus be paid later than March 15 of the fiscal year following the fiscal year for which it was earned.

(c)          The Executive shall be entitled to five weeks of vacation in each calendar year during the Term of Employment that will be taken in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy as in effect from time to time. The Executive shall not be entitled to carryover vacation from one year to another or to any payment in respect of any unused vacation.

(d)          The Executive shall be eligible to participate in all compensation and employee benefit plans for which any salaried employees of the Company are eligible. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the amendment or termination of any such plan or program. The Executive will not be entitled to severance under any severance plan of the Company other than pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 4. Business Expenses. The Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable entertainment, travel or other expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, subject to the Executive’s presentation of appropriate documentation in accordance with such procedures as the Company may from time to time establish.

Section 5. Termination of Employment. This is employment at will and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Executive any right to be retained in the employ of the Company, and the Executive specifically acknowledges that the Executive is subject to discharge at any time by the Company with or without Cause (as defined below) and without compensation of any nature, except as provided in Section 6. In addition, upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall be deemed to have automatically resigned from all positions, including as an officer and, if applicable, as a director or member of the Board and any committees thereof, or the board of directors or committees of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates or any other fiduciary positions with the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates.

(a)          The Company shall have the right, upon delivery of written notice to the Executive, to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment as follows: [1]

(i) pursuant to a Termination for Cause, or

(ii)  upon the Executive’s Permanent Disability, or

(iii) pursuant to a Termination Without Cause.

(b)          The Executive shall have the right, upon delivery of written notice to the Company 30 days in advance of the proposed termination date, to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment in the Executive’s sole discretion.

(c)          The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate automatically without action by any party hereto upon the Executive’s death.

(d)          For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Termination for Cause ” means a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company because the Executive has (a) materially failed to perform the duties assigned to him hereunder or imposed upon him by applicable law, and such failure to perform constitutes self-dealing, willful misconduct or recklessness, (b) committed an act of dishonesty in the performance of his duties hereunder or engaged in conduct materially detrimental to the business of the Company, (c) been convicted of a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, (d) materially failed to perform his duties hereunder, which breach or failure the Executive shall fail to remedy within 30 days after written demand from the Company, (e) knowingly failed to follow lawful, written directives of the Board, or (f) engaged in any material employment act or practice, including but not limited to sexual harassment, forbidden by the Company in its employment manual as revised from time to time.

 

150
 

 

Termination Without Cause ” means a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company other than due to Permanent Disability, retirement, death or Termination for Cause. For the avoidance of doubt non-renewal of this Agreement by the Company pursuant to Section 1(b) shall constitute a Termination Without Cause for purposes of this Section 5.

Permanent Disability ” means permanently disabled so as to qualify for full benefits under the Company’s then-existing long-term disability insurance policy. If the Company does not maintain any such policy on the date of termination, “ Permanent Disability ” shall mean the inability of the Executive to work for a period of four full calendar months during any eight consecutive calendar months due to illness or injury of a physical or mental nature, supported by the completion by the Executive’s attending physician of a medical certification form outlining the disability and treatment.

Section 6. Benefits Upon Termination.

(a)          In lieu of any severance that may otherwise be payable to the Executive pursuant to any policies of the Company, whether existing on the date hereof or in effect from time to time hereafter, in the event that the Company terminates the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Termination Without Cause, the Company shall pay the Executive severance payments in an amount equal to 2.0 times the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment. The severance amount shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll over the two year period following the Executive’s termination of employment (the “ Severance Period ”). Such severance payments shall commence within 60 days after the effective date of the termination, subject to (i) the Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a written release of all claims against the Company and all related parties with respect to all matters arising out of the Executive’s employment by the Company, or the termination thereof, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”), and (ii) the Executive’s continued compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in Sections 7 and 8 below. The Executive also shall be entitled to any earned but unpaid Base Salary as of the effective date of termination of employment. No other payments shall be made, or benefits provided, by the Company under this Agreement except as otherwise required by law or the Company’s benefit plans.

(b)          In the event that the Company terminates the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Permanent Disability, the Company shall pay the Executive any earned but unpaid Base Salary as of the date of termination of employment. No other payments shall be made, or benefits provided, by the Company under this Agreement except as otherwise required by law or the Company’s benefit plans.

(c)          In the event that the Company terminates the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Termination for Cause or the Executive terminates his employment with the Company for any reason (including, without limitation, pursuant to any retirement), the Company shall pay the Executive any earned but unpaid Base Salary as of the date of termination of employment. No other payments shall be made, or benefits provided, by the Company under this Agreement or otherwise except to the extent required by law or the Company’s benefit plans.

(d)          In the event that the Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated due to the Executive’s death, the Company shall pay the Executive’s executor or other legal representative (the “ Representative ”) any earned but unpaid Base Salary as of the date of termination of employment. No other payments shall be made, or benefits provided, by the Company whether under this Agreement or otherwise except to the extent required by law or the Company’s benefit plans.

(e)          The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the severance payments to be made to him hereunder and if the Executive obtains other employment while receiving severance payments hereunder he shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement.

151
 

Section 7. Confidential Information. The Executive and the Company agree that all information pertaining to the affairs, business, clients, or customers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than information that the Company has previously made publicly available, is confidential information belonging to the Company and is a unique and valuable asset of the Company. Both during the Term of Employment hereof and thereafter, the Executive shall not, except to the extent reasonably necessary in the performance of his duties for the Company during the Term of Employment, disclose any information concerning the affairs, businesses, clients, or customers of the Company or its subsidiaries, or make use of any such information for his own purposes or for the benefit of any other person, firm, or corporation. All records, memoranda, letters, books, papers, reports, or other data, and other records and documents relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, whether made by the Executive or otherwise coming into his possession, shall remain the property of the Company, no copies thereof shall be made which are not retained by the Company, and the Executive agrees, on termination of his employment not to retain any copies and deliver all such confidential information in his possession to the Company.

Section 8. Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation.

(a)          During the Term of Employment and for the one year period commencing on the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason whatsoever, including expiration of the Term (the “ Restricted Period ”), the Executive shall not, without express prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, own or hold any proprietary interest in, or be employed by or receive remuneration from, any corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship or other entity (collectively, an “ entity ”) “engaged in competition” (as defined below) with the Company or any of its subsidiaries (a “ Competitor ”). For purposes of the preceding sentence, (i) the term “proprietary interest” means direct or indirect ownership of an equity interest in an entity other than ownership of less than 2 percent of any class stock in a publicly-held entity, and (ii) an entity shall be considered to be “engaged in competition” if such entity is, or is a holding company for or a subsidiary of an entity which is engaged in the business of (A) providing banking, trust services, asset management advice, or similar financial services to consumers, businesses individuals or other entities, and (B) the entity, holding company or subsidiary maintains any physical offices for the transaction of such business located within 50 miles of the main office of the Company.

(b)          During the Restricted Period, and for a period of one year thereafter, the Executive shall not, either directly or indirectly, for himself or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, company, partnership, corporation or business of whatever nature, (i) call upon any person or entity which is or has been within 24 months prior to the termination or other cessation of the Executive’s employment for any reason, a customer of the Company or any subsidiary (each a “ Customer ”) for the direct or indirect purpose of soliciting or selling deposit, loan or trust products or services or (ii) induce any Customer to curtail, cancel, not renew, or not continue their business with the Company or any subsidiary.

(c)          During the Restricted Period, and for a period of one year thereafter, the Executive shall not, without the express prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or assist any third party in soliciting for employment any person employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment (collectively, “ Employees ”), (ii) employ, attempt to employ or materially assist any third party in employing or attempting to employ any Employee, or (iii) otherwise act on behalf of any Competitor to interfere with the relationship between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and their respective Employees.

(d)          The Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 8 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that any breach by the Executive of any provision contained in this Section 8 will result in irreparable injury to the Company for which a remedy at law would be inadequate. Accordingly, the Executive acknowledges that the Company shall be entitled to temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against the Executive in the event of any breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of this Section 8, in addition to any other remedy that may be available to the Company whether at law or in equity. With respect to any provision of this Section 8 finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, such court shall be authorized to reform this Agreement or any provision hereof so that it is enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law. If the covenants of Section 8 are determined to be wholly or partially unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such determination shall not be a bar to or in any way diminish the Company’s right to enforce such covenants in any other jurisdiction and shall not bar or limit the enforceability of any other provisions.

(e)          The provisions of this Section 8 shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason whatsoever. The Company shall not be required to post any bond or other security in connection with any proceeding to enforce the provisions of this Section 8.

152
 

Section 9. Withholdings. The Company may directly or indirectly withhold from any payments made under this Agreement all Federal, State, City or other taxes and all other deductions as shall be required pursuant to any law or regulation or pursuant to any contributory benefit plan maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

Section 10. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, by same day or overnight mail (i) if to the Executive, at the address set forth above, or (ii) if to the Company, as follows:

The Board Of Directors

Peapack-Gladstone Bank

500 Hills Drive

Bedminster, NJ 07921

 

or to such other address as either party shall have previously specified in writing to the other.

Section 11. Binding Agreement; Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of, the Executive and the Company and its successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement is personal to the Executive and may not be assigned by him. The Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement in connection with a sale of all or substantially all of the business of PGFC or the Bank. Any successor to the Company by merger or consolidation shall be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement.

Section 12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New Jersey, without reference to the choice of law principles thereof.

Section 13. Dispute Resolution. At the option of either the Company or the Executive, any dispute, controversy or question arising under, out of or relating to this Agreement, the Executive’s employment or termination of employment, including but not limited to any and all statutory claims involving workplace discrimination or wrongful discharge, but excluding claims pursuant to Sections 7 or 8 hereof, shall be referred for decision by arbitration in the State of New Jersey by a neutral arbitrator mutually selected by the parties hereto. Any arbitration proceeding shall be governed by the Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect or such last in effect (in the event such Association is no longer in existence). If the parties are unable to agree upon such a neutral arbitrator within 21 days after either party has given the other written notice of the desire to submit the dispute, controversy or question for decision as aforesaid, then either party may apply to the American Arbitration Association for a final and binding appointment of a neutral arbitrator; however, if such Association is not then in existence or does not act in the matter within 45 days of any such application, either party may apply to a judge of the local court where the Bank is headquartered for an appointment of a neutral arbitrator to hear the parties and such judge is hereby authorized to make such appointment. In the event that either party exercises the right to submit a dispute, controversy or question arising hereunder to arbitration, the decision of the neutral arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on all interested persons and no action at law or in equity shall be instituted or, if instituted, further prosecuted by either party other than to enforce the award of the neutral arbitrator. The award of the neutral arbitrator may be entered in any court that has jurisdiction. The Executive and the Company shall each bear all their own costs (including the fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred in connection with any such arbitration and shall each pay one-half of the costs of any arbitrator.

Section 14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the matters covered hereby and shall supersede all previous written, oral or implied understandings among them with respect to such matters, including without limitation the Prior Agreement.

Section 15. Amendments. This Agreement may only be amended or otherwise modified, and compliance with any provision hereof may only be waived, by a writing executed by all of the parties hereto. The provisions of this Section 15 may only be amended or otherwise modified by such a writing.

Section 16. Section Headings . The Section headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. When the context admits or requires, words used in the masculine gender shall be construed to include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

Section 17. Effect on Change-in-Control Agreement. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Amended and Restated Change-in-Control Agreement (the “ CIC Agreement ”) between the Company and the Executive, dated as of the Effective Date becomes effective due to a Change in Control of the Company (as defined therein), while the Executive remains employed by the Company, this Agreement, except for Sections 7 and 8, shall no longer be effective in any respect but instead the relationship between the Executive and the Company shall be governed by the CIC Agreement.

153
 

Section 18. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or application thereof to anyone or under any circumstances is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in any other jurisdiction. If any provision is held void, invalid or unenforceable with respect to particular circumstances, it shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect in all other circumstances.

Section 19. Recoupment Policy . The Executive agrees that the Executive will be subject to any compensation clawback or recoupment policies that may be applicable to Executive as an employee of the Company, as in effect from time to time and as approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof, whether or not approved before or after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

Section 20. Application of Section 409A of the Code.

(a)          This Agreement shall be interpreted to avoid any penalty sanctions under section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Code ”). If any payment or benefit cannot be provided or made at the time specified herein without incurring sanctions under section 409A of the Code, then such benefit or payment shall be provided in full (to extent not paid in part at earlier date) at the earliest time thereafter when such sanctions shall not be imposed. For purposes of section 409A of the Code, all payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon the Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of such term under section 409A of the Code), each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment, and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. In no event shall the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the fiscal year of payment, except as permitted under section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to amounts under this Agreement are nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, in no event shall the timing of the Executive’s execution of the Release, directly or indirectly, result in the Executive designating the calendar year of payment, and if a payment that is subject to execution of the Release could be made in more than one taxable year, payment shall be made in the later taxable year.

(b)          Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, the Company has securities which are publicly traded on an established securities market and the Executive is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined in section 409A of the Code) and it is necessary to postpone the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable under this Agreement as a result of such termination of employment to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under section 409A of the Code, then the Company shall postpone the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) that are not otherwise paid first within the ‘short-term deferral exception’ under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(4), and then under the ‘separation pay exception’ under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), until the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is 6 months following the Executive’s “separation of service” (as such term is defined under code section 409A of the Code) with the Company. If any payments are postponed due to such requirements, such postponed amounts shall be paid in a lump sum to the Executive on the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is 6 months following Executive’s separation of service with the Company. If the Executive dies during the postponement period prior to the payment of postponed amount, the amounts withheld on account of section 409A of the Code shall be paid to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate within 60 days after the date of the Executive’s death.

(c)          All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) any reimbursement shall be for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

154
 

Section 21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which shall together be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , PGFC and the Bank have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, and the Executive has signed this Agreement, all as of the Effective Date.

 

WITNESS   PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
       
       
    By:  
Secretary      
       
    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE BANK
       
       
    By:  
Secretary      
       
       
     
    EXECUTIVE

155
 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF RELEASE

 

156
 

Exhibit (10) P

PEAPACK-GLADSTONE AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

OF VINCENT SPERO

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of DECEMBER 4, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation (“ PGFC ”), Peapack-Gladstone Bank (the “ Bank ”) (PGFC and the Bank are collectively referred to herein as the “ Company ”), and Vincent Spero. (the “ Executive ”), whose home address is 100 Kendall Drive, Ringwood, NJ 07456

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive previously entered into that certain employment agreement dated JUNE 2, 2008 (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive now wish to amend and restate the terms of the Prior Agreement as set forth herein;

WHEREAS , in consideration for the changes to the Prior Agreement, the Executive will be entitled to receive an equity grant in the amount of $68,850 on the Effective Date, pursuant to the restrictions and conditions set forth in the Company’s 2012 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan and the award agreement evidencing such equity grant; and

WHEREAS , this Agreement replaces and supersedes the Prior Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1. Term of Employment.

 

(a)          The term of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and end on December 31, 2014 (the “ Original Term of Employment ”), unless terminated earlier in accordance herewith.

 

(b)          The Original Term of Employment shall be automatically renewed for successive one-year terms (the “ Renewal Terms ”) so long as the Company does not, prior to 60 days before such expiration date, deliver a notification of non-renewal to the Executive stating that the Company is electing to terminate this Agreement at the expiration of the then current Term of Employment. “ Term of Employment ” shall mean the Original Term of Employment and all Renewal Terms. In the event that this Agreement is not renewed because the Company has given the 60-day notice prescribed in the preceding paragraph on or before the expiration of the Original Term of Employment or any Renewal Term, such non-renewal shall be treated as a “Termination Without Cause” as set forth in Section 5; provided that the Executive is willing and able to execute a new contract providing terms and conditions substantially similar to those in this Agreement and to continue providing services to the Company.

Section 2. Position and Duties. During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall serve as the EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT of the Company and shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Executive shall have such powers and duties as are commensurate with such position and as may be conferred upon him by the Board of Directors of the [PGFC] (the “ Board ”) or by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall devote all of his business time, attention, skill and efforts exclusively to the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may engage in charitable, educational, religious, civic and similar types of activities, speaking engagements, membership on the board of directors of other organizations, and similar activities to the extent that such activities do not inhibit the performance of his duties hereunder or conflict in any material way with the business of the Company and its subsidiaries.

Section 3. Compensation. For all services rendered by the Executive in any capacity required hereunder during the Term of Employment, including, without limitation, services as an executive officer, director, or member of any committee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the Executive shall be compensated as follows:

157
 

(a)          The Company shall pay the Executive a fixed salary at a rate per annum equal to $229,500 (“ Base Salary ”). Base Salary shall be payable in installments at such times as the Company customarily pays its other employees. The Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed annually for appropriate increases by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”), pursuant to the normal performance review policies for senior level executives.

(b)          The Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus during the Term of Employment. The annual bonus shall be based on the terms and conditions, including such performance goals, established by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board or the Compensation Committee from time to time. Any annual bonus earned by the Executive shall be paid to him after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates; provided that in no event shall the Executive’s annual bonus be paid later than March 15 of the fiscal year following the fiscal year for which it was earned.

(c)          The Executive shall be entitled to five weeks of vacation in each calendar year during the Term of Employment that will be taken in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy as in effect from time to time. The Executive shall not be entitled to carryover vacation from one year to another or to any payment in respect of any unused vacation.

(d)          The Executive shall be eligible to participate in all compensation and employee benefit plans for which any salaried employees of the Company are eligible. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the amendment or termination of any such plan or program. The Executive will not be entitled to severance under any severance plan of the Company other than pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 4. Business Expenses. The Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable entertainment, travel or other expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, subject to the Executive’s presentation of appropriate documentation in accordance with such procedures as the Company may from time to time establish.

Section 5. Termination of Employment. This is employment at will and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Executive any right to be retained in the employ of the Company, and the Executive specifically acknowledges that the Executive is subject to discharge at any time by the Company with or without Cause (as defined below) and without compensation of any nature, except as provided in Section 6. In addition, upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall be deemed to have automatically resigned from all positions, including as an officer and, if applicable, as a director or member of the Board and any committees thereof, or the board of directors or committees of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates or any other fiduciary positions with the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates.

(a)          The Company shall have the right, upon delivery of written notice to the Executive, to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment as follows: [1]

(i) pursuant to a Termination for Cause, or

(ii)  upon the Executive’s Permanent Disability, or

(iii) pursuant to a Termination Without Cause.

(b)          The Executive shall have the right, upon delivery of written notice to the Company 30 days in advance of the proposed termination date, to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment in the Executive’s sole discretion.

(c)          The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate automatically without action by any party hereto upon the Executive’s death.

(d)          For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Termination for Cause ” means a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company because the Executive has (a) materially failed to perform the duties assigned to him hereunder or imposed upon him by applicable law, and such failure to perform constitutes self-dealing, willful misconduct or recklessness, (b) committed an act of dishonesty in the performance of his duties hereunder or engaged in conduct materially detrimental to the business of the Company, (c) been convicted of a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, (d) materially failed to perform his duties hereunder, which breach or failure the Executive shall fail to remedy within 30 days after written demand from the Company, (e) knowingly failed to follow lawful, written directives of the Board, or (f) engaged in any material employment act or practice, including but not limited to sexual harassment, forbidden by the Company in its employment manual as revised from time to time.

 

4 See proposed resignation for Good Reason severance trigger.

158
 

Termination Without Cause ” means a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company other than due to Permanent Disability, retirement, death or Termination for Cause. For the avoidance of doubt non-renewal of this Agreement by the Company pursuant to Section 1(b) shall constitute a Termination Without Cause for purposes of this Section 5.

Permanent Disability ” means permanently disabled so as to qualify for full benefits under the Company’s then-existing long-term disability insurance policy. If the Company does not maintain any such policy on the date of termination, “ Permanent Disability ” shall mean the inability of the Executive to work for a period of four full calendar months during any eight consecutive calendar months due to illness or injury of a physical or mental nature, supported by the completion by the Executive’s attending physician of a medical certification form outlining the disability and treatment.

Section 6. Benefits Upon Termination.

(a)          In lieu of any severance that may otherwise be payable to the Executive pursuant to any policies of the Company, whether existing on the date hereof or in effect from time to time hereafter, in the event that the Company terminates the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Termination Without Cause, the Company shall pay the Executive severance payments in an amount equal to 2.0 times the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment. The severance amount shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll over the two year period following the Executive’s termination of employment (the “ Severance Period ”). Such severance payments shall commence within 60 days after the effective date of the termination, subject to (i) the Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a written release of all claims against the Company and all related parties with respect to all matters arising out of the Executive’s employment by the Company, or the termination thereof, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”), and (ii) the Executive’s continued compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in Sections 7 and 8 below. The Executive also shall be entitled to any earned but unpaid Base Salary as of the effective date of termination of employment. No other payments shall be made, or benefits provided, by the Company under this Agreement except as otherwise required by law or the Company’s benefit plans.

(b)          In the event that the Company terminates the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Permanent Disability, the Company shall pay the Executive any earned but unpaid Base Salary as of the date of termination of employment. No other payments shall be made, or benefits provided, by the Company under this Agreement except as otherwise required by law or the Company’s benefit plans.

(c)          In the event that the Company terminates the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Termination for Cause or the Executive terminates his employment with the Company for any reason (including, without limitation, pursuant to any retirement), the Company shall pay the Executive any earned but unpaid Base Salary as of the date of termination of employment. No other payments shall be made, or benefits provided, by the Company under this Agreement or otherwise except to the extent required by law or the Company’s benefit plans.

(d)          In the event that the Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated due to the Executive’s death, the Company shall pay the Executive’s executor or other legal representative (the “ Representative ”) any earned but unpaid Base Salary as of the date of termination of employment. No other payments shall be made, or benefits provided, by the Company whether under this Agreement or otherwise except to the extent required by law or the Company’s benefit plans.

(e)          The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the severance payments to be made to him hereunder and if the Executive obtains other employment while receiving severance payments hereunder he shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement.

159
 

Section 7. Confidential Information. The Executive and the Company agree that all information pertaining to the affairs, business, clients, or customers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than information that the Company has previously made publicly available, is confidential information belonging to the Company and is a unique and valuable asset of the Company. Both during the Term of Employment hereof and thereafter, the Executive shall not, except to the extent reasonably necessary in the performance of his duties for the Company during the Term of Employment, disclose any information concerning the affairs, businesses, clients, or customers of the Company or its subsidiaries, or make use of any such information for his own purposes or for the benefit of any other person, firm, or corporation. All records, memoranda, letters, books, papers, reports, or other data, and other records and documents relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, whether made by the Executive or otherwise coming into his possession, shall remain the property of the Company, no copies thereof shall be made which are not retained by the Company, and the Executive agrees, on termination of his employment not to retain any copies and deliver all such confidential information in his possession to the Company.

Section 8. Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation.

(a)          During the Term of Employment and for the one year period commencing on the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason whatsoever, including expiration of the Term (the “ Restricted Period ”), the Executive shall not, without express prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, own or hold any proprietary interest in, or be employed by or receive remuneration from, any corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship or other entity (collectively, an “ entity ”) “engaged in competition” (as defined below) with the Company or any of its subsidiaries (a “ Competitor ”). For purposes of the preceding sentence, (i) the term “proprietary interest” means direct or indirect ownership of an equity interest in an entity other than ownership of less than 2 percent of any class stock in a publicly-held entity, and (ii) an entity shall be considered to be “engaged in competition” if such entity is, or is a holding company for or a subsidiary of an entity which is engaged in the business of (A) providing banking, trust services, asset management advice, or similar financial services to consumers, businesses individuals or other entities, and (B) the entity, holding company or subsidiary maintains any physical offices for the transaction of such business located within 50 miles of the main office of the Company.

(b)          During the Restricted Period, and for a period of one year thereafter, the Executive shall not, either directly or indirectly, for himself or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, company, partnership, corporation or business of whatever nature, (i) call upon any person or entity which is or has been within 24 months prior to the termination or other cessation of the Executive’s employment for any reason, a customer of the Company or any subsidiary (each a “ Customer ”) for the direct or indirect purpose of soliciting or selling deposit, loan or trust products or services or (ii) induce any Customer to curtail, cancel, not renew, or not continue their business with the Company or any subsidiary.

(c)          During the Restricted Period, and for a period of one year thereafter, the Executive shall not, without the express prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or assist any third party in soliciting for employment any person employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment (collectively, “ Employees ”), (ii) employ, attempt to employ or materially assist any third party in employing or attempting to employ any Employee, or (iii) otherwise act on behalf of any Competitor to interfere with the relationship between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and their respective Employees.

(d)          The Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 8 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that any breach by the Executive of any provision contained in this Section 8 will result in irreparable injury to the Company for which a remedy at law would be inadequate. Accordingly, the Executive acknowledges that the Company shall be entitled to temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against the Executive in the event of any breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of this Section 8, in addition to any other remedy that may be available to the Company whether at law or in equity. With respect to any provision of this Section 8 finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, such court shall be authorized to reform this Agreement or any provision hereof so that it is enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law. If the covenants of Section 8 are determined to be wholly or partially unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such determination shall not be a bar to or in any way diminish the Company’s right to enforce such covenants in any other jurisdiction and shall not bar or limit the enforceability of any other provisions.

(e)          The provisions of this Section 8 shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason whatsoever. The Company shall not be required to post any bond or other security in connection with any proceeding to enforce the provisions of this Section 8.

160
 

Section 9. Withholdings. The Company may directly or indirectly withhold from any payments made under this Agreement all Federal, State, City or other taxes and all other deductions as shall be required pursuant to any law or regulation or pursuant to any contributory benefit plan maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

Section 10. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, by same day or overnight mail (i) if to the Executive, at the address set forth above, or (ii) if to the Company, as follows:

The Board Of Directors

Peapack-Gladstone Bank

500 Hills Drive

Bedminster, NJ 07921

 

or to such other address as either party shall have previously specified in writing to the other.

Section 11. Binding Agreement; Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of, the Executive and the Company and its successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement is personal to the Executive and may not be assigned by him. The Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement in connection with a sale of all or substantially all of the business of PGFC or the Bank. Any successor to the Company by merger or consolidation shall be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement.

Section 12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New Jersey, without reference to the choice of law principles thereof.

Section 13. [Dispute Resolution. At the option of either the Company or the Executive, any dispute, controversy or question arising under, out of or relating to this Agreement, the Executive’s employment or termination of employment, including but not limited to any and all statutory claims involving workplace discrimination or wrongful discharge, but excluding claims pursuant to Sections 7 or 8 hereof, shall be referred for decision by arbitration in the State of New Jersey by a neutral arbitrator mutually selected by the parties hereto. Any arbitration proceeding shall be governed by the Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect or such last in effect (in the event such Association is no longer in existence). If the parties are unable to agree upon such a neutral arbitrator within 21 days after either party has given the other written notice of the desire to submit the dispute, controversy or question for decision as aforesaid, then either party may apply to the American Arbitration Association for a final and binding appointment of a neutral arbitrator; however, if such Association is not then in existence or does not act in the matter within 45 days of any such application, either party may apply to a judge of the local court where the Bank is headquartered for an appointment of a neutral arbitrator to hear the parties and such judge is hereby authorized to make such appointment. In the event that either party exercises the right to submit a dispute, controversy or question arising hereunder to arbitration, the decision of the neutral arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on all interested persons and no action at law or in equity shall be instituted or, if instituted, further prosecuted by either party other than to enforce the award of the neutral arbitrator. The award of the neutral arbitrator may be entered in any court that has jurisdiction. The Executive and the Company shall each bear all their own costs (including the fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred in connection with any such arbitration and shall each pay one-half of the costs of any arbitrator.] [NTD: Consider whether to keep dispute resolution provision or to include another provision that consents to jurisdiction and waives right to jury trial.]

Section 14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the matters covered hereby and shall supersede all previous written, oral or implied understandings among them with respect to such matters, including without limitation the Prior Agreement.

Section 15. Amendments. This Agreement may only be amended or otherwise modified, and compliance with any provision hereof may only be waived, by a writing executed by all of the parties hereto. The provisions of this Section 15 may only be amended or otherwise modified by such a writing.

Section 16. Section Headings . The Section headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. When the context admits or requires, words used in the masculine gender shall be construed to include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

161
 

Section 17. Effect on Change-in-Control Agreement. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Amended and Restated Change-in-Control Agreement (the “ CIC Agreement ”) between the Company and the Executive, dated as of the Effective Date becomes effective due to a Change in Control of the Company (as defined therein), while the Executive remains employed by the Company, this Agreement, except for Sections 7 and 8, shall no longer be effective in any respect but instead the relationship between the Executive and the Company shall be governed by the CIC Agreement.

Section 18. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or application thereof to anyone or under any circumstances is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in any other jurisdiction. If any provision is held void, invalid or unenforceable with respect to particular circumstances, it shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect in all other circumstances.

Section 19. Recoupment Policy . The Executive agrees that the Executive will be subject to any compensation clawback or recoupment policies that may be applicable to Executive as an employee of the Company, as in effect from time to time and as approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof, whether or not approved before or after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

Section 20. Application of Section 409A of the Code.

(a)          This Agreement shall be interpreted to avoid any penalty sanctions under section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Code ”). If any payment or benefit cannot be provided or made at the time specified herein without incurring sanctions under section 409A of the Code, then such benefit or payment shall be provided in full (to extent not paid in part at earlier date) at the earliest time thereafter when such sanctions shall not be imposed. For purposes of section 409A of the Code, all payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon the Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of such term under section 409A of the Code), each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment, and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. In no event shall the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the fiscal year of payment, except as permitted under section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to amounts under this Agreement are nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, in no event shall the timing of the Executive’s execution of the Release, directly or indirectly, result in the Executive designating the calendar year of payment, and if a payment that is subject to execution of the Release could be made in more than one taxable year, payment shall be made in the later taxable year.

(b)          Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, the Company has securities which are publicly traded on an established securities market and the Executive is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined in section 409A of the Code) and it is necessary to postpone the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable under this Agreement as a result of such termination of employment to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under section 409A of the Code, then the Company shall postpone the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) that are not otherwise paid first within the ‘short-term deferral exception’ under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(4), and then under the ‘separation pay exception’ under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), until the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is 6 months following the Executive’s “separation of service” (as such term is defined under code section 409A of the Code) with the Company. If any payments are postponed due to such requirements, such postponed amounts shall be paid in a lump sum to the Executive on the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is 6 months following Executive’s separation of service with the Company. If the Executive dies during the postponement period prior to the payment of postponed amount, the amounts withheld on account of section 409A of the Code shall be paid to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate within 60 days after the date of the Executive’s death.

(c)          All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) any reimbursement shall be for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

162
 

Section 21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which shall together be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , PGFC and the Bank have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, and the Executive has signed this Agreement, all as of the Effective Date.

 

WITNESS   PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
       
       
    By:  
Secretary      
       
    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE BANK
       
       
    By:  
Secretary      
       
       
     
    EXECUTIVE

 

 

163
 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF RELEASE

164
 

Exhibit (10) Q

CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENT

DOUGLAS KENNEDY

THIS CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made as of this DECEMBER 4, 2013 (the “Effective Date”), among PEAPACK-GLADSTONE BANK (the “Bank”), a New Jersey state banking association with its principal office at 190 Main Street, Gladstone, New Jersey 07934, PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION (“Peapack”), a New Jersey Corporation which maintains its principal office at 500 Hills Drive, Bedminster, New Jersey 07921 (Peapack and the Bank collectively are the “Company”) and DOUGLAS KENNEDY (the “Executive”).

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS , the Company and the Executive desire to enter into this Agreement pursuant to which the Executive may be entitled to termination benefits in the event of a termination of employment following the Change in Control of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Company and the Executive, each intending to be legally bound hereby agree as follows:

Definitions

Cause . For purposes of this Agreement “Cause” with respect to the termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment shall mean (i) willful and continued failure by the Executive to perform his duties for the Company under this Agreement after at least one warning in writing from the Board of Directors of Peapack (the “Board”) identifying specifically any such failure; (ii) the willful engaging by the Executive in misconduct which causes material injury to the Company as specified in a written notice to the Executive from the Board; or (iii) conviction of a crime, other than a traffic violation, habitual drunkenness, drug abuse, or excessive absenteeism other than for illness, after a warning (with respect to drunkenness or absenteeism only) in writing from the Board to refrain from such behavior. No act or failure to act on the part of the Executive shall be considered willful unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

Change in Control . “Change in Control” means any of the following events: (i) when any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than an affiliate of Peapack or a Subsidiary or an employee benefit plan established or maintained by Peapack, a Subsidiary or any of their respective affiliates, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, of securities of Peapack representing more than thirty percent (30%) of the combined voting power of Peapack’s then outstanding securities (a “Control Person”), (ii) upon the consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation of Peapack with or into another corporation (other than a merger or consolidation which is approved by at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined) and the definitive agreement for which provides that at least two-thirds of the directors of the surviving or resulting corporation immediately after the transaction are Continuing Directors (a “Non-Control Transaction”) or (B) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of Peapack’s assets, (iv) if during any one (1) year period , individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board (the “Continuing Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof or, following a Non-Control Transaction, a majority of the board of directors of the surviving or resulting corporation; provided that any individual whose election or nomination for election as a member of the Board (or, following a Non-Control Transaction, the board of directors of the surviving or resulting corporation) was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then in office shall be considered a Continuing Director, or (v) upon a sale of (A) common stock of the Bank if after such sale any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than Peapack, an employee benefit plan established or maintained by Peapack or a Subsidiary, or an affiliate of Peapack or a Subsidiary, owns a majority of the Bank’s common stock or (B) all or substantially all of the Bank’s assets (other than in the ordinary course of business). No person shall be considered a Control Person for purposes of clause (i) above if (A) such person is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than ten percent (10%) but less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the combined voting power of Peapack’s then outstanding securities if the acquisition of all voting securities in excess of ten percent (10%) was approved in advance by a majority of the Continuing Directors then in office or (B) such person acquires in excess of ten percent (10%) of the combined voting power of Peapack’s then outstanding voting securities in violation of law and by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, settlement or otherwise, disposes or is required to dispose of all securities acquired in violation of law.

165
 

Contract Period . “Contract Period” shall mean the period commencing the day immediately preceding a Change in Control and ending on the earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the Change in Control or (ii) the death of the Executive. For the purpose of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at the date specified in the definition of Change-in-Control.

Exchange Act . “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Good Reason . When used with reference to a voluntary termination by the Executive of his employment with the Company, “Good Reason” shall mean any of the following, if taken without the Executive’s express written consent:

The assignment to the Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with, or the material reduction of powers or functions associated with, the Executive’s position, title, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company immediately prior to a Change in Control; A change in title or positions resulting merely from a merger of the Company into or with another bank or company which does not downgrade in any way the Executive’s powers, duties and responsibilities shall not meet the requirements of this Section;

A material reduction by the Company in the Executive’s annual base compensation or bonus opportunity as in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control;

The Company’s transfer of the Executive to another geographic location outside of New Jersey, which is more than twenty (25) miles from his present office location, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive’s business travel obligations immediately prior to such Change in Control; or

Any other action or inaction by the Company which constitutes a material breach of the terms of this Agreement; or

The failure by the Company to obtain an assumption of the obligations of the Company to perform this Agreement by any successor to the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not have Good Reason for termination unless (A) the Executive gives written notice of termination for Good Reason within thirty (30) days after the event giving rise to Good Reason first occurs, (B) the Company does not correct the action or failure to act that constitutes the grounds for Good Reason, as set forth in the Executive’s notice of termination, within thirty (30) days after the date on which the Executive gives written notice of termination and (C) the Executive actually resigns within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the cure period.

Subsidiary . “Subsidiary” means any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations, beginning with Peapack, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50)% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

Employment . The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment, during the Contract Period upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

Position . During the Contract Period the Executive shall be employed in a senior executive position, with duties and responsibilities substantially similar with the Executive’s duties and responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control. The Executive shall devote his full time and attention to the business of the Company, and shall not during the Contract Period be engaged in any other business activity. This Section shall not be construed as preventing the Executive from managing any investments of his which do not require any service on his part in the operation of such investments.

Cash Compensation . The Company shall pay to the Executive compensation for his services during the Contract Period as follows:

Base Salary . An annual base salary equal to the annual base salary in effect as of the Change in Control. The annual salary shall be payable in installments in accordance with the Company’s usual payroll method.

166
 

Annual Bonus . An annual cash bonus award opportunity, equal to at least the annual cash bonus award opportunity in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control. Any annual bonus earned by the Executive shall be paid to him after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates; provided that in no event shall the Executive’s annual bonus be paid later than March 15 of the fiscal year following the fiscal year for which it was earned.

Annual Review . The Board of Directors of the Company during the Contract Period shall review annually, or at more frequent intervals which the Board determines is appropriate, the Executive’s compensation and shall award him additional compensation to reflect the Executive’s performance, the performance of the Company and competitive compensation levels, all as determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors.

Expenses and Other Benefits .

Expenses . During the Contract Period, the Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable entertainment, travel or other expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, subject to the Executive’s presentation of appropriate documentation in accordance with such procedures as the Company may from time to time establish.

Retirement or Welfare Benefits . During the Contract Period, the Executive shall participate in employee retirement and welfare benefit plans made available to the Company’s senior level executives as a group or to its employees generally, as such retirement and welfare plans may be in effect from time to time and subject to the eligibility requirements of the plans. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Company from amending or terminating any retirement, welfare or other employee benefit plans or programs from time to time as the Company deems appropriate.

Other Benefits . During the Contract Period, the Executive shall be entitled to vacation and sick days, including other fringe benefits and perquisites, each at the levels commensurate with those provided to other senior level executives of the Company, in accordance with the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.

Termination for Cause . The Company shall have the right to terminate the Executive for Cause, upon written notice to him of the termination which notice shall specify the reasons for the termination. In the event of termination for Cause the Executive shall not be entitled to any further benefits under this Agreement.

Disability . During the Contract Period if the Executive becomes permanently disabled so as to qualify for full benefits under the Company’s then-existing long-term disability insurance policy, or is unable to perform his duties hereunder for four (4) consecutive months in any twelve (12) month period, the Company may terminate the employment of the Executive. In such event, the Executive shall not be entitled to any further benefits under this Agreement.

Death Benefits . Upon the Executive’s death during the Contract Period, his estate shall not be entitled to any further benefits under this Agreement.

Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason . The Company may terminate the Executive without Cause during the Contract Period by written notice to the Executive providing thirty (30) days notice. The Executive may resign for Good Reason during the Contract Period upon thirty (30) days’ written notice in accordance with the requirements of Section 1(e). If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment during the Contract Period without Cause or if the Executive Resigns for Good Reason, the Company shall pay the Executive the severance amounts set forth in this Section 9 below, subject to (i) the Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a written release of all claims against the Company and all related parties with respect to all matters arising out of the Executive’s employment by the Company, or the termination thereof, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Release”), and (ii) the Executive’s continued compliance with the restrictive covenants referenced in Section 11 below.

The Executive shall receive a lump sum cash severance payments in an amount equal to (A) 3.0 times the Executive’s annual Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of the Executive’s termination, plus (B) 3.0 times the greater of (i) the Executive’s average annual bonus paid by the Company to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years preceding the fiscal year in which the Executive’s termination of employment occurs, or (ii) the annual bonus paid by the Company to the Executive for the last completed fiscal year. The severance amount shall be paid in a lump sum within thirty (30) days of the Executive Termination of Employment.

167
 

Provided that the Executive is eligible for and timely elects COBRA continuation coverage, during the 18-month period following the Executive’s termination date, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for the monthly COBRA cost of continued coverage for the Executive, and, where applicable, his spouse and dependents, paid by the Executive under the Company’s group health plan pursuant to Section 4980B of the Code, less the amount that the Executive would be required to contribute for such health coverage if the Executive were an active employee of the Company (the “Monthly COBRA Costs”). Following the foregoing 18-month period, if the Executive secures an individual policy for health coverage for himself and, where applicable, his spouse and dependents, the Company will reimburse the Executive for the monthly cost of such coverage for the period commencing on the first day following the 18-month period and ending on the last day of the 36-month following the Executive’s termination date; provided that the amount of the Company’s reimbursement for any month during this period will not exceed the Monthly COBRA Costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to restructure the foregoing continued coverage arrangement in any manner reasonably necessary or appropriate to avoid penalties or negative tax consequences to the Company or the Executive, as determined by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion.

The Executive shall not have a duty to mitigate the damages suffered by him in connection with the termination by the Company of his employment without Cause or a resignation for Good Reason during the Contract Period.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall be deemed to have automatically resigned from all positions, including as an officer and, if applicable, as a director or member of the Board and any committees thereof, or the board of directors or committees of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates or any other fiduciary positions with the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates.

Resignation Without Good Reason . The Executive shall be entitled to resign from the employment of the Company at any time during the Contract Period without Good Reason, but upon such resignation the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional compensation for the time after which he ceases to be employed by the Company, and shall not be entitled to any of the other benefits provided hereunder. No such resignation shall be effective unless in writing with thirty (30) days notice thereof.

Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information; Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information . Except in the course of his employment with the Company and in the pursuit of the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, the Executive shall not, at any time during or following the Contract Period, disclose or use, any confidential information or proprietary data of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. The Executive agrees that, among other things, all information concerning the identity of and the Company’s relations with its customers is confidential information.

Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation .

During the term of the Executive’s employment and for the one year period commencing on the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason whatsoever during the Contract Period (the “Restricted Period”), the Executive shall not, without express prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, own or hold any proprietary interest in, or be employed by or receive remuneration from, any corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship or other entity (collectively, an “entity”) “engaged in competition” (as defined below) with the Company or any of its subsidiaries (a “Competitor”). For purposes of the preceding sentence, (i) the term “proprietary interest” means direct or indirect ownership of an equity interest in an entity other than ownership of less than two (2) percent of any class stock in a publicly-held entity, and (ii) an entity shall be considered to be “engaged in competition” if such entity is, or is a holding company for or a subsidiary of an entity which is engaged in the business of (A) providing banking, trust services, asset management advice, or similar financial services to consumers, businesses individuals or other entities, and (B) the entity, holding company or subsidiary maintains any physical offices for the transaction of such business located within fifty (50) miles of the main office of the Company.

During the Restricted Period, and for a period of one year thereafter, the Executive shall not, either directly or indirectly, for himself or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, company, partnership, corporation or business of whatever nature, (i) call upon any person or entity which is or has been within twenty four (24) months prior to the termination or other cessation of the Executive’s employment for any reason, a customer of the Company or any subsidiary (each a “Customer”) for the direct or indirect purpose of soliciting or selling deposit, loan or trust products or services or (ii) induce any Customer to curtail, cancel, not renew, or not continue their business with the Company or any subsidiary.

168
 

During the Restricted Period, and for a period of one year thereafter, the Executive shall not, without the express prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or assist any third party in soliciting for employment any person employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment (collectively, “Employees”), (ii) employ, attempt to employ or materially assist any third party in employing or attempting to employ any Employee, or (iii) otherwise act on behalf of any Competitor to interfere with the relationship between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and their respective Employees.

The Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 11 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that any breach by the Executive of any provision contained in this Section 11 will result in irreparable injury to the Company for which a remedy at law would be inadequate. Accordingly, the Executive acknowledges that the Company shall be entitled to temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against the Executive in the event of any breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of this Section 11, in addition to any other remedy that may be available to the Company whether at law or in equity. With respect to any provision of this Section 11 finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, such court shall be authorized to reform this Agreement or any provision hereof so that it is enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law. If the covenants of Section 11 are determined to be wholly or partially unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such determination shall not be a bar to or in any way diminish the Company’s right to enforce such covenants in any other jurisdiction and shall not bar or limit the enforceability of any other provisions.

Specific Performance . The Executive agrees that the Company does not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach of this Section and agrees that he shall be subject to injunctive relief and equitable remedies as a result of the breach of this Section. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the force and effect of the remaining valid portions.

Survival . This Section shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder and the expiration of this Agreement. The Company shall not be required to post any bond or other security in connection with any proceeding to enforce the provisions of this Section 11.

Section 280G of the Code.

Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that a Change in Control occurs and it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (“Total Payments”) would otherwise exceed the amount (the “Safe Harbor Amount”) that could be received by the Executive without the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4999 of Code, then the Total Payments shall be reduced to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to assure that their aggregate present value, as determined in accordance the applicable provisions of Section 280G of the Code, does not exceed the greater of the following dollar amounts (the “Benefit Limit”):

the Safe Harbor Amount, or

the greatest after-tax amount payable to the Executive after taking into account any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code on the Total Payments.

All determinations to be made under this Section 12 shall be made by an independent public accounting firm chosen by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”). In determining whether such Benefit Limit is exceeded, the Accounting Firm shall make a reasonable determination of the value to be assigned to the restrictive covenants in effect for the Executive pursuant to Section 11 this Agreement, and the amount of the Executive’s potential parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code shall reduced by the value of those restrictive covenants to the extent consistent with Section 280G of the Code. All of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm in performing the determinations referred to in this Section 12 shall be borne solely by the Company.

To the extent a reduction to the Total Payments is required to be made in accordance with this Section 12, such reduction and/or cancellation of acceleration of equity awards shall occur in the order that provides the maximum economic benefit to the Executive. In the event that acceleration of equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting also shall be canceled in the order that provides the maximum economic benefit to the Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any reduction shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and where two economically equivalent amounts are subject to reduction but payable at different times, such amounts shall be reduced on a pro rata basis, but not below zero.

169
 

Term and Effect Prior to Change in Control.

Term . Except as otherwise provided for hereunder, this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall remain in effect for a period of three (3) years from the date hereof (the “Initial Term”) or until the end of the Contract Period, whichever is later. The Initial Term shall be automatically extended for an additional one year period on the anniversary date hereof (so that the Initial Term is always three (3) years) unless, prior to a Change in Control, the Board notifies the Executive in writing at any time that the Contract is not so extended, in which case the Initial Term shall end upon the later of (i) three (3) years after the date hereof, or (ii) two (2) years after the date of such written notice.

No Effect Prior to Change in Control . This Agreement shall not affect any rights of the Company to terminate the Executive prior to a Change in Control or any rights of the Executive granted in any other agreement or contract or plan with the Company. The rights, duties and benefits provided hereunder shall only become effective upon and after a Change in Control. If the full-time employment of the Executive by the Company is ended for any reason prior to a Change in Control, this Agreement shall terminate automatically and thereafter be of no further force and effect.

Severance Compensation and Benefits Not in Derogation of Other Benefits . Anything to the contrary herein contained notwithstanding, the payment or obligation to pay any monies, or granting of any benefits, rights or privileges to the Executive as provided in this Agreement shall not be in lieu or derogation of the rights and privileges that the Executive now has or will have under any plans or programs of or agreements with the Company, except that if the Executive received any payment hereunder, he shall not be entitled to any payment under the Company’s severance policies for officers and employees or under any employment agreement between the Executive and the Company.

Payroll and Withholding Taxes . All payments to be made or benefits to be provided hereunder by the Company shall be subject to applicable federal and state payroll or withholding taxes.

Application of Section 409A of the Code .

This Agreement shall be interpreted to avoid any penalty sanctions under Section 409A of the Code. If any payment or benefit cannot be provided or made at the time specified herein without incurring sanctions under Section 409A of the Code, then such benefit or payment shall be provided in full (to extent not paid in part at earlier date) at the earliest time thereafter when such sanctions shall not be imposed. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, all payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon the Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of such term under Section 409A of the Code), each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment, and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. In no event shall the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the fiscal year of payment, except as permitted under Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to amounts under this Agreement are nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, in no event shall the timing of the Executive’s execution of the Release, directly or indirectly, result in the Executive designating the calendar year of payment, and if a payment that is subject to execution of the Release could be made in more than one taxable year, payment shall be made in the later taxable year.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, the Company has securities which are publicly traded on an established securities market and the Executive is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined in Section 409A of the Code) and it is necessary to postpone the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable under this Agreement as a result of such termination of employment to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company shall postpone the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) that are not otherwise paid first within the ‘short-term deferral exception’ under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(4), and then under the ‘separation pay exception’ under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), until the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is 6 months following the Executive’s “separation of service” (as such term is defined under code Section 409A of the Code) with the Company. If any payments are postponed due to such requirements, such postponed amounts shall be paid in a lump sum to the Executive on the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six (6) months following Executive’s separation of service with the Company. If the Executive dies during the postponement period prior to the payment of postponed amount, the amounts withheld on account of Section 409A of the Code shall be paid to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate within sixty (60) days after the date of the Executive’s death.

170
 

All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) any reimbursement shall be for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

Recoupment Policy . The Executive agrees that the Executive will be subject to any compensation clawback or recoupment policies that may be applicable to Executive as an employee of the Company, as in effect from time to time and as approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof, whether or not approved before or after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or application thereof to anyone or under any circumstances is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in any other jurisdiction. If any provision is held void, invalid or unenforceable with respect to particular circumstances, it shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect in all other circumstances.

Section Headings . The Section headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. When the context admits or requires, words used in the masculine gender shall be construed to include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

Dispute Resolution. At the option of either the Company or the Executive, any dispute, controversy or question arising under, out of or relating to this Agreement, the Executive’s employment or termination of employment, including but not limited to any and all statutory claims involving workplace discrimination or wrongful discharge, but excluding claims pursuant to Section 11 hereof, shall be referred for decision by arbitration in the State of New Jersey by a neutral arbitrator mutually selected by the parties hereto. Any arbitration proceeding shall be governed by the Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect or such last in effect (in the event such Association is no longer in existence). If the parties are unable to agree upon such a neutral arbitrator within twenty one (21) days after either party has given the other written notice of the desire to submit the dispute, controversy or question for decision as aforesaid, then either party may apply to the American Arbitration Association for a final and binding appointment of a neutral arbitrator; however, if the American Arbitration Association is not then in existence or does not act on the matter within forty five (45) days of any such application, either party may apply to a judge of the local court where the Bank is headquartered for an appointment of a neutral arbitrator to hear the parties and such judge is hereby authorized to make such appointment. In the event that either party exercises the right to submit a dispute, controversy or question arising hereunder to arbitration, the decision of the neutral arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on all interested persons and no action at law or in equity shall be instituted or, if instituted, further prosecuted by either party other than to enforce the award of the neutral arbitrator. The award of the neutral arbitrator may be entered in any court that has jurisdiction. The Executive and the Company shall each bear all their own costs (including the fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred in connection with any such arbitration and shall each pay one-half of the costs of any arbitrator.

171
 

Miscellaneous . This Agreement is the joint and several obligation of the Bank and Peapack. The terms of this Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted and construed in accordance with the provisions of, the laws of New Jersey. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings with respect to the matters covered hereby, including expressly any prior agreement with the Company concerning change-in-control benefits. The amendment or termination of this Agreement may be made only in a writing executed by the Company and the Executive, and no amendment or termination of this Agreement shall be effective unless and until made in such a writing. This Agreement shall be binding upon any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merge, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. This Agreement is personal to the Executive and the Executive may not assign any of his rights or duties hereunder but this Agreement shall be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives, executors or administrators. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

(signature page to follow)

172
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Peapack-Gladstone Bank and Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation each have caused this Agreement to be signed by their duly authorized representatives pursuant to the authority of their Boards of Directors, and the Executive has personally executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year first written above.

ATTEST:   PEAPACK-GLADSTONE
    FINANCIAL CORPORATION
       
    By:  
, Secretary   ______________________________, Chairman
       
ATTEST:   PEAPACK-GLADSTONE BANK
       
       
    By:  
, Secretary   ______________________________, Chairman
       
WITNESS:      
       
       
    ______________________________, Executive

 

173
 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF RELEASE

  

174
 

Exhibit (10) R

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENT

FINN M.W. CASPERSEN, JR.

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made as of this DECEMBER 4, 2013 (the “Effective Date”), among PEAPACK-GLADSTONE BANK (the “Bank”), a New Jersey state banking association with its principal office at 190 Main Street, Gladstone, New Jersey 07934, PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION (“Peapack”), a New Jersey Corporation which maintains its principal office at 500 Hills Drive, Bedminster, NJ 07921 (Peapack and the Bank collectively are the “Company”) and Finn M.W. Caspersen, Jr. (the “Executive”).

BACKGROUND

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Executive previously entered into that certain Amended and Restated Change-in-Control Agreement dated MARCH 29, 2005 (the “Existing Agreement”), pursuant to which the Executive was entitled to termination benefits in the event of a termination of employment following the Change in Control of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive now desire to amend and restate the Existing Agreement in its entirety to remove the gross-up provision on parachute payments within the meaning of section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Code”), reduce and modify certain severance amounts payable to the Executive upon a termination of employment and to make certain other clarify changes;

 

WHEREAS, in consideration for these changes to the Existing Agreement, the Executive will be entitled to receive an equity grant in the amount of $600,000 on the Effective Date, pursuant to the restrictions and conditions set forth in the Company’s 2012 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan and the award agreement evidencing such equity grant; and

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement replaces and supersedes the Existing Agreement in its entirety.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Company and the Executive, each intending to be legally bound hereby agree as follows:

Definitions

Cause . For purposes of this Agreement “Cause” with respect to the termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment shall mean (i) willful and continued failure by the Executive to perform his duties for the Company under this Agreement after at least one warning in writing from the Board of Directors of Peapack (the “Board”) identifying specifically any such failure; (ii) the willful engaging by the Executive in misconduct which causes material injury to the Company as specified in a written notice to the Executive from the Board; or (iii) conviction of a crime, other than a traffic violation, habitual drunkenness, drug abuse, or excessive absenteeism other than for illness, after a warning (with respect to drunkenness or absenteeism only) in writing from the Board to refrain from such behavior. No act or failure to act on the part of the Executive shall be considered willful unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

Change in Control . “Change in Control” means any of the following events: (i) when any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than an affiliate of Peapack or a Subsidiary or an employee benefit plan established or maintained by Peapack, a Subsidiary or any of their respective affiliates, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, of securities of Peapack representing more than thirty percent (30%) of the combined voting power of Peapack’s then outstanding securities (a “Control Person”), (ii) upon the consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation of Peapack with or into another corporation [(other than a merger or consolidation which is approved by at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined) and the definitive agreement for which provides that at least two-thirds of the directors of the surviving or resulting corporation immediately after the transaction are Continuing Directors (a “Non-Control Transaction”)) or (B) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of Peapack’s assets, (iv) if during any one (1) year period , individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board (the “Continuing Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof or, following a Non-Control Transaction, a majority of the board of directors of the surviving or resulting corporation; provided that any individual whose election or nomination for election as a member of the Board (or, following a Non-Control Transaction, the board of directors of the surviving or resulting corporation) was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then in office shall be considered a Continuing Director, or (v) upon a sale of (A) common stock of the Bank if after such sale any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than Peapack, an employee benefit plan established or maintained by Peapack or a Subsidiary, or an affiliate of Peapack or a Subsidiary, owns a majority of the Bank’s common stock or (B) all or substantially all of the Bank’s assets (other than in the ordinary course of business). No person shall be considered a Control Person for purposes of clause (i) above if (A) such person is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than ten percent (10%) but less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the combined voting power of Peapack’s then outstanding securities if the acquisition of all voting securities in excess of ten percent (10%) was approved in advance by a majority of the Continuing Directors then in office or (B) such person acquires in excess of ten percent (10%) of the combined voting power of Peapack’s then outstanding voting securities in violation of law and by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, settlement or otherwise, disposes or is required to dispose of all securities acquired in violation of law.

175
 

Contract Period . “Contract Period” shall mean the period commencing the day immediately preceding a Change in Control and ending on the earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the Change in Control or (ii) the death of the Executive. For the purpose of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at the date specified in the definition of Change-in-Control.

Exchange Act . “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Good Reason . When used with reference to a voluntary termination by the Executive of his employment with the Company, “Good Reason” shall mean any of the following, if taken without the Executive’s express written consent:

The assignment to the Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with, or the material reduction of powers or functions associated with, the Executive’s position, title, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company immediately prior to a Change in Control; A change in title or positions resulting merely from a merger of the Company into or with another bank or company which does not downgrade in any way the Executive’s powers, duties and responsibilities shall not meet the requirements of this Section;

A material reduction by the Company in the Executive’s annual base compensation or bonus opportunity as in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control;

The Company’s transfer of the Executive to another geographic location outside of New Jersey, which is more than twenty (25) miles from his present office location, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive’s business travel obligations immediately prior to such Change in Control; or

Any other action or inaction by the Company which constitutes a material breach of the terms of this Agreement; or

The failure by the Company to obtain an assumption of the obligations of the Company to perform this Agreement by any successor to the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not have Good Reason for termination unless (A) the Executive gives written notice of termination for Good Reason within thirty (30) days after the event giving rise to Good Reason first occurs, (B) the Company does not correct the action or failure to act that constitutes the grounds for Good Reason, as set forth in the Executive’s notice of termination, within thirty (30) days after the date on which the Executive gives written notice of termination and (C) the Executive actually resigns within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the cure period.

Subsidiary . “Subsidiary” means any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations, beginning with Peapack, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50)% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

176
 

Employment . The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment, during the Contract Period upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

Position . During the Contract Period the Executive shall be employed in a senior executive position, with duties and responsibilities substantially similar with the Executive’s duties and responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control. The Executive shall devote his full time and attention to the business of the Company, and shall not during the Contract Period be engaged in any other business activity. This Section shall not be construed as preventing the Executive from managing any investments of his which do not require any service on his part in the operation of such investments.

Cash Compensation . The Company shall pay to the Executive compensation for his services during the Contract Period as follows:

Base Salary . An annual base salary equal to the annual base salary in effect as of the Change in Control. The annual salary shall be payable in installments in accordance with the Company’s usual payroll method.

Annual Bonus . An annual cash bonus award opportunity, equal to at least the annual cash bonus award opportunity in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control. Any annual bonus earned by the Executive shall be paid to him after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates; provided that in no event shall the Executive’s annual bonus be paid later than March 15 of the fiscal year following the fiscal year for which it was earned.

Annual Review . The Board of Directors of the Company during the Contract Period shall review annually, or at more frequent intervals which the Board determines is appropriate, the Executive’s compensation and shall award him additional compensation to reflect the Executive’s performance, the performance of the Company and competitive compensation levels, all as determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors.

Expenses and Other Benefits .

Expenses . During the Contract Period, the Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable entertainment, travel or other expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, subject to the Executive’s presentation of appropriate documentation in accordance with such procedures as the Company may from time to time establish.

Retirement or Welfare Benefits . During the Contract Period, the Executive shall participate in employee retirement and welfare benefit plans made available to the Company’s senior level executives as a group or to its employees generally, as such retirement and welfare plans may be in effect from time to time and subject to the eligibility requirements of the plans. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Company from amending or terminating any retirement, welfare or other employee benefit plans or programs from time to time as the Company deems appropriate.

Other Benefits . During the Contract Period, the Executive shall be entitled to vacation and sick days, including other fringe benefits and perquisites, each at the levels commensurate with those provided to other senior level executives of the Company, in accordance with the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.

Termination for Cause . The Company shall have the right to terminate the Executive for Cause, upon written notice to him of the termination which notice shall specify the reasons for the termination. In the event of termination for Cause the Executive shall not be entitled to any further benefits under this Agreement.

Disability . During the Contract Period if the Executive becomes permanently disabled so as to qualify for full benefits under the Company’s then-existing long-term disability insurance policy, or is unable to perform his duties hereunder for four (4) consecutive months in any twelve (12) month period, the Company may terminate the employment of the Executive. In such event, the Executive shall not be entitled to any further benefits under this Agreement.

Death Benefits . Upon the Executive’s death during the Contract Period, his estate shall not be entitled to any further benefits under this Agreement.

Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason . The Company may terminate the Executive without Cause during the Contract Period by written notice to the Executive providing thirty (30) days notice. The Executive may resign for Good Reason during the Contract Period upon thirty (30) days’ written notice in accordance with the requirements of Section 1(e). If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment during the Contract Period without Cause or if the Executive Resigns for Good Reason, the Company shall pay the Executive the severance amounts set forth in this Section 9 below, subject to (i) the Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a written release of all claims against the Company and all related parties with respect to all matters arising out of the Executive’s employment by the Company, or the termination thereof, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Release”), and (ii) the Executive’s continued compliance with the restrictive covenants referenced in Section 11 below.

177
 

The Executive shall receive a lump sum cash severance payments in an amount equal to (A) 3.0 times the Executive’s annual Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of the Executive’s termination, plus (B) 3.0 times the greater of (i) the Executive’s average annual bonus paid by the Company to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years preceding the fiscal year in which the Executive’s termination of employment occurs, or (ii) the annual bonus paid by the Company to the Executive for the last completed fiscal year. The severance amount shall be paid in a lump sum within thirty (30) days of the Executive Termination of Employment.

Provided that the Executive is eligible for and timely elects COBRA continuation coverage, during the 18-month period following the Executive’s termination date, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for the monthly COBRA cost of continued coverage for the Executive, and, where applicable, his spouse and dependents, paid by the Executive under the Company’s group health plan pursuant to Section 4980B of the Code, less the amount that the Executive would be required to contribute for such health coverage if the Executive were an active employee of the Company (the “Monthly COBRA Costs”). Following the foregoing 18-month period, if the Executive secures an individual policy for health coverage for himself and, where applicable, his spouse and dependents, the Company will reimburse the Executive for the monthly cost of such coverage for the period commencing on the first day following the 18-month period and ending on the last day of the 36-month following the Executive’s termination date; provided that the amount of the Company’s reimbursement for any month during this period will not exceed the Monthly COBRA Costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to restructure the foregoing continued coverage arrangement in any manner reasonably necessary or appropriate to avoid penalties or negative tax consequences to the Company or the Executive, as determined by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion.

The Executive shall not have a duty to mitigate the damages suffered by him in connection with the termination by the Company of his employment without Cause or a resignation for Good Reason during the Contract Period.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall be deemed to have automatically resigned from all positions, including as an officer and, if applicable, as a director or member of the Board and any committees thereof, or the board of directors or committees of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates or any other fiduciary positions with the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates.

Resignation Without Good Reason . The Executive shall be entitled to resign from the employment of the Company at any time during the Contract Period without Good Reason, but upon such resignation the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional compensation for the time after which he ceases to be employed by the Company, and shall not be entitled to any of the other benefits provided hereunder. No such resignation shall be effective unless in writing with thirty (30) days notice thereof.

Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information; Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information . Except in the course of his employment with the Company and in the pursuit of the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, the Executive shall not, at any time during or following the Contract Period, disclose or use, any confidential information or proprietary data of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. The Executive agrees that, among other things, all information concerning the identity of and the Company’s relations with its customers is confidential information.

Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation

During the term of the Executive’s employment and for the one year period commencing on the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason whatsoever during the Contract Period (the “Restricted Period”), the Executive shall not, without express prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, own or hold any proprietary interest in, or be employed by or receive remuneration from, any corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship or other entity (collectively, an “entity”) “engaged in competition” (as defined below) with the Company or any of its subsidiaries (a “Competitor”). For purposes of the preceding sentence, (i) the term “proprietary interest” means direct or indirect ownership of an equity interest in an entity other than ownership of less than two (2) percent of any class stock in a publicly-held entity, and (ii) an entity shall be considered to be “engaged in competition” if such entity is, or is a holding company for or a subsidiary of an entity which is engaged in the business of (A) providing banking, trust services, asset management advice, or similar financial services to consumers, businesses individuals or other entities, and (B) the entity, holding company or subsidiary maintains any physical offices for the transaction of such business located within fifty (50) miles of the main office of the Company.

178
 

During the Restricted Period, and for a period of one year thereafter, the Executive shall not, either directly or indirectly, for himself or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, company, partnership, corporation or business of whatever nature, (i) call upon any person or entity which is or has been within twenty four (24) months prior to the termination or other cessation of the Executive’s employment for any reason, a customer of the Company or any subsidiary (each a “Customer”) for the direct or indirect purpose of soliciting or selling deposit, loan or trust products or services or (ii) induce any Customer to curtail, cancel, not renew, or not continue their business with the Company or any subsidiary.

During the Restricted Period, and for a period of one year thereafter, the Executive shall not, without the express prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or assist any third party in soliciting for employment any person employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment (collectively, “Employees”), (ii) employ, attempt to employ or materially assist any third party in employing or attempting to employ any Employee, or (iii) otherwise act on behalf of any Competitor to interfere with the relationship between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and their respective Employees.

The Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 11 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that any breach by the Executive of any provision contained in this Section 11 will result in irreparable injury to the Company for which a remedy at law would be inadequate. Accordingly, the Executive acknowledges that the Company shall be entitled to temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against the Executive in the event of any breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of this Section 11, in addition to any other remedy that may be available to the Company whether at law or in equity. With respect to any provision of this Section 11 finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, such court shall be authorized to reform this Agreement or any provision hereof so that it is enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law. If the covenants of Section 11 are determined to be wholly or partially unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such determination shall not be a bar to or in any way diminish the Company’s right to enforce such covenants in any other jurisdiction and shall not bar or limit the enforceability of any other provisions.

Specific Performance . The Executive agrees that the Company does not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach of this Section and agrees that he shall be subject to injunctive relief and equitable remedies as a result of the breach of this Section. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the force and effect of the remaining valid portions.

Survival . This Section shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder and the expiration of this Agreement. The Company shall not be required to post any bond or other security in connection with any proceeding to enforce the provisions of this Section 11.

Section 280G of the Code.

Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that a Change in Control occurs and it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (“Total Payments”) would otherwise exceed the amount (the “Safe Harbor Amount”) that could be received by the Executive without the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4999 of Code, then the Total Payments shall be reduced to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to assure that their aggregate present value, as determined in accordance the applicable provisions of Section 280G of the Code, does not exceed the greater of the following dollar amounts (the “Benefit Limit”):

the Safe Harbor Amount, or

179
 

the greatest after-tax amount payable to the Executive after taking into account any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code on the Total Payments.

All determinations to be made under this Section 12 shall be made by an independent public accounting firm chosen by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”). In determining whether such Benefit Limit is exceeded, the Accounting Firm shall make a reasonable determination of the value to be assigned to the restrictive covenants in effect for the Executive pursuant to Section 11 this Agreement, and the amount of the Executive’s potential parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code shall reduced by the value of those restrictive covenants to the extent consistent with Section 280G of the Code. All of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm in performing the determinations referred to in this Section 12 shall be borne solely by the Company.

To the extent a reduction to the Total Payments is required to be made in accordance with this Section 12, such reduction and/or cancellation of acceleration of equity awards shall occur in the order that provides the maximum economic benefit to the Executive. In the event that acceleration of equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting also shall be canceled in the order that provides the maximum economic benefit to the Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any reduction shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and where two economically equivalent amounts are subject to reduction but payable at different times, such amounts shall be reduced on a pro rata basis, but not below zero.

Term and Effect Prior to Change in Control.

Term . Except as otherwise provided for hereunder, this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall remain in effect for a period of three (3) years from the date hereof (the “Initial Term”) or until the end of the Contract Period, whichever is later. The Initial Term shall be automatically extended for an additional one year period on the anniversary date hereof (so that the Initial Term is always three (3) years) unless, prior to a Change in Control, the Board notifies the Executive in writing at any time that the Contract is not so extended, in which case the Initial Term shall end upon the later of (i) three (3) years after the date hereof, or (ii) two (2) years after the date of such written notice.

No Effect Prior to Change in Control . This Agreement shall not affect any rights of the Company to terminate the Executive prior to a Change in Control or any rights of the Executive granted in any other agreement or contract or plan with the Company. The rights, duties and benefits provided hereunder shall only become effective upon and after a Change in Control. If the full-time employment of the Executive by the Company is ended for any reason prior to a Change in Control, this Agreement shall terminate automatically and thereafter be of no further force and effect.

Severance Compensation and Benefits Not in Derogation of Other Benefits . Anything to the contrary herein contained notwithstanding, the payment or obligation to pay any monies, or granting of any benefits, rights or privileges to the Executive as provided in this Agreement shall not be in lieu or derogation of the rights and privileges that the Executive now has or will have under any plans or programs of or agreements with the Company, except that if the Executive received any payment hereunder, he shall not be entitled to any payment under the Company’s severance policies for officers and employees or under any employment agreement between the Executive and the Company.

Payroll and Withholding Taxes . All payments to be made or benefits to be provided hereunder by the Company shall be subject to applicable federal and state payroll or withholding taxes.

Application of Section 409A of the Code .

This Agreement shall be interpreted to avoid any penalty sanctions under Section 409A of the Code. If any payment or benefit cannot be provided or made at the time specified herein without incurring sanctions under Section 409A of the Code, then such benefit or payment shall be provided in full (to extent not paid in part at earlier date) at the earliest time thereafter when such sanctions shall not be imposed. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, all payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon the Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of such term under Section 409A of the Code), each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment, and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. In no event shall the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the fiscal year of payment, except as permitted under Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to amounts under this Agreement are nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, in no event shall the timing of the Executive’s execution of the Release, directly or indirectly, result in the Executive designating the calendar year of payment, and if a payment that is subject to execution of the Release could be made in more than one taxable year, payment shall be made in the later taxable year.

180
 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, the Company has securities which are publicly traded on an established securities market and the Executive is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined in Section 409A of the Code) and it is necessary to postpone the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable under this Agreement as a result of such termination of employment to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company shall postpone the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) that are not otherwise paid first within the ‘short-term deferral exception’ under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(4), and then under the ‘separation pay exception’ under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), until the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is 6 months following the Executive’s “separation of service” (as such term is defined under code Section 409A of the Code) with the Company. If any payments are postponed due to such requirements, such postponed amounts shall be paid in a lump sum to the Executive on the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six (6) months following Executive’s separation of service with the Company. If the Executive dies during the postponement period prior to the payment of postponed amount, the amounts withheld on account of Section 409A of the Code shall be paid to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate within sixty (60) days after the date of the Executive’s death.

All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) any reimbursement shall be for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

Recoupment Policy . The Executive agrees that the Executive will be subject to any compensation clawback or recoupment policies that may be applicable to Executive as an employee of the Company, as in effect from time to time and as approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof, whether or not approved before or after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or application thereof to anyone or under any circumstances is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in any other jurisdiction. If any provision is held void, invalid or unenforceable with respect to particular circumstances, it shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect in all other circumstances.

Section Headings . The Section headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. When the context admits or requires, words used in the masculine gender shall be construed to include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

Dispute Resolution. At the option of either the Company or the Executive, any dispute, controversy or question arising under, out of or relating to this Agreement, the Executive’s employment or termination of employment, including but not limited to any and all statutory claims involving workplace discrimination or wrongful discharge, but excluding claims pursuant to Section 11 hereof, shall be referred for decision by arbitration in the State of New Jersey by a neutral arbitrator mutually selected by the parties hereto. Any arbitration proceeding shall be governed by the Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect or such last in effect (in the event such Association is no longer in existence). If the parties are unable to agree upon such a neutral arbitrator within twenty one (21) days after either party has given the other written notice of the desire to submit the dispute, controversy or question for decision as aforesaid, then either party may apply to the American Arbitration Association for a final and binding appointment of a neutral arbitrator; however, if the American Arbitration Association is not then in existence or does not act on the matter within forty five (45) days of any such application, either party may apply to a judge of the local court where the Bank is headquartered for an appointment of a neutral arbitrator to hear the parties and such judge is hereby authorized to make such appointment. In the event that either party exercises the right to submit a dispute, controversy or question arising hereunder to arbitration, the decision of the neutral arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on all interested persons and no action at law or in equity shall be instituted or, if instituted, further prosecuted by either party other than to enforce the award of the neutral arbitrator. The award of the neutral arbitrator may be entered in any court that has jurisdiction. The Executive and the Company shall each bear all their own costs (including the fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred in connection with any such arbitration and shall each pay one-half of the costs of any arbitrator.

181
 

Miscellaneous . This Agreement is the joint and several obligation of the Bank and Peapack. The terms of this Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted and construed in accordance with the provisions of, the laws of New Jersey. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings with respect to the matters covered hereby, including expressly any prior agreement with the Company concerning change-in-control benefits. The amendment or termination of this Agreement may be made only in a writing executed by the Company and the Executive, and no amendment or termination of this Agreement shall be effective unless and until made in such a writing. This Agreement shall be binding upon any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merge, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. This Agreement is personal to the Executive and the Executive may not assign any of his rights or duties hereunder but this Agreement shall be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives, executors or administrators. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

(signature page to follow)

182
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Peapack-Gladstone Bank and Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation each have caused this Agreement to be signed by their duly authorized representatives pursuant to the authority of their Boards of Directors, and the Executive has personally executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year first written above.

 

ATTEST:   PEAPACK-GLADSTONE
    FINANCIAL CORPORATION
       
    By:  
, Secretary   ______________________________, Chairman
       
ATTEST:   PEAPACK-GLADSTONE BANK
       
       
    By:  
, Secretary   ______________________________, Chairman
       
WITNESS:      
       
       
    ______________________________, Executive

 

183
 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF RELEASE

 

184
 

Exhibit (10) S

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENT

JEFFREY CARFORA

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made as of this DECEMBER 4, 2013 (the “Effective Date”), among PEAPACK-GLADSTONE BANK (the “Bank”), a New Jersey state banking association with its principal office at 190 Main Street, Gladstone, New Jersey 07934, PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION (“Peapack”), a New Jersey Corporation which maintains its principal office at 500 Hills Drive, Bedminster, NJ 07921 (Peapack and the Bank collectively are the “Company”) and Jeffrey Carfora. (the “Executive”).

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS , the Company and the Executive previously entered into that certain Amended and Restated Change-in-Control Agreement dated APRIL 7, 2010 (the “Existing Agreement”), pursuant to which the Executive was entitled to termination benefits in the event of a termination of employment following the Change in Control of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive now desire to amend and restate the Existing Agreement in its entirety to remove the gross-up provision on parachute payments within the meaning of section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Code”), reduce and modify certain severance amounts payable to the Executive upon a termination of employment and to make certain other clarify changes;

 

WHEREAS, in consideration for these changes to the Existing Agreement, the Executive will be entitled to receive an equity grant in the amount of $512,752 on the Effective Date, pursuant to the restrictions and conditions set forth in the Company’s 2012 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan and the award agreement evidencing such equity grant;and

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement replaces and supersedes the Existing Agreement in its entirety.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Company and the Executive, each intending to be legally bound hereby agree as follows:

Definitions

Cause . For purposes of this Agreement “Cause” with respect to the termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment shall mean (i) willful and continued failure by the Executive to perform his duties for the Company under this Agreement after at least one warning in writing from the Board of Directors of Peapack (the “Board”) identifying specifically any such failure; (ii) the willful engaging by the Executive in misconduct which causes material injury to the Company as specified in a written notice to the Executive from the Board; or (iii) conviction of a crime, other than a traffic violation, habitual drunkenness, drug abuse, or excessive absenteeism other than for illness, after a warning (with respect to drunkenness or absenteeism only) in writing from the Board to refrain from such behavior. No act or failure to act on the part of the Executive shall be considered willful unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

[Change in Control . “Change in Control” means any of the following events: (i) when any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than an affiliate of Peapack or a Subsidiary or an employee benefit plan established or maintained by Peapack, a Subsidiary or any of their respective affiliates, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, of securities of Peapack representing more than thirty percent (30%) of the combined voting power of Peapack’s then outstanding securities (a “Control Person”), (ii) upon the consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation of Peapack with or into another corporation [(other than a merger or consolidation which is approved by at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined) and the definitive agreement for which provides that at least two-thirds of the directors of the surviving or resulting corporation immediately after the transaction are Continuing Directors (a “Non-Control Transaction”))], or (B) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of Peapack’s assets, (iv) if during any one (1) year period , individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board (the “Continuing Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof or, following a Non-Control Transaction, a majority of the board of directors of the surviving or resulting corporation; provided that any individual whose election or nomination for election as a member of the Board (or, following a Non-Control Transaction, the board of directors of the surviving or resulting corporation) was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then in office shall be considered a Continuing Director, or (v) upon a sale of (A) common stock of the Bank if after such sale any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than Peapack, an employee benefit plan established or maintained by Peapack or a Subsidiary, or an affiliate of Peapack or a Subsidiary, owns a majority of the Bank’s common stock or (B) all or substantially all of the Bank’s assets (other than in the ordinary course of business). No person shall be considered a Control Person for purposes of clause (i) above if (A) such person is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than ten percent (10%) but less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the combined voting power of Peapack’s then outstanding securities if the acquisition of all voting securities in excess of ten percent (10%) was approved in advance by a majority of the Continuing Directors then in office or (B) such person acquires in excess of ten percent (10%) of the combined voting power of Peapack’s then outstanding voting securities in violation of law and by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, settlement or otherwise, disposes or is required to dispose of all securities acquired in violation of law.]

185
 

Contract Period . “Contract Period” shall mean the period commencing the day immediately preceding a Change in Control and ending on the earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the Change in Control or (ii) the death of the Executive. For the purpose of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at the date specified in the definition of Change-in-Control.

Exchange Act . “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Good Reason . When used with reference to a voluntary termination by the Executive of his employment with the Company, “Good Reason” shall mean any of the following, if taken without the Executive’s express written consent:

The assignment to the Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with, or the material reduction of powers or functions associated with, the Executive’s position, title, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company immediately prior to a Change in Control; A change in title or positions resulting merely from a merger of the Company into or with another bank or company which does not downgrade in any way the Executive’s powers, duties and responsibilities shall not meet the requirements of this Section;

A material reduction by the Company in the Executive’s annual base compensation or bonus opportunity as in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control;

The Company’s transfer of the Executive to another geographic location outside of New Jersey, which is more than twenty (25) miles from his present office location, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive’s business travel obligations immediately prior to such Change in Control; or

Any other action or inaction by the Company which constitutes a material breach of the terms of this Agreement; or

The failure by the Company to obtain an assumption of the obligations of the Company to perform this Agreement by any successor to the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not have Good Reason for termination unless (A) the Executive gives written notice of termination for Good Reason within thirty (30) days after the event giving rise to Good Reason first occurs, (B) the Company does not correct the action or failure to act that constitutes the grounds for Good Reason, as set forth in the Executive’s notice of termination, within thirty (30) days after the date on which the Executive gives written notice of termination and (C) the Executive actually resigns within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the cure period.

Subsidiary . “Subsidiary” means any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations, beginning with Peapack, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50)% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

Employment . The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment, during the Contract Period upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

186
 

Position . During the Contract Period the Executive shall be employed in a senior executive position, with duties and responsibilities substantially similar with the Executive’s duties and responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control. The Executive shall devote his full time and attention to the business of the Company, and shall not during the Contract Period be engaged in any other business activity. This Section shall not be construed as preventing the Executive from managing any investments of his which do not require any service on his part in the operation of such investments.

Cash Compensation . The Company shall pay to the Executive compensation for his services during the Contract Period as follows:

Base Salary . An annual base salary equal to the annual base salary in effect as of the Change in Control. The annual salary shall be payable in installments in accordance with the Company’s usual payroll method.

Annual Bonus . An annual cash bonus award opportunity, equal to at least the annual cash bonus award opportunity in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control. Any annual bonus earned by the Executive shall be paid to him after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates; provided that in no event shall the Executive’s annual bonus be paid later than March 15 of the fiscal year following the fiscal year for which it was earned.

Annual Review . The Board of Directors of the Company during the Contract Period shall review annually, or at more frequent intervals which the Board determines is appropriate, the Executive’s compensation and shall award him additional compensation to reflect the Executive’s performance, the performance of the Company and competitive compensation levels, all as determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors.

Expenses and Other Benefits .

Expenses . During the Contract Period, the Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable entertainment, travel or other expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, subject to the Executive’s presentation of appropriate documentation in accordance with such procedures as the Company may from time to time establish.

Retirement or Welfare Benefits . During the Contract Period, the Executive shall participate in employee retirement and welfare benefit plans made available to the Company’s senior level executives as a group or to its employees generally, as such retirement and welfare plans may be in effect from time to time and subject to the eligibility requirements of the plans. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Company from amending or terminating any retirement, welfare or other employee benefit plans or programs from time to time as the Company deems appropriate.

Other Benefits . During the Contract Period, the Executive shall be entitled to vacation and sick days, including other fringe benefits and perquisites, each at the levels commensurate with those provided to other senior level executives of the Company, in accordance with the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.

Termination for Cause . The Company shall have the right to terminate the Executive for Cause, upon written notice to him of the termination which notice shall specify the reasons for the termination. In the event of termination for Cause the Executive shall not be entitled to any further benefits under this Agreement.

Disability . During the Contract Period if the Executive becomes permanently disabled so as to qualify for full benefits under the Company’s then-existing long-term disability insurance policy, or is unable to perform his duties hereunder for four (4) consecutive months in any twelve (12) month period, the Company may terminate the employment of the Executive. In such event, the Executive shall not be entitled to any further benefits under this Agreement.

Death Benefits . Upon the Executive’s death during the Contract Period, his estate shall not be entitled to any further benefits under this Agreement.

Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason . The Company may terminate the Executive without Cause during the Contract Period by written notice to the Executive providing thirty (30) days notice. The Executive may resign for Good Reason during the Contract Period upon thirty (30) days’ written notice in accordance with the requirements of Section 1(e). If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment during the Contract Period without Cause or if the Executive Resigns for Good Reason, the Company shall pay the Executive the severance amounts set forth in this Section 9 below, subject to (i) the Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a written release of all claims against the Company and all related parties with respect to all matters arising out of the Executive’s employment by the Company, or the termination thereof, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Release”), and (ii) the Executive’s continued compliance with the restrictive covenants referenced in Section 11 below.

187
 

The Executive shall receive a lump sum cash severance payments in an amount equal to (A) 3.0 times the Executive’s annual Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of the Executive’s termination, plus (B) 3.0 times the greater of (i) the Executive’s average annual bonus paid by the Company to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years preceding the fiscal year in which the Executive’s termination of employment occurs, or (ii) the annual bonus paid by the Company to the Executive for the last completed fiscal year. The severance amount shall be paid in a lump sum within thirty (30) days of the Executive Termination of Employment.

Provided that the Executive is eligible for and timely elects COBRA continuation coverage, during the 18-month period following the Executive’s termination date, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for the monthly COBRA cost of continued coverage for the Executive, and, where applicable, his spouse and dependents, paid by the Executive under the Company’s group health plan pursuant to Section 4980B of the Code, less the amount that the Executive would be required to contribute for such health coverage if the Executive were an active employee of the Company (the “Monthly COBRA Costs”). Following the foregoing 18-month period, if the Executive secures an individual policy for health coverage for himself and, where applicable, his spouse and dependents, the Company will reimburse the Executive for the monthly cost of such coverage for the period commencing on the first day following the 18-month period and ending on the last day of the 36-month following the Executive’s termination date; provided that the amount of the Company’s reimbursement for any month during this period will not exceed the Monthly COBRA Costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to restructure the foregoing continued coverage arrangement in any manner reasonably necessary or appropriate to avoid penalties or negative tax consequences to the Company or the Executive, as determined by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion.

The Executive shall not have a duty to mitigate the damages suffered by him in connection with the termination by the Company of his employment without Cause or a resignation for Good Reason during the Contract Period.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall be deemed to have automatically resigned from all positions, including as an officer and, if applicable, as a director or member of the Board and any committees thereof, or the board of directors or committees of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates or any other fiduciary positions with the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates.

Resignation Without Good Reason . The Executive shall be entitled to resign from the employment of the Company at any time during the Contract Period without Good Reason, but upon such resignation the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional compensation for the time after which he ceases to be employed by the Company, and shall not be entitled to any of the other benefits provided hereunder. No such resignation shall be effective unless in writing with thirty (30) days notice thereof.

Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information; Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information . Except in the course of his employment with the Company and in the pursuit of the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, the Executive shall not, at any time during or following the Contract Period, disclose or use, any confidential information or proprietary data of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. The Executive agrees that, among other things, all information concerning the identity of and the Company’s relations with its customers is confidential information.

Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation

During the term of the Executive’s employment and for the one year period commencing on the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason whatsoever during the Contract Period (the “Restricted Period”), the Executive shall not, without express prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, own or hold any proprietary interest in, or be employed by or receive remuneration from, any corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship or other entity (collectively, an “entity”) “engaged in competition” (as defined below) with the Company or any of its subsidiaries (a “Competitor”). For purposes of the preceding sentence, (i) the term “proprietary interest” means direct or indirect ownership of an equity interest in an entity other than ownership of less than two (2) percent of any class stock in a publicly-held entity, and (ii) an entity shall be considered to be “engaged in competition” if such entity is, or is a holding company for or a subsidiary of an entity which is engaged in the business of (A) providing banking, trust services, asset management advice, or similar financial services to consumers, businesses individuals or other entities, and (B) the entity, holding company or subsidiary maintains any physical offices for the transaction of such business located within fifty (50) miles of the main office of the Company.

188
 

During the Restricted Period, and for a period of one year thereafter, the Executive shall not, either directly or indirectly, for himself or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, company, partnership, corporation or business of whatever nature, (i) call upon any person or entity which is or has been within twenty four (24) months prior to the termination or other cessation of the Executive’s employment for any reason, a customer of the Company or any subsidiary (each a “Customer”) for the direct or indirect purpose of soliciting or selling deposit, loan or trust products or services or (ii) induce any Customer to curtail, cancel, not renew, or not continue their business with the Company or any subsidiary.

During the Restricted Period, and for a period of one year thereafter, the Executive shall not, without the express prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or assist any third party in soliciting for employment any person employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment (collectively, “Employees”), (ii) employ, attempt to employ or materially assist any third party in employing or attempting to employ any Employee, or (iii) otherwise act on behalf of any Competitor to interfere with the relationship between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and their respective Employees.

The Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 11 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that any breach by the Executive of any provision contained in this Section 11 will result in irreparable injury to the Company for which a remedy at law would be inadequate. Accordingly, the Executive acknowledges that the Company shall be entitled to temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against the Executive in the event of any breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of this Section 11, in addition to any other remedy that may be available to the Company whether at law or in equity. With respect to any provision of this Section 11 finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, such court shall be authorized to reform this Agreement or any provision hereof so that it is enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law. If the covenants of Section 11 are determined to be wholly or partially unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such determination shall not be a bar to or in any way diminish the Company’s right to enforce such covenants in any other jurisdiction and shall not bar or limit the enforceability of any other provisions.

Specific Performance . The Executive agrees that the Company does not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach of this Section and agrees that he shall be subject to injunctive relief and equitable remedies as a result of the breach of this Section. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the force and effect of the remaining valid portions.

Survival . This Section shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder and the expiration of this Agreement. The Company shall not be required to post any bond or other security in connection with any proceeding to enforce the provisions of this Section 11.

Section 280G of the Code.

Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that a Change in Control occurs and it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (“Total Payments”) would otherwise exceed the amount (the “Safe Harbor Amount”) that could be received by the Executive without the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4999 of Code, then the Total Payments shall be reduced to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to assure that their aggregate present value, as determined in accordance the applicable provisions of Section 280G of the Code, does not exceed the greater of the following dollar amounts (the “Benefit Limit”):

the Safe Harbor Amount, or

the greatest after-tax amount payable to the Executive after taking into account any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code on the Total Payments.

189
 

All determinations to be made under this Section 12 shall be made by an independent public accounting firm chosen by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”). In determining whether such Benefit Limit is exceeded, the Accounting Firm shall make a reasonable determination of the value to be assigned to the restrictive covenants in effect for the Executive pursuant to Section 11 this Agreement, and the amount of the Executive’s potential parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code shall reduced by the value of those restrictive covenants to the extent consistent with Section 280G of the Code. All of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm in performing the determinations referred to in this Section 12 shall be borne solely by the Company.

To the extent a reduction to the Total Payments is required to be made in accordance with this Section 12, such reduction and/or cancellation of acceleration of equity awards shall occur in the order that provides the maximum economic benefit to the Executive. In the event that acceleration of equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting also shall be canceled in the order that provides the maximum economic benefit to the Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any reduction shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and where two economically equivalent amounts are subject to reduction but payable at different times, such amounts shall be reduced on a pro rata basis, but not below zero.

Term and Effect Prior to Change in Control.

Term . Except as otherwise provided for hereunder, this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall remain in effect for a period of three (3) years from the date hereof (the “Initial Term”) or until the end of the Contract Period, whichever is later. The Initial Term shall be automatically extended for an additional one year period on the anniversary date hereof (so that the Initial Term is always three (3) years) unless, prior to a Change in Control, the Board notifies the Executive in writing at any time that the Contract is not so extended, in which case the Initial Term shall end upon the later of (i) three (3) years after the date hereof, or (ii) two (2) years after the date of such written notice.

No Effect Prior to Change in Control . This Agreement shall not affect any rights of the Company to terminate the Executive prior to a Change in Control or any rights of the Executive granted in any other agreement or contract or plan with the Company. The rights, duties and benefits provided hereunder shall only become effective upon and after a Change in Control. If the full-time employment of the Executive by the Company is ended for any reason prior to a Change in Control, this Agreement shall terminate automatically and thereafter be of no further force and effect.

Severance Compensation and Benefits Not in Derogation of Other Benefits . Anything to the contrary herein contained notwithstanding, the payment or obligation to pay any monies, or granting of any benefits, rights or privileges to the Executive as provided in this Agreement shall not be in lieu or derogation of the rights and privileges that the Executive now has or will have under any plans or programs of or agreements with the Company, except that if the Executive received any payment hereunder, he shall not be entitled to any payment under the Company’s severance policies for officers and employees or under any employment agreement between the Executive and the Company.

Payroll and Withholding Taxes . All payments to be made or benefits to be provided hereunder by the Company shall be subject to applicable federal and state payroll or withholding taxes.

Application of Section 409A of the Code .

This Agreement shall be interpreted to avoid any penalty sanctions under Section 409A of the Code. If any payment or benefit cannot be provided or made at the time specified herein without incurring sanctions under Section 409A of the Code, then such benefit or payment shall be provided in full (to extent not paid in part at earlier date) at the earliest time thereafter when such sanctions shall not be imposed. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, all payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon the Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of such term under Section 409A of the Code), each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment, and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. In no event shall the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the fiscal year of payment, except as permitted under Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to amounts under this Agreement are nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, in no event shall the timing of the Executive’s execution of the Release, directly or indirectly, result in the Executive designating the calendar year of payment, and if a payment that is subject to execution of the Release could be made in more than one taxable year, payment shall be made in the later taxable year.

190
 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, the Company has securities which are publicly traded on an established securities market and the Executive is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined in Section 409A of the Code) and it is necessary to postpone the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable under this Agreement as a result of such termination of employment to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company shall postpone the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) that are not otherwise paid first within the ‘short-term deferral exception’ under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(4), and then under the ‘separation pay exception’ under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), until the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is 6 months following the Executive’s “separation of service” (as such term is defined under code Section 409A of the Code) with the Company. If any payments are postponed due to such requirements, such postponed amounts shall be paid in a lump sum to the Executive on the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six (6) months following Executive’s separation of service with the Company. If the Executive dies during the postponement period prior to the payment of postponed amount, the amounts withheld on account of Section 409A of the Code shall be paid to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate within sixty (60) days after the date of the Executive’s death.

All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) any reimbursement shall be for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

Recoupment Policy . The Executive agrees that the Executive will be subject to any compensation clawback or recoupment policies that may be applicable to Executive as an employee of the Company, as in effect from time to time and as approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof, whether or not approved before or after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or application thereof to anyone or under any circumstances is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in any other jurisdiction. If any provision is held void, invalid or unenforceable with respect to particular circumstances, it shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect in all other circumstances.

Section Headings . The Section headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. When the context admits or requires, words used in the masculine gender shall be construed to include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

Dispute Resolution. At the option of either the Company or the Executive, any dispute, controversy or question arising under, out of or relating to this Agreement, the Executive’s employment or termination of employment, including but not limited to any and all statutory claims involving workplace discrimination or wrongful discharge, but excluding claims pursuant to Section 11 hereof, shall be referred for decision by arbitration in the State of New Jersey by a neutral arbitrator mutually selected by the parties hereto. Any arbitration proceeding shall be governed by the Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect or such last in effect (in the event such Association is no longer in existence). If the parties are unable to agree upon such a neutral arbitrator within twenty one (21) days after either party has given the other written notice of the desire to submit the dispute, controversy or question for decision as aforesaid, then either party may apply to the American Arbitration Association for a final and binding appointment of a neutral arbitrator; however, if the American Arbitration Association is not then in existence or does not act on the matter within forty five (45) days of any such application, either party may apply to a judge of the local court where the Bank is headquartered for an appointment of a neutral arbitrator to hear the parties and such judge is hereby authorized to make such appointment. In the event that either party exercises the right to submit a dispute, controversy or question arising hereunder to arbitration, the decision of the neutral arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on all interested persons and no action at law or in equity shall be instituted or, if instituted, further prosecuted by either party other than to enforce the award of the neutral arbitrator. The award of the neutral arbitrator may be entered in any court that has jurisdiction. The Executive and the Company shall each bear all their own costs (including the fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred in connection with any such arbitration and shall each pay one-half of the costs of any arbitrator.

191
 

Miscellaneous . This Agreement is the joint and several obligation of the Bank and Peapack. The terms of this Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted and construed in accordance with the provisions of, the laws of New Jersey. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings with respect to the matters covered hereby, including expressly any prior agreement with the Company concerning change-in-control benefits. The amendment or termination of this Agreement may be made only in a writing executed by the Company and the Executive, and no amendment or termination of this Agreement shall be effective unless and until made in such a writing. This Agreement shall be binding upon any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merge, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. This Agreement is personal to the Executive and the Executive may not assign any of his rights or duties hereunder but this Agreement shall be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives, executors or administrators. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

(signature page to follow)

192
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Peapack-Gladstone Bank and Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation each have caused this Agreement to be signed by their duly authorized representatives pursuant to the authority of their Boards of Directors, and the Executive has personally executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year first written above.

ATTEST:   PEAPACK-GLADSTONE
    FINANCIAL CORPORATION
       
    By:  
, Secretary   ______________________________, Chairman
       
ATTEST:   PEAPACK-GLADSTONE BANK
       
       
    By:  
, Secretary   ______________________________, Chairman
       
WITNESS:      
       
       
    ______________________________, Executive

193
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF RELEASE

 

194
 

Exhibit (10) T

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENT

VINCENT SPERO

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made as of this DECEMBER 4, 2013(the “Effective Date”), among PEAPACK-GLADSTONE BANK (the “Bank”), a New Jersey state banking association with its principal office at 190 Main Street, Gladstone, New Jersey 07934, PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION (“Peapack”), a New Jersey Corporation which maintains its principal office at 500 Hills Drive, Bedminster, NJ 07921 (Peapack and the Bank collectively are the “Company”) and Vincent Spero. (the “Executive”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Executive previously entered into that certain Amended and Restated Change-in-Control Agreement dated SEPTEMBER 28, 2009 (the “Existing Agreement”), pursuant to which the Executive was entitled to termination benefits in the event of a termination of employment following the Change in Control of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive now desire to amend and restate the Existing Agreement in its entirety to remove the gross-up provision on parachute payments within the meaning of section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Code”), reduce and modify certain severance amounts payable to the Executive upon a termination of employment and to make certain other clarify changes;

WHEREAS, in consideration for these changes to the Existing Agreement, the Executive will be entitled to receive an equity grant in the amount of $68,850 on the Effective Date, pursuant to the restrictions and conditions set forth in the Company’s 2012 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan and the award agreement evidencing such equity grant; and

WHEREAS, this Agreement replaces and supersedes the Existing Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Company and the Executive, each intending to be legally bound hereby agree as follows:

1.           Definitions

a.           Cause . For purposes of this Agreement “Cause” with respect to the termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment shall mean (i) willful and continued failure by the Executive to perform his duties for the Company under this Agreement after at least one warning in writing from the Board of Directors of Peapack (the “Board”) identifying specifically any such failure; (ii) the willful engaging by the Executive in misconduct which causes material injury to the Company as specified in a written notice to the Executive from the Board; or (iii) conviction of a crime, other than a traffic violation, habitual drunkenness, drug abuse, or excessive absenteeism other than for illness, after a warning (with respect to drunkenness or absenteeism only) in writing from the Board to refrain from such behavior. No act or failure to act on the part of the Executive shall be considered willful unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

b.           Change in Control . “Change in Control” means any of the following events: (i) when any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than an affiliate of Peapack or a Subsidiary or an employee benefit plan established or maintained by Peapack, a Subsidiary or any of their respective affiliates, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, of securities of Peapack representing more than thirty percent (30%) of the combined voting power of Peapack’s then outstanding securities (a “Control Person”), (ii) upon the consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation of Peapack with or into another corporation (other than a merger or consolidation which is approved by at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined) and the definitive agreement for which provides that at least two-thirds of the directors of the surviving or resulting corporation immediately after the transaction are Continuing Directors (a “Non-Control Transaction”), or (B) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of Peapack’s assets, (iv) if during any one (1) year period , individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board (the “Continuing Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof or, following a Non-Control Transaction, a majority of the board of directors of the surviving or resulting corporation; provided that any individual whose election or nomination for election as a member of the Board (or, following a Non-Control Transaction, the board of directors of the surviving or resulting corporation) was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then in office shall be considered a Continuing Director, or (v) upon a sale of (A) common stock of the Bank if after such sale any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than Peapack, an employee benefit plan established or maintained by Peapack or a Subsidiary, or an affiliate of Peapack or a Subsidiary, owns a majority of the Bank’s common stock or (B) all or substantially all of the Bank’s assets (other than in the ordinary course of business). No person shall be considered a Control Person for purposes of clause (i) above if (A) such person is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than ten percent (10%) but less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the combined voting power of Peapack’s then outstanding securities if the acquisition of all voting securities in excess of ten percent (10%) was approved in advance by a majority of the Continuing Directors then in office or (B) such person acquires in excess of ten percent (10%) of the combined voting power of Peapack’s then outstanding voting securities in violation of law and by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, settlement or otherwise, disposes or is required to dispose of all securities acquired in violation of law.

195
 

c.           Contract Period . “Contract Period” shall mean the period commencing the day immediately preceding a Change in Control and ending on the earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the Change in Control or (ii) the death of the Executive. For the purpose of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at the date specified in the definition of Change-in-Control.

d.           Exchange Act . “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

e.           Good Reason . When used with reference to a voluntary termination by the Executive of his employment with the Company, “Good Reason” shall mean any of the following, if taken without the Executive’s express written consent:

(1)          The assignment to the Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with, or the material reduction of powers or functions associated with, the Executive’s position, title, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company immediately prior to a Change in Control; A change in title or positions resulting merely from a merger of the Company into or with another bank or company which does not downgrade in any way the Executive’s powers, duties and responsibilities shall not meet the requirements of this Section;

(2)          A material reduction by the Company in the Executive’s annual base compensation or bonus opportunity as in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control;

(3)           The Company’s transfer of the Executive to another geographic location outside of New Jersey, which is more than twenty (25) miles from his present office location, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive’s business travel obligations immediately prior to such Change in Control; or

(4)          Any other action or inaction by the Company which constitutes a material breach of the terms of this Agreement; or

(5)          The failure by the Company to obtain an assumption of the obligations of the Company to perform this Agreement by any successor to the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not have Good Reason for termination unless (A) the Executive gives written notice of termination for Good Reason within thirty (30) days after the event giving rise to Good Reason first occurs, (B) the Company does not correct the action or failure to act that constitutes the grounds for Good Reason, as set forth in the Executive’s notice of termination, within thirty (30) days after the date on which the Executive gives written notice of termination and (C) the Executive actually resigns within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the cure period.

f.           Subsidiary . “Subsidiary” means any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations, beginning with Peapack, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50)% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

196
 

2.           Employment . The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment, during the Contract Period upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

3.           Position . During the Contract Period the Executive shall be employed in a senior executive position, with duties and responsibilities substantially similar with the Executive’s duties and responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control. The Executive shall devote his full time and attention to the business of the Company, and shall not during the Contract Period be engaged in any other business activity. This Section shall not be construed as preventing the Executive from managing any investments of his which do not require any service on his part in the operation of such investments.

4.           Cash Compensation . The Company shall pay to the Executive compensation for his services during the Contract Period as follows:

a.           Base Salary . An annual base salary equal to the annual base salary in effect as of the Change in Control. The annual salary shall be payable in installments in accordance with the Company’s usual payroll method.

b.           Annual Bonus . An annual cash bonus award opportunity, equal to at least the annual cash bonus award opportunity in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control. Any annual bonus earned by the Executive shall be paid to him after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates; provided that in no event shall the Executive’s annual bonus be paid later than March 15 of the fiscal year following the fiscal year for which it was earned.

c.           Annual Review . The Board of Directors of the Company during the Contract Period shall review annually, or at more frequent intervals which the Board determines is appropriate, the Executive’s compensation and shall award him additional compensation to reflect the Executive’s performance, the performance of the Company and competitive compensation levels, all as determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors.

5.           Expenses and Other Benefits .

a.           Expenses . During the Contract Period, the Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable entertainment, travel or other expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, subject to the Executive’s presentation of appropriate documentation in accordance with such procedures as the Company may from time to time establish.

b.           Retirement or Welfare Benefits . During the Contract Period, the Executive shall participate in employee retirement and welfare benefit plans made available to the Company’s senior level executives as a group or to its employees generally, as such retirement and welfare plans may be in effect from time to time and subject to the eligibility requirements of the plans. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Company from amending or terminating any retirement, welfare or other employee benefit plans or programs from time to time as the Company deems appropriate.

c.           Other Benefits . During the Contract Period, the Executive shall be entitled to vacation and sick days, including other fringe benefits and perquisites, each at the levels commensurate with those provided to other senior level executives of the Company, in accordance with the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.

6.           Termination for Cause . The Company shall have the right to terminate the Executive for Cause, upon written notice to him of the termination which notice shall specify the reasons for the termination. In the event of termination for Cause the Executive shall not be entitled to any further benefits under this Agreement.

7.           Disability . During the Contract Period if the Executive becomes permanently disabled so as to qualify for full benefits under the Company’s then-existing long-term disability insurance policy, or is unable to perform his duties hereunder for four (4) consecutive months in any twelve (12) month period, the Company may terminate the employment of the Executive. In such event, the Executive shall not be entitled to any further benefits under this Agreement.

8.           Death Benefits . Upon the Executive’s death during the Contract Period, his estate shall not be entitled to any further benefits under this Agreement.

197
 

9.           Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason . The Company may terminate the Executive without Cause during the Contract Period by written notice to the Executive providing thirty (30) days notice. The Executive may resign for Good Reason during the Contract Period upon thirty (30) days’ written notice in accordance with the requirements of Section 1(e). If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment during the Contract Period without Cause or if the Executive Resigns for Good Reason, the Company shall pay the Executive the severance amounts set forth in this Section 9 below, subject to (i) the Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a written release of all claims against the Company and all related parties with respect to all matters arising out of the Executive’s employment by the Company, or the termination thereof, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Release”), and (ii) the Executive’s continued compliance with the restrictive covenants referenced in Section 11 below.

a.          The Executive shall receive a lump sum cash severance payments in an amount equal to (A) 2.0 times the Executive’s annual Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of the Executive’s termination, plus (B) 2.0 times the greater of (i) the Executive’s average annual bonus paid by the Company to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years preceding the fiscal year in which the Executive’s termination of employment occurs, or (ii) the annual bonus paid by the Company to the Executive for the last completed fiscal year. The severance amount shall be paid in a lump sum within thirty (30) days of the Executive Termination of Employment.

b.          Provided that the Executive is eligible for and timely elects COBRA continuation coverage, during the 18-month period following the Executive’s termination date, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for the monthly COBRA cost of continued coverage for the Executive, and, where applicable, his spouse and dependents, paid by the Executive under the Company’s group health plan pursuant to Section 4980B of the Code, less the amount that the Executive would be required to contribute for such health coverage if the Executive were an active employee of the Company (the “Monthly COBRA Costs”). Following the foregoing 18-month period, if the Executive secures an individual policy for health coverage for himself and, where applicable, his spouse and dependents, the Company will reimburse the Executive for the monthly cost of such coverage for the period commencing on the first day following the 18-month period and ending on the last day of the 24-month following the Executive’s termination date; provided that the amount of the Company’s reimbursement for any month during this period will not exceed the Monthly COBRA Costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to restructure the foregoing continued coverage arrangement in any manner reasonably necessary or appropriate to avoid penalties or negative tax consequences to the Company or the Executive, as determined by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion.

c.          The Executive shall not have a duty to mitigate the damages suffered by him in connection with the termination by the Company of his employment without Cause or a resignation for Good Reason during the Contract Period.

d.          Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall be deemed to have automatically resigned from all positions, including as an officer and, if applicable, as a director or member of the Board and any committees thereof, or the board of directors or committees of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates or any other fiduciary positions with the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates.

10.           Resignation Without Good Reason . The Executive shall be entitled to resign from the employment of the Company at any time during the Contract Period without Good Reason, but upon such resignation the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional compensation for the time after which he ceases to be employed by the Company, and shall not be entitled to any of the other benefits provided hereunder. No such resignation shall be effective unless in writing with thirty (30) days notice thereof.

11.           Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information; Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

a.           Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information . Except in the course of his employment with the Company and in the pursuit of the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, the Executive shall not, at any time during or following the Contract Period, disclose or use, any confidential information or proprietary data of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. The Executive agrees that, among other things, all information concerning the identity of and the Company’s relations with its customers is confidential information.

b.           Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation

198
 

(1)          During the term of the Executive’s employment and for the one year period commencing on the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason whatsoever during the Contract Period (the “Restricted Period”), the Executive shall not, without express prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, own or hold any proprietary interest in, or be employed by or receive remuneration from, any corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship or other entity (collectively, an “entity”) “engaged in competition” (as defined below) with the Company or any of its subsidiaries (a “Competitor”). For purposes of the preceding sentence, (i) the term “proprietary interest” means direct or indirect ownership of an equity interest in an entity other than ownership of less than two (2) percent of any class stock in a publicly-held entity, and (ii) an entity shall be considered to be “engaged in competition” if such entity is, or is a holding company for or a subsidiary of an entity which is engaged in the business of (A) providing banking, trust services, asset management advice, or similar financial services to consumers, businesses individuals or other entities, and (B) the entity, holding company or subsidiary maintains any physical offices for the transaction of such business located within fifty (50) miles of the main office of the Company.

(2)          During the Restricted Period, and for a period of one year thereafter, the Executive shall not, either directly or indirectly, for himself or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, company, partnership, corporation or business of whatever nature, (i) call upon any person or entity which is or has been within twenty four (24) months prior to the termination or other cessation of the Executive’s employment for any reason, a customer of the Company or any subsidiary (each a “Customer”) for the direct or indirect purpose of soliciting or selling deposit, loan or trust products or services or (ii) induce any Customer to curtail, cancel, not renew, or not continue their business with the Company or any subsidiary.

(3)          During the Restricted Period, and for a period of one year thereafter, the Executive shall not, without the express prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or assist any third party in soliciting for employment any person employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment (collectively, “Employees”), (ii) employ, attempt to employ or materially assist any third party in employing or attempting to employ any Employee, or (iii) otherwise act on behalf of any Competitor to interfere with the relationship between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and their respective Employees.

(4)          The Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 11 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that any breach by the Executive of any provision contained in this Section 11 will result in irreparable injury to the Company for which a remedy at law would be inadequate. Accordingly, the Executive acknowledges that the Company shall be entitled to temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against the Executive in the event of any breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of this Section 11, in addition to any other remedy that may be available to the Company whether at law or in equity. With respect to any provision of this Section 11 finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, such court shall be authorized to reform this Agreement or any provision hereof so that it is enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law. If the covenants of Section 11 are determined to be wholly or partially unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such determination shall not be a bar to or in any way diminish the Company’s right to enforce such covenants in any other jurisdiction and shall not bar or limit the enforceability of any other provisions.

c.           Specific Performance . The Executive agrees that the Company does not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach of this Section and agrees that he shall be subject to injunctive relief and equitable remedies as a result of the breach of this Section. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the force and effect of the remaining valid portions.

d.           Survival . This Section shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder and the expiration of this Agreement. The Company shall not be required to post any bond or other security in connection with any proceeding to enforce the provisions of this Section 11.

12.           Section 280G of the Code.

a.          Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that a Change in Control occurs and it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (“Total Payments”) would otherwise exceed the amount (the “Safe Harbor Amount”) that could be received by the Executive without the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4999 of Code, then the Total Payments shall be reduced to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to assure that their aggregate present value, as determined in accordance the applicable provisions of Section 280G of the Code, does not exceed the greater of the following dollar amounts (the “Benefit Limit”):

199
 

(1)          the Safe Harbor Amount, or

(2)          the greatest after-tax amount payable to the Executive after taking into account any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code on the Total Payments.

b.          All determinations to be made under this Section 12 shall be made by an independent public accounting firm chosen by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”). In determining whether such Benefit Limit is exceeded, the Accounting Firm shall make a reasonable determination of the value to be assigned to the restrictive covenants in effect for the Executive pursuant to Section 11 this Agreement, and the amount of the Executive’s potential parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code shall reduced by the value of those restrictive covenants to the extent consistent with Section 280G of the Code. All of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm in performing the determinations referred to in this Section 12 shall be borne solely by the Company.

c.          To the extent a reduction to the Total Payments is required to be made in accordance with this Section 12, such reduction and/or cancellation of acceleration of equity awards shall occur in the order that provides the maximum economic benefit to the Executive. In the event that acceleration of equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting also shall be canceled in the order that provides the maximum economic benefit to the Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any reduction shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and where two economically equivalent amounts are subject to reduction but payable at different times, such amounts shall be reduced on a pro rata basis, but not below zero.

13.           Term and Effect Prior to Change in Control.

a.           Term . Except as otherwise provided for hereunder, this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall remain in effect for a period of three (3) years from the date hereof (the “Initial Term”) or until the end of the Contract Period, whichever is later. The Initial Term shall be automatically extended for an additional one year period on the anniversary date hereof (so that the Initial Term is always three (3) years) unless, prior to a Change in Control, the Board notifies the Executive in writing at any time that the Contract is not so extended, in which case the Initial Term shall end upon the later of (i) three (3) years after the date hereof, or (ii) two (2) years after the date of such written notice.

b.           No Effect Prior to Change in Control . This Agreement shall not affect any rights of the Company to terminate the Executive prior to a Change in Control or any rights of the Executive granted in any other agreement or contract or plan with the Company. The rights, duties and benefits provided hereunder shall only become effective upon and after a Change in Control. If the full-time employment of the Executive by the Company is ended for any reason prior to a Change in Control, this Agreement shall terminate automatically and thereafter be of no further force and effect.

14.           Severance Compensation and Benefits Not in Derogation of Other Benefits . Anything to the contrary herein contained notwithstanding, the payment or obligation to pay any monies, or granting of any benefits, rights or privileges to the Executive as provided in this Agreement shall not be in lieu or derogation of the rights and privileges that the Executive now has or will have under any plans or programs of or agreements with the Company, except that if the Executive received any payment hereunder, he shall not be entitled to any payment under the Company’s severance policies for officers and employees or under any employment agreement between the Executive and the Company.

15.           Payroll and Withholding Taxes . All payments to be made or benefits to be provided hereunder by the Company shall be subject to applicable federal and state payroll or withholding taxes.

16.           Application of Section 409A of the Code .

a.          This Agreement shall be interpreted to avoid any penalty sanctions under Section 409A of the Code. If any payment or benefit cannot be provided or made at the time specified herein without incurring sanctions under Section 409A of the Code, then such benefit or payment shall be provided in full (to extent not paid in part at earlier date) at the earliest time thereafter when such sanctions shall not be imposed. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, all payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon the Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of such term under Section 409A of the Code), each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment, and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. In no event shall the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the fiscal year of payment, except as permitted under Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to amounts under this Agreement are nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, in no event shall the timing of the Executive’s execution of the Release, directly or indirectly, result in the Executive designating the calendar year of payment, and if a payment that is subject to execution of the Release could be made in more than one taxable year, payment shall be made in the later taxable year.

200
 

b.          Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, the Company has securities which are publicly traded on an established securities market and the Executive is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined in Section 409A of the Code) and it is necessary to postpone the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable under this Agreement as a result of such termination of employment to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company shall postpone the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) that are not otherwise paid first within the ‘short-term deferral exception’ under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(4), and then under the ‘separation pay exception’ under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), until the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is 6 months following the Executive’s “separation of service” (as such term is defined under code Section 409A of the Code) with the Company. If any payments are postponed due to such requirements, such postponed amounts shall be paid in a lump sum to the Executive on the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six (6) months following Executive’s separation of service with the Company. If the Executive dies during the postponement period prior to the payment of postponed amount, the amounts withheld on account of Section 409A of the Code shall be paid to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate within sixty (60) days after the date of the Executive’s death.

c.          All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) any reimbursement shall be for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

17.           Recoupment Policy . The Executive agrees that the Executive will be subject to any compensation clawback or recoupment policies that may be applicable to Executive as an employee of the Company, as in effect from time to time and as approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof, whether or not approved before or after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

18.           Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or application thereof to anyone or under any circumstances is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in any other jurisdiction. If any provision is held void, invalid or unenforceable with respect to particular circumstances, it shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect in all other circumstances.

19.           Section Headings . The Section headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. When the context admits or requires, words used in the masculine gender shall be construed to include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

20.           Dispute Resolution. At the option of either the Company or the Executive, any dispute, controversy or question arising under, out of or relating to this Agreement, the Executive’s employment or termination of employment, including but not limited to any and all statutory claims involving workplace discrimination or wrongful discharge, but excluding claims pursuant to Section 11 hereof, shall be referred for decision by arbitration in the State of New Jersey by a neutral arbitrator mutually selected by the parties hereto. Any arbitration proceeding shall be governed by the Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect or such last in effect (in the event such Association is no longer in existence). If the parties are unable to agree upon such a neutral arbitrator within twenty one (21) days after either party has given the other written notice of the desire to submit the dispute, controversy or question for decision as aforesaid, then either party may apply to the American Arbitration Association for a final and binding appointment of a neutral arbitrator; however, if the American Arbitration Association is not then in existence or does not act on the matter within forty five (45) days of any such application, either party may apply to a judge of the local court where the Bank is headquartered for an appointment of a neutral arbitrator to hear the parties and such judge is hereby authorized to make such appointment. In the event that either party exercises the right to submit a dispute, controversy or question arising hereunder to arbitration, the decision of the neutral arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on all interested persons and no action at law or in equity shall be instituted or, if instituted, further prosecuted by either party other than to enforce the award of the neutral arbitrator. The award of the neutral arbitrator may be entered in any court that has jurisdiction. The Executive and the Company shall each bear all their own costs (including the fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred in connection with any such arbitration and shall each pay one-half of the costs of any arbitrator.

201
 

21.           Miscellaneous . This Agreement is the joint and several obligation of the Bank and Peapack. The terms of this Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted and construed in accordance with the provisions of, the laws of New Jersey. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings with respect to the matters covered hereby, including expressly any prior agreement with the Company concerning change-in-control benefits. The amendment or termination of this Agreement may be made only in a writing executed by the Company and the Executive, and no amendment or termination of this Agreement shall be effective unless and until made in such a writing. This Agreement shall be binding upon any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merge, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. This Agreement is personal to the Executive and the Executive may not assign any of his rights or duties hereunder but this Agreement shall be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives, executors or administrators. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

(signature page to follow)

202
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Peapack-Gladstone Bank and Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation each have caused this Agreement to be signed by their duly authorized representatives pursuant to the authority of their Boards of Directors, and the Executive has personally executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year first written above.

 

ATTEST:   PEAPACK-GLADSTONE
    FINANCIAL CORPORATION
       
    By:  
, Secretary   ______________________________, Chairman
       
ATTEST:   PEAPACK-GLADSTONE BANK
       
       
    By:  
, Secretary   ______________________________, Chairman
       
WITNESS:      
       
       
    ______________________________, Executive

203
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF RELEASE

  

204
 

Exhibit (10) U

CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENT

KAREN ROCKOFF

THIS CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made as of this DECEMBER 4, 2013 (the “Effective Date”), among PEAPACK-GLADSTONE BANK (the “Bank”), a New Jersey state banking association with its principal office at 190 Main Street, Gladstone, New Jersey 07934, PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION (“Peapack”), a New Jersey Corporation which maintains its principal office at 500 Hills Drive, Bedminster, New Jersey 07921 (Peapack and the Bank collectively are the “Company”) and KAREN ROCKOFF (the “Executive”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Executive desire to enter into this Agreement pursuant to which the Executive may be entitled to termination benefits in the event of a termination of employment following the Change in Control of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Company and the Executive, each intending to be legally bound hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions
a. Cause . For purposes of this Agreement “Cause” with respect to the termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment shall mean (i) willful and continued failure by the Executive to perform his duties for the Company under this Agreement after at least one warning in writing from the Board of Directors of Peapack (the “Board”) identifying specifically any such failure; (ii) the willful engaging by the Executive in misconduct which causes material injury to the Company as specified in a written notice to the Executive from the Board; or (iii) conviction of a crime, other than a traffic violation, habitual drunkenness, drug abuse, or excessive absenteeism other than for illness, after a warning (with respect to drunkenness or absenteeism only) in writing from the Board to refrain from such behavior. No act or failure to act on the part of the Executive shall be considered willful unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.
b. [Change in Control . “Change in Control” means any of the following events: (i) when any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than an affiliate of Peapack or a Subsidiary or an employee benefit plan established or maintained by Peapack, a Subsidiary or any of their respective affiliates, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, of securities of Peapack representing more than thirty percent (30%) of the combined voting power of Peapack’s then outstanding securities (a “Control Person”), (ii) upon the consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation of Peapack with or into another corporation [(other than a merger or consolidation which is approved by at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined) and the definitive agreement for which provides that at least two-thirds of the directors of the surviving or resulting corporation immediately after the transaction are Continuing Directors (a “Non-Control Transaction”)), or (B) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of Peapack’s assets, (iv) if during any one (1) year period , individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board (the “Continuing Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof or, following a Non-Control Transaction, a majority of the board of directors of the surviving or resulting corporation; provided that any individual whose election or nomination for election as a member of the Board (or, following a Non-Control Transaction, the board of directors of the surviving or resulting corporation) was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then in office shall be considered a Continuing Director, or (v) upon a sale of (A) common stock of the Bank if after such sale any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than Peapack, an employee benefit plan established or maintained by Peapack or a Subsidiary, or an affiliate of Peapack or a Subsidiary, owns a majority of the Bank’s common stock or (B) all or substantially all of the Bank’s assets (other than in the ordinary course of business). No person shall be considered a Control Person for purposes of clause (i) above if (A) such person is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than ten percent (10%) but less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the combined voting power of Peapack’s then outstanding securities if the acquisition of all voting securities in excess of ten percent (10%) was approved in advance by a majority of the Continuing Directors then in office or (B) such person acquires in excess of ten percent (10%) of the combined voting power of Peapack’s then outstanding voting securities in violation of law and by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, settlement or otherwise, disposes or is required to dispose of all securities acquired in violation of law.
205
 
c. Contract Period . “Contract Period” shall mean the period commencing the day immediately preceding a Change in Control and ending on the earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the Change in Control or (ii) the death of the Executive. For the purpose of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at the date specified in the definition of Change-in-Control.
d. Exchange Act . “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
e. Good Reason . When used with reference to a voluntary termination by the Executive of his employment with the Company, “Good Reason” shall mean any of the following, if taken without the Executive’s express written consent:
i. The assignment to the Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with, or the material reduction of powers or functions associated with, the Executive’s position, title, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company immediately prior to a Change in Control; A change in title or positions resulting merely from a merger of the Company into or with another bank or company which does not downgrade in any way the Executive’s powers, duties and responsibilities shall not meet the requirements of this Section;
ii. A material reduction by the Company in the Executive’s annual base compensation or bonus opportunity as in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control;
iii. The Company’s transfer of the Executive to another geographic location outside of New Jersey, which is more than twenty (25) miles from his present office location, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive’s business travel obligations immediately prior to such Change in Control; or
iv. Any other action or inaction by the Company which constitutes a material breach of the terms of this Agreement; or
v. The failure by the Company to obtain an assumption of the obligations of the Company to perform this Agreement by any successor to the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not have Good Reason for termination unless (A) the Executive gives written notice of termination for Good Reason within thirty (30) days after the event giving rise to Good Reason first occurs, (B) the Company does not correct the action or failure to act that constitutes the grounds for Good Reason, as set forth in the Executive’s notice of termination, within thirty (30) days after the date on which the Executive gives written notice of termination and (C) the Executive actually resigns within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the cure period.

f. Subsidiary . “Subsidiary” means any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations, beginning with Peapack, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50)% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
2. Employment . The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment, during the Contract Period upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.
3. Position . During the Contract Period the Executive shall be employed in a senior executive position, with duties and responsibilities substantially similar with the Executive’s duties and responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control. The Executive shall devote his full time and attention to the business of the Company, and shall not during the Contract Period be engaged in any other business activity. This Section shall not be construed as preventing the Executive from managing any investments of his which do not require any service on his part in the operation of such investments.
206
 
4. Cash Compensation . The Company shall pay to the Executive compensation for his services during the Contract Period as follows:
a. Base Salary . An annual base salary equal to the annual base salary in effect as of the Change in Control. The annual salary shall be payable in installments in accordance with the Company’s usual payroll method.
b. Annual Bonus . An annual cash bonus award opportunity, equal to at least the annual cash bonus award opportunity in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control. Any annual bonus earned by the Executive shall be paid to him after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates; provided that in no event shall the Executive’s annual bonus be paid later than March 15 of the fiscal year following the fiscal year for which it was earned.
c. Annual Review . The Board of Directors of the Company during the Contract Period shall review annually, or at more frequent intervals which the Board determines is appropriate, the Executive’s compensation and shall award him additional compensation to reflect the Executive’s performance, the performance of the Company and competitive compensation levels, all as determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors.
5. Expenses and Other Benefits .
a. Expenses . During the Contract Period, the Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable entertainment, travel or other expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, subject to the Executive’s presentation of appropriate documentation in accordance with such procedures as the Company may from time to time establish.
b. Retirement or Welfare Benefits . During the Contract Period, the Executive shall participate in employee retirement and welfare benefit plans made available to the Company’s senior level executives as a group or to its employees generally, as such retirement and welfare plans may be in effect from time to time and subject to the eligibility requirements of the plans. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Company from amending or terminating any retirement, welfare or other employee benefit plans or programs from time to time as the Company deems appropriate.
c. Other Benefits . During the Contract Period, the Executive shall be entitled to vacation and sick days, including other fringe benefits and perquisites, each at the levels commensurate with those provided to other senior level executives of the Company, in accordance with the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.
6. Termination for Cause . The Company shall have the right to terminate the Executive for Cause, upon written notice to him of the termination which notice shall specify the reasons for the termination. In the event of termination for Cause the Executive shall not be entitled to any further benefits under this Agreement.
7. Disability . During the Contract Period if the Executive becomes permanently disabled so as to qualify for full benefits under the Company’s then-existing long-term disability insurance policy, or is unable to perform his duties hereunder for four (4) consecutive months in any twelve (12) month period, the Company may terminate the employment of the Executive. In such event, the Executive shall not be entitled to any further benefits under this Agreement.
8. Death Benefits . Upon the Executive’s death during the Contract Period, his estate shall not be entitled to any further benefits under this Agreement.
207
 
9. Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason . The Company may terminate the Executive without Cause during the Contract Period by written notice to the Executive providing thirty (30) days notice. The Executive may resign for Good Reason during the Contract Period upon thirty (30) days’ written notice in accordance with the requirements of Section 1(e). If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment during the Contract Period without Cause or if the Executive Resigns for Good Reason, the Company shall pay the Executive the severance amounts set forth in this Section 9 below, subject to (i) the Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a written release of all claims against the Company and all related parties with respect to all matters arising out of the Executive’s employment by the Company, or the termination thereof, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Release”), and (ii) the Executive’s continued compliance with the restrictive covenants referenced in Section 11 below.
a. The Executive shall receive a lump sum cash severance payments in an amount equal to (A) 1.5 times the Executive’s annual Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of the Executive’s termination, plus (B) 1.5 times the greater of (i) the Executive’s average annual bonus paid by the Company to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years preceding the fiscal year in which the Executive’s termination of employment occurs, or (ii) the annual bonus paid by the Company to the Executive for the last completed fiscal year. The severance amount shall be paid in a lump sum within thirty (30) days of the Executive Termination of Employment.
b. Provided that the Executive is eligible for and timely elects COBRA continuation coverage, during the 18-month period following the Executive’s termination date, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for the monthly COBRA cost of continued coverage for the Executive, and, where applicable, his spouse and dependents, paid by the Executive under the Company’s group health plan pursuant to Section 4980B of the Code, less the amount that the Executive would be required to contribute for such health coverage if the Executive were an active employee of the Company (the “Monthly COBRA Costs”). Following the foregoing 18-month period, if the Executive secures an individual policy for health coverage for himself and, where applicable, his spouse and dependents, the Company will reimburse the Executive for the monthly cost of such coverage for the period commencing on the first day following the 18-month period and ending on the last day of the 18-month following the Executive’s termination date; provided that the amount of the Company’s reimbursement for any month during this period will not exceed the Monthly COBRA Costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to restructure the foregoing continued coverage arrangement in any manner reasonably necessary or appropriate to avoid penalties or negative tax consequences to the Company or the Executive, as determined by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion.
c. The Executive shall not have a duty to mitigate the damages suffered by him in connection with the termination by the Company of his employment without Cause or a resignation for Good Reason during the Contract Period.
d. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall be deemed to have automatically resigned from all positions, including as an officer and, if applicable, as a director or member of the Board and any committees thereof, or the board of directors or committees of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates or any other fiduciary positions with the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates.
10. Resignation Without Good Reason . The Executive shall be entitled to resign from the employment of the Company at any time during the Contract Period without Good Reason, but upon such resignation the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional compensation for the time after which he ceases to be employed by the Company, and shall not be entitled to any of the other benefits provided hereunder. No such resignation shall be effective unless in writing with thirty (30) days notice thereof.
11. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information; Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.
a. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information . Except in the course of his employment with the Company and in the pursuit of the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, the Executive shall not, at any time during or following the Contract Period, disclose or use, any confidential information or proprietary data of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. The Executive agrees that, among other things, all information concerning the identity of and the Company’s relations with its customers is confidential information.
208
 
b. Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation .
i. During the term of the Executive’s employment and for the one year period commencing on the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason whatsoever during the Contract Period (the “Restricted Period”), the Executive shall not, without express prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, own or hold any proprietary interest in, or be employed by or receive remuneration from, any corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship or other entity (collectively, an “entity”) “engaged in competition” (as defined below) with the Company or any of its subsidiaries (a “Competitor”). For purposes of the preceding sentence, (i) the term “proprietary interest” means direct or indirect ownership of an equity interest in an entity other than ownership of less than two (2) percent of any class stock in a publicly-held entity, and (ii) an entity shall be considered to be “engaged in competition” if such entity is, or is a holding company for or a subsidiary of an entity which is engaged in the business of (A) providing banking, trust services, asset management advice, or similar financial services to consumers, businesses individuals or other entities, and (B) the entity, holding company or subsidiary maintains any physical offices for the transaction of such business located within fifty (50) miles of the main office of the Company.
ii. During the Restricted Period, and for a period of one year thereafter, the Executive shall not, either directly or indirectly, for himself or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, company, partnership, corporation or business of whatever nature, (i) call upon any person or entity which is or has been within twenty four (24) months prior to the termination or other cessation of the Executive’s employment for any reason, a customer of the Company or any subsidiary (each a “Customer”) for the direct or indirect purpose of soliciting or selling deposit, loan or trust products or services or (ii) induce any Customer to curtail, cancel, not renew, or not continue their business with the Company or any subsidiary.
iii. During the Restricted Period, and for a period of one year thereafter, the Executive shall not, without the express prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or assist any third party in soliciting for employment any person employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment (collectively, “Employees”), (ii) employ, attempt to employ or materially assist any third party in employing or attempting to employ any Employee, or (iii) otherwise act on behalf of any Competitor to interfere with the relationship between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and their respective Employees.
iv. The Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 11 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that any breach by the Executive of any provision contained in this Section 11 will result in irreparable injury to the Company for which a remedy at law would be inadequate. Accordingly, the Executive acknowledges that the Company shall be entitled to temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against the Executive in the event of any breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of this Section 11, in addition to any other remedy that may be available to the Company whether at law or in equity. With respect to any provision of this Section 11 finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, such court shall be authorized to reform this Agreement or any provision hereof so that it is enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law. If the covenants of Section 11 are determined to be wholly or partially unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such determination shall not be a bar to or in any way diminish the Company’s right to enforce such covenants in any other jurisdiction and shall not bar or limit the enforceability of any other provisions.
c. Specific Performance . The Executive agrees that the Company does not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach of this Section and agrees that he shall be subject to injunctive relief and equitable remedies as a result of the breach of this Section. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the force and effect of the remaining valid portions.
209
 
d. Survival . This Section shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder and the expiration of this Agreement. The Company shall not be required to post any bond or other security in connection with any proceeding to enforce the provisions of this Section 11.
12. Section 280G of the Code.
a. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that a Change in Control occurs and it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (“Total Payments”) would otherwise exceed the amount (the “Safe Harbor Amount”) that could be received by the Executive without the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4999 of Code, then the Total Payments shall be reduced to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to assure that their aggregate present value, as determined in accordance the applicable provisions of Section 280G of the Code, does not exceed the greater of the following dollar amounts (the “Benefit Limit”):
i. the Safe Harbor Amount, or
ii. the greatest after-tax amount payable to the Executive after taking into account any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code on the Total Payments.
b. All determinations to be made under this Section 12 shall be made by an independent public accounting firm chosen by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”). In determining whether such Benefit Limit is exceeded, the Accounting Firm shall make a reasonable determination of the value to be assigned to the restrictive covenants in effect for the Executive pursuant to Section 11 this Agreement, and the amount of the Executive’s potential parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code shall reduced by the value of those restrictive covenants to the extent consistent with Section 280G of the Code. All of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm in performing the determinations referred to in this Section 12 shall be borne solely by the Company.
c. To the extent a reduction to the Total Payments is required to be made in accordance with this Section 12, such reduction and/or cancellation of acceleration of equity awards shall occur in the order that provides the maximum economic benefit to the Executive. In the event that acceleration of equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting also shall be canceled in the order that provides the maximum economic benefit to the Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any reduction shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and where two economically equivalent amounts are subject to reduction but payable at different times, such amounts shall be reduced on a pro rata basis, but not below zero.
13. Term and Effect Prior to Change in Control.
a. Term . Except as otherwise provided for hereunder, this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall remain in effect for a period of three (3) years from the date hereof (the “Initial Term”) or until the end of the Contract Period, whichever is later. The Initial Term shall be automatically extended for an additional one year period on the anniversary date hereof (so that the Initial Term is always three (3) years) unless, prior to a Change in Control, the Board notifies the Executive in writing at any time that the Contract is not so extended, in which case the Initial Term shall end upon the later of (i) three (3) years after the date hereof, or (ii) two (2) years after the date of such written notice.
b. No Effect Prior to Change in Control . This Agreement shall not affect any rights of the Company to terminate the Executive prior to a Change in Control or any rights of the Executive granted in any other agreement or contract or plan with the Company. The rights, duties and benefits provided hereunder shall only become effective upon and after a Change in Control. If the full-time employment of the Executive by the Company is ended for any reason prior to a Change in Control, this Agreement shall terminate automatically and thereafter be of no further force and effect.
210
 
14. Severance Compensation and Benefits Not in Derogation of Other Benefits . Anything to the contrary herein contained notwithstanding, the payment or obligation to pay any monies, or granting of any benefits, rights or privileges to the Executive as provided in this Agreement shall not be in lieu or derogation of the rights and privileges that the Executive now has or will have under any plans or programs of or agreements with the Company, except that if the Executive received any payment hereunder, he shall not be entitled to any payment under the Company’s severance policies for officers and employees or under any employment agreement between the Executive and the Company.
15. Payroll and Withholding Taxes . All payments to be made or benefits to be provided hereunder by the Company shall be subject to applicable federal and state payroll or withholding taxes.
16. Application of Section 409A of the Code .
a. This Agreement shall be interpreted to avoid any penalty sanctions under Section 409A of the Code. If any payment or benefit cannot be provided or made at the time specified herein without incurring sanctions under Section 409A of the Code, then such benefit or payment shall be provided in full (to extent not paid in part at earlier date) at the earliest time thereafter when such sanctions shall not be imposed. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, all payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon the Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of such term under Section 409A of the Code), each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment, and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. In no event shall the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the fiscal year of payment, except as permitted under Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to amounts under this Agreement are nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, in no event shall the timing of the Executive’s execution of the Release, directly or indirectly, result in the Executive designating the calendar year of payment, and if a payment that is subject to execution of the Release could be made in more than one taxable year, payment shall be made in the later taxable year.
b. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, the Company has securities which are publicly traded on an established securities market and the Executive is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined in Section 409A of the Code) and it is necessary to postpone the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable under this Agreement as a result of such termination of employment to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company shall postpone the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) that are not otherwise paid first within the ‘short-term deferral exception’ under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(4), and then under the ‘separation pay exception’ under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), until the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is 6 months following the Executive’s “separation of service” (as such term is defined under code Section 409A of the Code) with the Company. If any payments are postponed due to such requirements, such postponed amounts shall be paid in a lump sum to the Executive on the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six (6) months following Executive’s separation of service with the Company. If the Executive dies during the postponement period prior to the payment of postponed amount, the amounts withheld on account of Section 409A of the Code shall be paid to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate within sixty (60) days after the date of the Executive’s death.
c. All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) any reimbursement shall be for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
211
 
17. Recoupment Policy . The Executive agrees that the Executive will be subject to any compensation clawback or recoupment policies that may be applicable to Executive as an employee of the Company, as in effect from time to time and as approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof, whether or not approved before or after the Effective Date of this Agreement.
18. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or application thereof to anyone or under any circumstances is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in any other jurisdiction. If any provision is held void, invalid or unenforceable with respect to particular circumstances, it shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect in all other circumstances.
19. Section Headings . The Section headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. When the context admits or requires, words used in the masculine gender shall be construed to include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.
20. Dispute Resolution. At the option of either the Company or the Executive, any dispute, controversy or question arising under, out of or relating to this Agreement, the Executive’s employment or termination of employment, including but not limited to any and all statutory claims involving workplace discrimination or wrongful discharge, but excluding claims pursuant to Section 11 hereof, shall be referred for decision by arbitration in the State of New Jersey by a neutral arbitrator mutually selected by the parties hereto. Any arbitration proceeding shall be governed by the Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect or such last in effect (in the event such Association is no longer in existence). If the parties are unable to agree upon such a neutral arbitrator within twenty one (21) days after either party has given the other written notice of the desire to submit the dispute, controversy or question for decision as aforesaid, then either party may apply to the American Arbitration Association for a final and binding appointment of a neutral arbitrator; however, if the American Arbitration Association is not then in existence or does not act on the matter within forty five (45) days of any such application, either party may apply to a judge of the local court where the Bank is headquartered for an appointment of a neutral arbitrator to hear the parties and such judge is hereby authorized to make such appointment. In the event that either party exercises the right to submit a dispute, controversy or question arising hereunder to arbitration, the decision of the neutral arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on all interested persons and no action at law or in equity shall be instituted or, if instituted, further prosecuted by either party other than to enforce the award of the neutral arbitrator. The award of the neutral arbitrator may be entered in any court that has jurisdiction. The Executive and the Company shall each bear all their own costs (including the fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred in connection with any such arbitration and shall each pay one-half of the costs of any arbitrator.
21. Miscellaneous . This Agreement is the joint and several obligation of the Bank and Peapack. The terms of this Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted and construed in accordance with the provisions of, the laws of New Jersey. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings with respect to the matters covered hereby, including expressly any prior agreement with the Company concerning change-in-control benefits. The amendment or termination of this Agreement may be made only in a writing executed by the Company and the Executive, and no amendment or termination of this Agreement shall be effective unless and until made in such a writing. This Agreement shall be binding upon any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merge, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. This Agreement is personal to the Executive and the Executive may not assign any of his rights or duties hereunder but this Agreement shall be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives, executors or administrators. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

(signature page to follow)

212
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Peapack-Gladstone Bank and Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation each have caused this Agreement to be signed by their duly authorized representatives pursuant to the authority of their Boards of Directors, and the Executive has personally executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year first written above.

 

ATTEST:   PEAPACK-GLADSTONE
    FINANCIAL CORPORATION
       
    By:  
, Secretary   ______________________________, Chairman
       
ATTEST:   PEAPACK-GLADSTONE BANK
       
       
    By:  
, Secretary   ______________________________, Chairman
       
WITNESS:      
       
       
    ______________________________, Executive

213
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF RELEASE

  

214
 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

 

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No. 333-181041, No. 333-150981, No. 333-133591, No. 333-86986, No. 333-51187, No. 333-188098 and No. 333-53001 on Form S-8 and No. 333-157086, No. 333-188009 on Form S-3 and No. 333-160072 on Form S-3D of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation of our report dated March 14, 2014 relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 

 

 

  /s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

 

 

Livingston, New Jersey

March 14, 2014

215
 

 

 

Exhibit 24

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned directors and officers of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation, hereby severally constitute and lawfully appoint Douglas L. Kennedy and Jeffrey J. Carfora, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact with full power to them and each of them to sign for us, in our names in the capacities indicated below, the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation and any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Signature   Title   Date
         
/s/ Douglas L. Kennedy   Chief Executive Officer and Director   March 14, 2014
Douglas L. Kennedy
 
/s/ Jeffrey J. Carfora   Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   March 14, 2014
Jeffrey J. Carfora   (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)    
         
/s/ F. Duffield Meyercord   Chairman of the Board   March 14, 2014
F. Duffield Meyercord        
         
/s/ Finn M.W. Caspersen, Jr.   Director, General Counsel, Chief Operating Officer   March 14, 2014
Finn M. W. Caspersen, Jr.        
         
/s/ Susan A. Cole   Director   March 14, 2014
Susan A. Cole        
         
/s/ Anthony J. Consi II   Director   March 14, 2014
Anthony J. Consi II
 
/s/ Edward A. Gramigna   Director   March 14, 2014
Edward A. Gramigna
         
/s/ Frank A. Kissel   Director   March 14, 2014
Frank A. Kissel        
         
/s/ John D. Kissel   Director   March 14, 2014
John D. Kissel        
         
/s/ James R. Lamb   Director   March 14, 2014
James R. Lamb        
         
/s/ Edward A. Merton   Director   March 14, 2014
Edward A. Merton        
         
/s/ Philip W. Smith III   Director   March 14, 2014
Philip W. Smith III
 
/s/ Beth Welsh   Director   March 14, 2014
Beth Welsh        

 

216
 

Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Douglas L. Kennedy, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 14, 2014

 

By:     /s/Douglas L. Kennedy                   
Name:     Douglas L. Kennedy
Title:       Chief Executive Officer

217
 

Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Jeffrey J. Carfora, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 14, 2014

 

By:      /s/ Jeffrey J. Carfora                                                 
Name:     Jeffrey J. Carfora
Title:       Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

218
 

Exhibit 32

 

CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation, (the “Corporation”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Douglas L. Kennedy, as Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and Jeffrey J. Carfora, as Chief Financial Officer, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. (section) 1350, as adopted pursuant to (section) 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of his knowledge:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.

 

 

 

             /s/ Douglas L. Kennedy                          

Name: Douglas L. Kennedy

Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Date:   March 14, 2014

 

 

 

             /s/ Jeffrey J. Carfora                                 

Name: Jeffrey J. Carfora

Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Date:   March 14, 2014

 

219